Page Range | 56859-57104 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 57015 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
82 FR 57020 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
82 FR 56886 - Drawbridge Operation Regulation; Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway, Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, Chesapeake, VA | |
82 FR 57027 - Renewal of Currently Approved Information Collection: Comment Request for Customer Satisfaction and Opinion Surveys, and Focus Group Interviews | |
82 FR 57066 - Medicare Program; Cancellation of Advancing Care Coordination Through Episode Payment and Cardiac Rehabilitation Incentive Payment Models; Changes to Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement Payment Model: Extreme and Uncontrollable Circumstances Policy for the Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement Payment Model | |
82 FR 56922 - Marketing Order Regulating the Handling of Spearmint Oil Produced in the Far West; Revision of the Salable Quantity and Allotment Percentage for Class 3 (Native) Spearmint Oil for the 2017-2018 Marketing Year | |
82 FR 56941 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 57030 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Designation of Certifying Official | |
82 FR 57028 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Ordinary Life | |
82 FR 57029 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Change of Permanent Plan-Medical | |
82 FR 57028 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Conversion | |
82 FR 57031 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Insurance Deduction Authorization | |
82 FR 57029 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Dependency and Indemnity Compensation by Parent(s) (Including Accrued Benefits and Death Compensation When Applicable) | |
82 FR 56890 - National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; National Priorities List: Deletion of the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site | |
82 FR 56939 - National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; National Priorities List: Deletion of the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site | |
82 FR 56972 - Information Session; Implementation of the Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act of 2014; Correction | |
82 FR 56983 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Federal Hotel and Motel Fire Safety Declaration Form | |
82 FR 56984 - Notice of Utilization of Streamlined Procedures for Environmental Assessments Associated With Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Maria, and Nate | |
82 FR 57021 - Norfolk Southern Railway Company-Abandonment Exemption-in Aurora, Portage County, Ohio; Cleveland Commercial Railroad Company, LLC-Discontinuance of Lease and Operation Authority-in Aurora, Portage County, Ohio | |
82 FR 56980 - Cooperative Research and Development Agreement: Cellular Phone Geolocation Development | |
82 FR 56996 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Request for Comments; Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary | |
82 FR 57003 - Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., Vogtle Electric Generating Plant, Units 3 and 4; Central Chilled Water System Optimization Changes | |
82 FR 56996 - Notice of Decisions on States' Applications for Relief From Tax Credit Reductions Provided Under Section 3302 of the Federal Unemployment Tax Act (FUTA) Applicable in 2017 | |
82 FR 56992 - Kofi E. Shaw-Taylor, M.D. Decision and Order | |
82 FR 56994 - Importer of Controlled Substances Application: ABBVIE LTD | |
82 FR 56976 - Barr Laboratories, Inc. et al.; Withdrawal of Approval of 68 Abbreviated New Drug Applications | |
82 FR 56971 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Survey of Postgraduate Outcomes for the Fulbright-Hays Doctoral Dissertation Research Abroad (DDRA) Program (Tracking Survey) | |
82 FR 56971 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Survey of Postgraduate Outcomes for the Foreign Language and Area Studies (FLAS) Fellowship Program (Tracking Survey) | |
82 FR 56909 - Calling Number Identification Service-Caller ID | |
82 FR 56993 - Bulk Manufacturer of Controlled Substances Application: Nanosyn, Inc. | |
82 FR 56979 - Nominations to the Presidential Advisory Council on HIV/AIDS | |
82 FR 57025 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Information Collection Revisions; Submission for OMB Review; Regulation C; Fair Housing Home Loan Data System Regulation | |
82 FR 56969 - Notice Inviting Statements of Interest From Nonprofit Organizations Interested in Partnering To Expand the #GoOpen Network | |
82 FR 56949 - Glycine From the People's Republic of China: Rescission of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2016-2017 | |
82 FR 56975 - Antimicrobial Drugs Advisory Committee; Notice of Meeting; Establishment of a Public Docket; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 56953 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Gull and Climate Research in Glacier Bay National Park, Alaska | |
82 FR 57020 - Presidential Declaration Amendment of a Major Disaster for the US Virgin Islands | |
82 FR 56973 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 56972 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
82 FR 57020 - Presidential Declaration of a Major Disaster for Public Assistance Only for the State of Mississippi | |
82 FR 56947 - Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip (PET Film) From Taiwan: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2015-2016 | |
82 FR 56949 - Polyethylene Terephthalate Film, Sheet, and Strip From the United Arab Emirates: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review and Preliminary Determination of No Shipments; 2015-2016 | |
82 FR 56951 - Lightweight Thermal Paper From the People's Republic of China: Preliminary Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review; 2015-2016 | |
82 FR 57020 - Presidential Declaration Amendment of a Major Disaster for Public Assistance Only for the US Virgin Islands | |
82 FR 56974 - Determination That METICORTEN (Prednisone) Tablets, 1 Milligram and 5 Milligrams, Were Not Withdrawn From Sale for Reasons of Safety or Effectiveness | |
82 FR 56968 - Uniform Formulary Beneficiary Advisory Panel; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
82 FR 56895 - Maritime Security Program | |
82 FR 56902 - Revision of the America's Marine Highway Program Regulations | |
82 FR 56899 - Requirements To Document U.S.-Flag Fishing Industry Vessels of 100 Feet or Greater in Registered Length | |
82 FR 56978 - National Committee on Vital and Health Statistics: Teleconference | |
82 FR 57003 - Advisory Committee for Computer and Information Science and Engineering; Notice of Meeting | |
82 FR 56994 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Approval of a New Collection | |
82 FR 57029 - Veterans' Advisory Committee on Rehabilitation; Notice of Meeting | |
82 FR 56986 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection: Application To File Declaration of Intention | |
82 FR 56990 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Incidental Take Permit Application; Proposed Low-Effect Habitat Conservation Plan for the Coastal California Gnatcatcher and Associated Documents; Brea, California | |
82 FR 56987 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Revision of a Currently Approved Collection: USCIS Electronic Payment Processing | |
82 FR 57024 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel DAKOTA; Invitation for Public Comments | |
82 FR 57023 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel LA PAVO REAL; Invitation for Public Comments | |
82 FR 57023 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel LA VIDA LOCA; Invitation for Public Comments | |
82 FR 57024 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel SEA PIRATE; Invitation for Public Comments | |
82 FR 57022 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel ZENYATTA; Invitation for Public Comments | |
82 FR 56887 - International Trademark Classification Changes | |
82 FR 56995 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Proposed Collection; Comments Requested: Form USM-234, District/Aviation Security Officers (DSO/ASO) Personal Qualifications Statement | |
82 FR 56941 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Texas Advisory Committee | |
82 FR 57022 - Petition for Exemption; Summary of Petition Received | |
82 FR 56973 - Draft-National Occupational Research Agenda for Transportation, Warehousing and Utilities | |
82 FR 56987 - Notice of Availability of a Draft Habitat Conservation Plan and Draft Environmental Assessment for the Lalamilo Wind Farm Repowering Project, Island of Hawaii, Hawaii | |
82 FR 56972 - Notice to All Interested Parties of Intent To Terminate the Receivership of 10189, Rainier Pacific Bank, Tacoma, Washington | |
82 FR 56965 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Advisory Panel for Atlantic Highly Migratory Species Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review Workshops | |
82 FR 56982 - Accreditation and Approval of Intertek USA, Inc. (Harvey, LA), as a Commercial Gauger and Laboratory | |
82 FR 56982 - Approval of Inspectorate America Corporation (Baton Rouge, LA), as a Commercial Gauger | |
82 FR 56981 - Accreditation of Intertek USA, Inc. (Baytown, TX), as a Commercial Laboratory | |
82 FR 56947 - First Responder Network Authority; First Responder Network Authority Combined Committee and Board Meeting | |
82 FR 57010 - Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., Vogtle Electric Generating Plant, Units 3 and 4; Consistency Update to the Raceway Separation Requirements in the Main Control Room and Remote Shutdown Room | |
82 FR 57004 - Dominion Energy Nuclear Connecticut, Inc.; Millstone Power Station | |
82 FR 56999 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Current Population Survey-Displaced Worker, Job Tenure, and Occupational Mobility Supplement | |
82 FR 56997 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Annual Refiling Survey | |
82 FR 57001 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Quick Business Survey Operations Test; Office of the Secretary | |
82 FR 56998 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Quarterly Census of Employment and Wages | |
82 FR 57000 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Leave Supplement to the American Time Use Survey | |
82 FR 56890 - Secure Tests: Extension of Comment Period | |
82 FR 57012 - Submission for OMB Review; Comments Request | |
82 FR 57015 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; The Options Clearing Corporation; Notice of Filing of a Proposed Rule Change, as Modified by Amendment No. 1, Concerning the Adoption of a New Minimum Cash Requirement for the Clearing Fund | |
82 FR 57013 - Self-Regulatory Organizations: Investors Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rules 2.220(a)(7) and 11.410(a) To Reflect the Name Change of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. to Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., Bats EDGA Exchange, Inc. to Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc. to Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., and Bats BYX Exchange, Inc. to Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc. | |
82 FR 56966 - Procurement List; Additions and Deletions | |
82 FR 57002 - Notice of Permit Applications Received Under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 | |
82 FR 57012 - New Postal Products | |
82 FR 57002 - Advisory Committee for Environmental Research and Education; Notice of Meeting | |
82 FR 57001 - State, Local, Tribal, and Private Sector Policy Advisory Committee (SLTPS-PAC) | |
82 FR 57014 - Investment Company Act Release No. 32922; File No. 812-14786; Ausdal Unit Investment Trust and Ausdal Financial Partners, Inc. | |
82 FR 57019 - Notice of Applications for Deregistration Under Section 8(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 | |
82 FR 56917 - Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; Regulatory Amendment 6 to the Reef Fish Fishery Management Plan of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands | |
82 FR 56985 - Statewide Communication Interoperability Plan Template and Progress Report | |
82 FR 56869 - Senior Community Service Employment Program; Performance Accountability | |
82 FR 56968 - Notice of a Pilot Program on Medication Therapy Management Under the TRICARE Program | |
82 FR 56865 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
82 FR 56859 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
82 FR 56926 - Statutory Cable, Satellite, and DART License Reporting Practices | |
82 FR 57034 - Revolving Loan Fund Program Changes and General Updates to PWEDA Regulations | |
82 FR 56942 - Implementation of Revolving Loan Fund Risk Analysis System |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Economic Development Administration
First Responder Network Authority
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Patent and Trademark Office
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Food and Drug Administration
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Fish and Wildlife Service
Drug Enforcement Administration
United States Marshals Service
Employment and Training Administration
Copyright Office, Library of Congress
Information Security Oversight Office
Federal Aviation Administration
Maritime Administration
Comptroller of the Currency
United States Mint
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2014-08-01, which applied to all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. AD 2014-08-01 required an inspection for part numbers of the interconnecting struts and, for affected interconnecting struts, identification of the part and serial numbers of the associated target and proximity sensors and replacement or re-identification of the flap interconnecting strut if necessary. This AD continues to require an inspection to verify the interconnecting strut part number. This AD also provides a new compliance time and an additional inspection for previously inspected airplanes. This AD was prompted by an investigation that showed that when a certain combination of target/proximity sensor serial numbers is installed on a flap interconnecting strut, a “target FAR” signal cannot be detected when reaching the mechanical end stop of the interconnecting strut. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 5, 2018.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of January 5, 2018.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain other publication listed in this AD as of March 26, 2014 (79 FR 9398, February 19, 2014).
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1405; fax 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2014-08-01, Amendment 39-17825 (79 FR 23900, April 29, 2014) (“AD 2014-08-01”). AD 2014-08-01 applied to all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2016-0113, dated June 15, 2016 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for all Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
The flap interconnecting strut is a safety device of the High Lift System which acts as an alternative load path from one flap surface to another in case of a flap drive system disconnection. In such a failure case, the installed proximity sensors provide information to the slat flap control computer (SFCC) and the operation of the flap drive system is inhibited.
An engineering investigation showed that, when a certain combination of target/sensor serial number (s/n) is installed on a flap interconnecting strut, a “target FAR” signal cannot be detected when reaching the mechanical end stop of the interconnecting strut.
This condition, if not corrected, could cause a flap down drive disconnection to remain undetected, due to an already-failed interconnecting strut sensor, potentially resulting in asymmetric flap panel movement and consequent loss of control of the aeroplane.
To address this potential unsafe condition, Airbus issued Service Bulletin (SB) A320-27-1206 and SB A320-57-1164, to provide identification and replacement instructions for struts that have a certain target/sensor s/n combination installed. Aeroplanes on which modification (mod) 27956 had been accomplished in production were identified as not affected by the unsafe condition. Consequently, EASA issued [EASA] AD 2012-0012 [which corresponds to FAA AD 2014-08-01] to require accomplishment of these inspections and corrective actions.
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, Airbus has informed EASA about a batch of aeroplanes that were delivered with pre-mod 27956 Part Number (P/N) flap interconnecting strut(s) installed, but declared to be in post-mod configuration in the Aircraft Inspection Report. Airbus SB A320-57-1202 has been issued to provide instructions to verify the interconnecting strut P/N, and to update aircraft documentation.
In addition, to ensure that all pre-mod parts are checked and corrected as required, SB A320-27-1206 was revised to include a wider range of P/N of affected interconnecting struts.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD retains the requirements of EASA
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment. United Airlines and the Air Line Pilots Association, International supported the NPRM.
Delta Airlines (DAL) requested that additional identification steps be required in the NPRM to ensure that the affected parts are correctly identified. DAL stated that figure 1 to paragraphs (g) and (h) of the proposed AD contains part numbers for affected interconnecting struts. DAL commented that a review of its records from inspections conducted during compliance with AD 2014-08-01 determined that other part numbers were possible. DAL stated that it has had at least one instance of a part with the part number D5757032200000A.
DAL stated that figure 2 to paragraphs (i)(2), (k), and (l) of the proposed AD adds the provision that additional alphanumeric characters may exist. DAL commented that while the NPRM removes some of the ambiguity that existed in AD 2014-08-01, a review of Airbus's Aircraft Illustrated Parts Catalog (AIPC) does not show any parts with a “letter” suffix. DAL provided a photo that showed that the part number appears to “wrap” (to the next line) on the part. DAL stated that this “wrapping” condition has led to confusion in identifying the parts.
DAL stated that per the Airbus AIPC Front Matter, the 13th, 14th, and 15th characters are controlled in specific ways. DAL also stated that the 13th and 14th characters are expected to be “00” and are used to fill out 12-digit base numbers on the part installed during production. DAL stated that the 15th character is a paint code designator and found the use of a paint code designator unusual on a part that is not viewable or expected to be painted to match an air carrier paint scheme. DAL commented that it believes the AD should be updated to show 00A, 00B, or the list of true possibilities, and the XXX allowance creates a significant number of possible part numbers that DAL must identify as prohibited.
We agree to clarify the requirement to identify affected parts. Regarding the characters in the part number, identifying the last three characters are not required to identify a discrepant part; only the first twelve base numbers are required. Therefore, we do not agree to revise this AD to include a complete list of all possible combinations of these characters.
We acknowledge the commenter's concern about the “wrapping” condition for part identification. However, in the photo provided by the commenter only the last three characters are “wrapped.” As stated previously, the last three characters are not required to identify a discrepant part.
Figure 3 to paragraph (k)(1) of this AD has been reformatted to clarify affected manufacturer serial numbers.
We have determined that a review of maintenance records is acceptable for complying with the actions specified in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this AD, provided the part number of the installed interconnecting struts and the part number and the serial number of the associated target and proximity sensor can be conclusively determined from that review. We have revised paragraph (i) of this AD accordingly.
We reviewed the available data, including the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
Airbus has issued Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015. The service information describes procedures for an inspection to determine the part number of the installed interconnecting struts and the part number and serial number of the associated target and proximity sensors, and procedures for replacement and re-identification of the interconnecting struts. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 1,032 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
We have received no definitive data that would enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to transport category airplanes to the Director of the System Oversight Division.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 5, 2018.
This AD replaces AD 2014-08-01, Amendment 39-17825 (79 FR 23900, April 29, 2014) (“AD 2014-08-01”).
This AD applies to Airbus Model A318-111, -112, -121, and -122 airplanes; Model A319-111, -112, -113, -114, -115, -131, -132, and -133 airplanes; Model A320-211, -212, -214, -231, -232, and -233 airplanes; and Model A321-111, -112, -131, -211, -212, -213, -231, and -232 airplanes; certificated in any category; all manufacturer serial numbers.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27, Flight controls.
This AD was prompted by an investigation that showed that when a certain combination of target/proximity sensor serial numbers is installed on a flap interconnecting strut, a “target FAR” signal cannot be detected when reaching the mechanical end stop of the interconnecting strut. We are issuing this AD to prevent an undetected flap down drive disconnection due to an already-failed interconnecting strut sensor, which could result in asymmetric flap panel movement and consequent loss of control of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2014-08-01, with revised service information. Within 8,000 flight hours after March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08, Amendment 39-17745 (79 FR 9398, February 19, 2014) (“AD 2014-03-08”)), inspect to determine the part number of the interconnecting struts installed on both the left-hand (LH) and right-hand (RH) wings of the airplane, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015. A review of the airplane maintenance records is acceptable for determining the part number of the installed interconnecting struts, in lieu of the inspection, if the part number of the installed interconnecting struts, and the part number and the serial number of the associated target and proximity sensor, can be conclusively determined from that review. Accomplishment of the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD terminates the requirements of this paragraph.
(1) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 27956 has been embodied in production, and on which no interconnecting strut has been replaced with a strut having a part number specified in figure 1 to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD since the airplane's first flight: No further work is required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
(2) If, during the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD, any interconnecting strut is installed with a part number specified in figure 1 to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD: Within 8,000 flight hours after March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08), determine the part number and the serial number of the associated target and proximity sensor.
(i) For airplanes having conditions specified in paragraphs (g)(2)(i)(A), (g)(2)(i)(B), (g)(2)(i)(C), and (g)(2)(i)(D) of this AD: Before further flight, replace the interconnecting strut with a serviceable unit, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015. For the purposes of paragraph (g) of this AD, a serviceable interconnecting strut is a unit that has been determined to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD.
(A) A target part number (P/N) ABS0121-13 or P/N 8-536-01; and
(B) A target serial number lower than 1600, or a target serial number that is unreadable; and
(C) A proximity sensor having P/N ABS0121-31 or P/N 8-372-04; and
(D) A proximity sensor having a serial number between C59198 and C59435, or a serial number (S/N) C500000 or higher.
(ii) For a target having S/N 1600 or higher and target P/N ABS0121-13 or P/N 8-536-01: Within 8,000 flight hours after March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08), re-identify the interconnecting strut, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011; or Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (h) of AD 2014-08-01, with no changes. As of March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08), no person may install an interconnecting strut with a part number specified in figure 1 to paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD, on any airplane, except for parts identified in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) of this AD, provided that the actions in paragraph (g)(2)(ii) are done. As of the effective date of this AD, comply with the requirements of paragraph (l) of this AD in lieu of the requirements of this paragraph.
Within 24 months after the effective date of this AD, accomplish the actions specified in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this AD, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015. Accomplishment of the actions specified in this paragraph terminates the requirements of paragraph (g) of this AD. In lieu of doing the actions specified in paragraphs (i)(1) and (i)(2) of this AD, a review of the airplane maintenance records is acceptable for determining the part number of the installed interconnecting struts and the part number and the serial number of the associated target and proximity sensor, if the part number and serial numbers can be conclusively determined from that review.
(1) Inspect to determine the part number of the interconnecting struts installed on both the LH and RH wings on the airplane.
(2) If an interconnecting strut is installed with a part number specified in figure 2 to paragraphs (i)(2), (k), and (l) of this AD, identify the part number and the serial number of the associated target and proximity sensor; and for the target and proximity sensor part number and serial number combination specified in paragraph (j) of this AD, within the compliance times specified in paragraph (j) of this AD, do the actions specified in paragraph (j) of this AD for that interconnecting strut.
(1) If the target serial number is lower than 1600 or is unreadable, and the proximity sensor part number is P/N ABS0121-31 or P/N 8-372-04 with a serial number between S/N C59198 and C59435, or S/N C500000 or higher: Before further flight, do the actions specified by paragraph (j)(1)(i) or (j)(1)(ii) of this AD. For the purposes of paragraph (j) of this AD, a serviceable interconnecting strut is a unit that has been determined to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraphs (i) and (j) of this AD.
(i) Replace the interconnecting strut with a serviceable unit, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(ii) Do a general visual inspection of the flap down drive to detect discrepancies, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(A) If no discrepancy is found, within 50 flight cycles after the inspection, replace the interconnecting strut with a serviceable unit, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(B) If any discrepancy is found, before further flight, replace the interconnecting strut with a serviceable unit, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(2) If the target serial number is 1600 or higher (with any proximity sensor part number and serial number): Within 24 months after the effective date of this AD, re-identify the interconnecting strut, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(1) Airplanes on which Airbus Modification 27956 has been embodied in production, and on which no interconnecting strut with a part number identified in figure 2 to paragraphs (i)(2), (k), and (l) of this AD has been installed since the airplane's first flight, are not affected by the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD, except for those manufacturer serial numbers specified in figure 3 to paragraph (k)(1) of this AD. Airplanes having manufacturer serial numbers specified in figure 3 to paragraph (k)(1) of this AD are affected by the requirements of paragraph (i) of this AD.
(2) For an airplane that has already been inspected before the effective date of this AD as specified in the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, dated January 28, 2011; or Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011: Within the compliance time specified in paragraph (i) of this AD, accomplish the additional work specified in and in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015, unless it is determined that no interconnecting strut with a part number specified in figure 2 to paragraphs (i)(2), (k), and (l) of this AD is installed on that airplane. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable to make this determination, provided the part number can be conclusively identified from that review.
As of the effective date of this AD, no person may install, on any airplane, an interconnecting strut with a part number specified in figure 2 to paragraphs (i)(2), (k), and (l) of this AD, unless it is in compliance with the requirements of this AD.
This paragraph provides credit for the actions required by paragraph (g) of this AD, if those actions were performed before March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08), using Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, dated January 28, 2011, and if additional work since March 26, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-03-08) has been accomplished using Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(i) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(ii) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2014-08-01 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of paragraphs (g) and (h) of this AD.
(2)
(3)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA AD 2016-0113, dated June 15, 2016, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, Washington 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1405; fax 425-227-1149.
(3) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (p)(5) and (p)(6) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on January 5, 2018.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 02, dated November 2, 2015.
(ii) Reserved.
(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on March 26, 2014 (79 FR 9398, February 19, 2014).
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-27-1206, Revision 01, dated October 10, 2011.
(ii) Reserved.
(5) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
(6) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Standards Branch, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(7) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are superseding Airworthiness Directive (AD) 2016-20-11, which applied to certain Airbus Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, and F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. AD 2016-20-11 required repetitive inspections of the external area of the aft cargo door sill beam for cracking, repetitive inspections for fatigue cracking of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate, and repair if necessary. This new AD retains the inspections for cracking, and repair if necessary; and requires reinforcement of the aft cargo door sill beam area. This AD was prompted by the development of a reinforcement modification of the aft cargo door sill beam area, which constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections. We are issuing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective January 5, 2018.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of July 2, 2014 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014).
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain other publications listed in this AD as of January 3, 2017 (81 FR 85837, November 29, 2016).
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356;
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 to supersede AD 2016-20-11, Amendment 39-18677 (81 FR 85837, November 29, 2016) (“AD 2016-20-11”). AD 2016-20-11 applied to certain Airbus Model A300-600 series airplanes; and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2017-0048, dated March 15, 2017; corrected April 20, 2017 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Airbus Model A300-600 series airplanes; and Airbus Model A310 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
In the frame of the widespread fatigue damage (WFD) compliance study and after an in-service occurrence, the area of the aft cargo door sill beam and adjacent structure was identified as sensitive to the fatigue loads.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, could lead to failure of multiple lock fittings, possibly resulting in loss of the cargo door in flight and consequent explosive decompression of the aeroplane.
To address this potential unsafe condition, Airbus issued Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W005-14 providing inspection instructions and, consequently, EASA issued Emergency AD 2014-0097-E [which corresponded to FAA AD 2014-12-06, Amendment 39-17867, (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014)] to require repetitive ultrasonic inspections (US) or detailed inspections (DET) of the aft cargo door sill beam area [and corrective actions if necessary].
After that [EASA] AD was issued, further analysis indicated that repetitive high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspections needed to be introduced, and Airbus published Service Bulletin (SB) A310-53-2139 and SB A300-53-6179 to provide instructions. Prompted by this determination, EASA issued AD 2015-0150 [which corresponded to FAA AD 2016-20-11], retaining the requirements of EASA Emergency AD 2014-0097-E, which was superseded, and required repetitive HFEC inspections of the concerned areas. The first HFEC inspection terminated the repetitive US/DET inspections. That [EASA] AD also required the inspection results to be reported.
Since that [EASA] AD was issued, Airbus developed a reinforcement modification of the aft cargo door sill beam area, and published Airbus SB A310-53-2141 and SB A300-53-6181, which were revised lately, to make this available for in-service application.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD retains the requirements of EASA AD 2015-0150, which is superseded, and requires modification [reinforcement] of the aft cargo door sill beam, which constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections.
This [EASA] AD is re-published to correct the compliance time description in Table 4.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
FedEx requested that the terminating modification in paragraph (n) of the proposed AD be made an optional action. FedEx stated that they have inspected their airplanes as required by AD 2016-20-11 and have not found any cracks during HFEC inspections. FedEx noted that they have inspected airplanes having accumulated anywhere from 12,000 total flight cycles to 40,000 total flight cycles. FedEx suggested that the modification would be necessary on less than 1 percent of inspected airplanes over the next 10 years. FedEx claimed that the modification is an unproven change that has not been subjected to full scale fatigue testing. For these reasons, FedEx argued that inspections alone will maintain safe airworthiness for the affected airplanes.
We disagree with the commenter's request. EASA, as the State of Design Authority for Airbus products, has determined an unsafe conditions exists after conducting a risk analysis taking into consideration in-service data for the worldwide fleet. We agree with EASA's risk assessment and their decision to mitigate the risk by mandating the modification in this AD. FedEx has not provided sufficient data to support their request to allow inspections in lieu of the modification. We have not changed this AD in this regard.
FedEx requested that we update the labor costs for the modification in the proposed AD. FedEx stated that their labor costs for the modification will be an additional $10,000 per airplane. FedEx further noted that the modification would extend their service checks, resulting in additional out-of-service time for their airplanes and additional expenses.
We partially agree with the commenter's request. The number of work-hours to complete the modification depends on the airplane's configuration. In the NPRM, we used the 40 work-hours estimate for the configuration that requires less time to modify. We have updated this final rule to reflect work-hour costs of up to 68 hours (the estimated work-hours for the other configuration) for the required modification.
Regarding the additional costs related to extended service checks, we do not consider it appropriate to attribute the costs associated with aircraft “downtime” to the AD. Normally, compliance with the AD will not necessitate any additional downtime beyond that of a regularly scheduled maintenance hold. Even if additional downtime is necessary for some airplanes in some cases, we do not have sufficient information to evaluate the number of airplanes that may be affected or the amount of additional downtime that may be required. Therefore, we are unable to provide an estimate for these variable costs. We have made no further change to this final rule regarding this issue.
We reviewed the available data, including the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
Airbus has issued Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015; and Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015. This service information describes procedures for reinforcing the aft cargo door sill beam area. These documents are distinct since they apply to different airplane models.
Airbus has also issued Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014; and Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014. This service information describes procedures for repetitive HFEC inspections of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate. These documents are distinct since they apply to different airplane models.
Airbus has also issued Alert Operators Transmission AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014, which describes procedures for doing an ultrasonic inspection or detailed inspection of the aft cargo door sill beam external area for cracking.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 75 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
We have received no definitive data that will enable us to provide cost estimates for the on-condition actions specified in this AD.
A federal agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, nor shall a person be subject to penalty for failure to comply with a collection of information subject to the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act unless that collection of information displays a current valid OMB control number. The control number for the collection of information required by this AD is 2120-0056. The paperwork cost associated with this AD has been detailed in the Costs of Compliance section of this document and includes time for reviewing instructions, as well as completing and reviewing the collection of information. Therefore, all reporting associated with this AD is mandatory. Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden and suggestions for reducing the burden should be directed to the FAA at 800 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20591, ATTN: Information Collection Clearance Officer, AES-200.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to transport category airplanes to the Director of the System Oversight Division.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective January 5, 2018.
This AD replaces AD 2016-20-11, Amendment 39-18677 (81 FR 85837, November 29, 2016) (“AD 2016-20-11”).
This AD applies to the airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(5) of this AD, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers on which Airbus modification 05438 has been embodied in production, except those on which Airbus modification 12046 has been embodied in production.
(1) Airbus Model A300 B4-601, B4-603, B4-620, and B4-622 airplanes.
(2) Airbus Model A300 B4-605R and B4-622R airplanes.
(3) Airbus Model A300 F4-605R and F4-622R airplanes.
(4) Airbus Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes.
(5) Airbus Model A310-203, -204, -221, -222, -304, -322, -324, and -325 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 53, Fuselage.
This AD was prompted by reports of fatigue cracks on the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate. We are issuing this AD to prevent fatigue cracking of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate, which could result in the loss of the door locking function and subsequently, loss of the cargo door in flight and rapid decompression.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (g) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. Within the compliance time identified in paragraph (g)(1), (g)(2), or (g)(3) of this AD, as applicable: Do an ultrasonic inspection or detailed inspection of the aft cargo door sill beam external area for cracking, in accordance with Airbus Alert Operators Transmission (AOT) A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014; or Airbus AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014. Repeat the inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 275 flight cycles. As of January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11), use only Airbus AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014, to comply with the requirements of this paragraph.
(1) For airplanes that have accumulated 30,000 flight cycles or more since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06, Amendment 39-17867, (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014) (“AD 2014-12-06”)): Within 50 flight cycles after July 2, 2014.
(2) For airplanes that have accumulated 18,000 flight cycles or more, but fewer than 30,000 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06): Within 275 flight cycles after July 2, 2014.
(3) For airplanes that have accumulated fewer than 18,000 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight as of July 2, 2014 (the effective date of AD 2014-12-06): Before exceeding 18,275 flight cycles since the airplane's first flight.
This paragraph restates the provisions of paragraph (h) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. Accomplishment of a high frequency eddy current (HFEC) inspection for cracking, in accordance with Airbus AOT A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014; or AOT A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014; terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD for that airplane. If any cracking is found during the HFEC inspection, before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA; or the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA); or Airbus's EASA Design Organization Approval (DOA).
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (i) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. Submit a report of the findings (both positive and negative) of the inspection required by paragraph (g) of this AD to “Airbus Service Bulletin Reporting Online Application” on Airbus World (
(1) If the inspection was done on or after January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11): Submit the report within 30 days after the inspection.
(2) If the inspection was done before January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11): Submit the report within 30 days after January 3, 2017.
This paragraph restates the definitions specified in paragraph (j) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. Paragraphs (k)(1), (k)(2), and (k)(3) of this AD refer to airplane groups, as identified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD.
(1) Airplanes on which an HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14.
(2) Airplanes on which no HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14, that have accumulated more than 18,000 total flight cycles as of January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11).
(3) Airplanes on which no HFEC inspection was accomplished as specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14, that have accumulated 18,000 total flight cycles or fewer as of January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11).
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (k) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. At the applicable time specified in paragraph (k)(1), (k)(2), or (k)(3) of this AD: Do an HFEC inspection for fatigue cracking of the cargo door sill beam, lock fitting, and torsion box plate, in accordance with Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014; as applicable. Repeat the HFEC inspection thereafter at intervals not to exceed 4,600 flight cycles.
(1) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(1) of this AD: Inspect within 4,600 flight cycles after the most recent HFEC inspection specified in Airbus AOT A53W005-14.
(2) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(2) of this AD: Inspect within 2,000 flight cycles after January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11).
(3) For airplanes identified in paragraph (j)(3) of this AD: Inspect before exceeding 13,000 total flight cycles since the airplane's first flight, or within 2,000 flight cycles after January 3, 2017 (the effective date of AD 2016-20-11), whichever occurs later.
This paragraph restates the requirements of paragraph (l) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. If any crack is found during any inspection required by paragraph (g) or (k) of this AD: Before further flight, repair using a method approved by the Manager, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA; or EASA; or Airbus's EASA DOA.
This paragraph restates the terminating action of paragraph (m)(1) of AD 2016-20-11, with no changes. For any airplane identified in paragraphs (j)(2) and (j)(3) of this AD, accomplishment of the initial inspection required by paragraph (k) of this AD terminates the repetitive inspections required by paragraph (g) of this AD.
At the latest of the applicable times specified in paragraphs (n)(1), (n)(2), and (n)(3) of this AD: Reinforce the aft cargo door sill beam area, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015; as applicable.
(1) Before exceeding 19,600 flight cycles since first flight of the airplane.
(2) Within 2,300 flight cycles after the last HFEC or detailed inspection required by this AD that was accomplished before the effective date of this AD.
(3) Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD.
Modification of an airplane as required by paragraph (n) of this AD constitutes terminating action for the repetitive inspections required by paragraphs (g) and (k) of this AD for the modified airplane only.
This paragraph provides credit for actions required by paragraph (n) of this AD, if those actions were performed before the effective date of this AD using Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, dated June 26, 2015; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, dated June 26, 2015; as applicable.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(i) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
(ii) AMOCs approved previously for AD 2016-20-11 are approved as AMOCs for the corresponding provisions of this AD.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA AD 2017-0048, dated March 15, 2017; corrected April 20, 2017, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Branch, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-2125; fax 425-227-1149.
(3) Service information identified in this AD that is not incorporated by reference is available at the addresses specified in paragraphs (s)(5) and (s)(6) of this AD.
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(3) The following service information was approved for IBR on July 2, 2014 (79 FR 34403, June 17, 2014).
(i) Airbus Alert Operators Transmission A53W005-14, dated April 22, 2014.
(ii) Reserved.
(4) The following service information was approved for IBR on January 3, 2017, (81 FR 85837, November 29, 2016).
(i) Airbus Alert Operators Transmission A53W005-14, Revision 01, dated April 29, 2014.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6179, dated December 12, 2014.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A300-53-6181, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2139, dated December 12, 2014.
(v) Airbus Service Bulletin A310-53-2141, Revision 01, dated July 2, 2015.
(5) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
(6) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Standards Branch, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(7) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Interim final rule; request for comments.
The Employment and Training Administration (ETA) of the Department of Labor (Department) is issuing this Interim Final Rule (IFR) revising performance accountability measures for the Senior Community Service Employment Program (SCSEP). Revised measures are necessary because the Older Americans Act Reauthorization Act of 2016 (OAA) amended the measures of performance for the SCSEP program in large part to align them with the performance measures mandated for programs under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). This IFR revises the Performance Accountability subpart of the SCSEP regulations to reflect changes necessitated by the passage of the 2016 OAA. In addition, this rule makes minor, non-substantive amendments to other subparts of the SCSEP regulations to reflect the OAA amendments that aligned the SCSEP program statutory language with WIOA, such as updating outdated terminology and outdated references to the Workforce Investment Act of 1998 (WIA), which WIOA superseded. This IFR solicits public comment on this IFR, which the Department will consider when it issues a Final Rule.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number ETA-2017-0005 or the Regulatory Information Number (RIN) 1205-AB79, by any one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please be advised that the Department will post all comments received to this IFR on
Also, please note that due to security concerns, postal mail delivery in Washington, DC may be delayed. Therefore, the Department encourages the public to submit comments on
Amanda Ahlstrand, Administrator, Office of Workforce Investment, 202-693-3980. (This is not a toll-free number.)
The SCSEP, authorized by title V of the Older Americans Act (OAA), is the only Federally sponsored employment and training program targeted specifically to low-income older individuals who want to enter or re-enter the workforce. Participants must be 55 years of age or older, with incomes no more than 125 percent of the Federal poverty level. The program offers participants training at community service employment assignments in public and non-profit organizations and agencies so that they can gain on-the-job experience. The dual goals of the program are to promote useful opportunities in community service activities and also to move SCSEP participants into unsubsidized employment, where appropriate, so that they can achieve economic self-sufficiency.
The OAA, Public Law 114-144 (Apr. 19, 2016), amended the statutory provisions authorizing SCSEP and requires the Department to implement the amendments to the SCSEP performance measures by December 31, 2017.
The OAA requires the Secretary to “implement the core measures of performance not later than December 31, 2017.” OAA sec. 513(d)(4), 42 U.S.C. 3056k(d)(4). Accordingly, this IFR includes both the definitions of the measures (as required by OAA sec. 513(b)(2)) and the processes used to implement these measures in the conduct of the SCSEP grants. These processes include how the Department and grantees initially determine and then adjust expected levels of performance for the grants, and how the Department determines whether a grantee fails, meets, or exceeds the levels of performance. This IFR updates the current processes so that they reflect the changes required by the OAA.
The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) authorizes agencies to issue a rule without notice and comment upon a showing of good cause. 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). The APA's good cause exception to public participation applies upon a finding that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). According to the legislative history of the APA, “unnecessary” means unnecessary so far as the public is concerned, as would be the case if a minor or merely technical amendment in which the public is not particularly interested were involved.” Senate Report No. 752 at p. 200, 79th Cong. 1st Sess. (1945). As explained by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit, “when regulations merely restate the statute they implement, notice-and-comment procedures are unnecessary.”
Grantees may submit comments on the IFR until January 30, 2018, and the Department will consider them prior to issuing the rule finalizing this IFR. The Department plans to make any additional changes to the SCSEP regulations not related to the
The OAA requires the Department to establish and implement the new SCSEP performance measures after consultation with stakeholders. OAA sec. 513(b)(2). The Department satisfied these statutory requirements when it solicited public input on the definitions and implementation of the statutory performance measures in April and May of 2017. On May 8, 2017, the Department sent an email to 4,529 stakeholders, inviting them to register for the consultation. The invitees included 2,491 American Job Center managers, 523 SCSEP grantee and sub-grantee managers, 55 governors, 300 State workforce administrators, and 1,220 State Development Board chairs and directors. Those who registered received a reminder email on May 15, 2017.
Stakeholders were also informed that they could submit written comments after the consultation.
In response to this outreach effort, 394 individuals registered for the consultation from these stakeholder groups: Workforce development boards and American Job Centers; local, State, and Federal government; nonprofit organizations; direct providers of employment services; labor organizations; educational organizations; economic development organizations; and others. Of the 394 registered participants, 273 attended the consultation on May 16, 2017. At the start of the consultation, participants identified these affiliations: SCSEP grantees or sub-grantees (70 percent); WIOA partner, One-Stop operator, or American Job Center affiliate (18 percent); national or local aging agency (4 percent); SCSEP host agency (1 percent); Administration for Community Living (1 percent); and other (6 percent).
During the consultation, 100 written comments were received via the chat function. Some attendees submitted multiple comments. After the consultation, three grantees each submitted multiple comments in writing. Thirty of the comments are not relevant to the subject of the consultation or this IFR. Most of these comments were directed at the mechanics of the online webinar through which the consultation was conducted, announced participants' arrivals or departures from the webinar, or were in other ways non-substantive. A few substantive comments are not relevant to this IFR in that they do not relate to the performance measures or other changes required by the OAA amendments. The program office will review these substantive comments to inform its continued operation of the program and its future technical assistance.
Fifteen comments addressed SCSEP's overall relationship with WIOA. As set forth above, increased coordination with WIOA is one of the main purposes of the OAA amendments. However, except for the adoption of some of the WIOA core measures, the programmatic coordination with WIOA is not the subject of this IFR.
Three questions asked specifically about the relationship between the SCSEP performance measures and WIOA: Whether WIOA will adopt measures of community service similar to the SCSEP measures, whether the SCSEP measures will be incorporated into the Participant Individual Record Layout (PIRL, the WIOA performance reporting system), and whether SCSEP performance will be factored into the statewide WIOA performance. The changes in this IFR to the SCSEP performance measurement system reflect in large part an alignment of the SCSEP performance measures with the three employment outcome indicators mandated for WIOA core programs under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(I)-(III). In addition to these three WIOA employment outcome indicators of performance, SCSEP has three measures related to participation in the program: Service level, hours of community service, and service to the most-in-need. These three measures are unique to SCSEP and are retained unchanged by the current OAA amendments. Although WIOA has several similar measures, these SCSEP measures are not directly applicable to WIOA. In addition, the WIOA primary indicators of performance include effectiveness in serving employers; the corresponding measure for SCSEP under the OAA, as discussed below at § 641.720, is not directly parallel because it includes participants and host agencies, as well as employers. All the SCSEP measures will be incorporated into the PIRL, along with other aspects of SCSEP performance. However, although the 2016 OAA amendments require SCSEP to adopt several of WIOA's primary indicators of performance, SCSEP is independent of WIOA, and SCSEP performance is not included in the WIOA State program or indicator scores.
Two other general comments were received during the consultation:
• One comment asked whether the Department will still require all grantees to use the SCSEP Performance and Results Quarterly Performance System (SPARQ). The Department is exploring a new case management system that may replace SPARQ in whole or in part. Grantees must continue using SPARQ until the Department informs them that a new system is available.
• One grantee questioned whether the new performance measures apply to both State and national grantees. Like the current measures, the new measures apply to all grantees.
Finally, another comment from a stakeholder requested that the Department provide grantees as much notice of the new measures as possible so grantees have time to program their internal computer systems. The Department is sensitive to the importance of providing ample notice to the grantees and of minimizing the burden of implementing the new regulations. With the publication of this IFR and the first required reporting of the new measures starting on July 1, 2018, grantees will have ample time to make the minimal changes required by the new measures. The Department will provide technical assistance and guidance as soon as possible in order to provide additional support to grantees in their implementation efforts.
The Department carefully considered all comments received as we developed this IFR. In the following section of the preamble entitled “Section-by-Section Discussion of Interim Final Rule,” the Department summarizes and discusses the input received from stakeholders.
The 2016 OAA changes to the SCSEP performance measurement system reflect in large part an alignment of the SCSEP performance measures with those mandated for WIOA core programs under WIOA sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i). The WIOA performance measures were implemented in a joint final rule issued by the Departments of Labor and Education on August 19, 2016 (81 FR 55792) (Joint WIOA Final Rule), after notice and comment rulemaking, and are codified in 20 CFR part 677. This IFR revises 20 CFR part 641, subpart G (Performance Accountability) to codify the revised SCSEP performance measures in the 2016 OAA sec. 513, which in large part aligns the SCSEP performance measures with the WIOA performance measures. In addition, this rule makes technical amendments to other subparts of part 641 to reflect 2016 OAA amendments that aligned the SCSEP program statutory language with WIOA, such as updating outdated terminology and outdated references to WIA, which WIOA superseded.
Coordination between the SCSEP and the WIOA programs continues to be an important objective of the OAA. SCSEP is a required partner in the workforce development system (per WIOA sec. 121(b)(1)(B)(v)), and SCSEP is required
The Department remains committed to a system-wide continuous improvement approach grounded upon proven quality principles and practices. Although many of the SCSEP regulations remain unchanged from the 2010 SCSEP Final Rule (75 FR 53786), this IFR codifies the 2016 OAA revisions to the program that align senior employment services with the workforce development system under WIOA. In particular, this rule aligns the SCSEP performance measures related to employment and earnings with the performance measures established by WIOA to enhance consistency and coordination between the programs and ensure effective services for older Americans. The changes implemented by the rule are discussed in more detail in Section II.
In this section, we discuss the changes made to the regulations as required by the 2016 OAA.
In addition to the changes made to part 641, subpart G (Performance Accountability) codifying the 2016 OAA statutory revisions as described more fully below, this IFR makes non-substantive technical amendments throughout all of part 641 to reflect the 2016 OAA amendments and to align the SCSEP program language with WIOA, such as updating outdated terminology and outdated references to WIA, which WIOA superseded. The IFR revises § 641.140 by removing definitions that are no longer operational as a result of the 2016 OAA amendments and WIOA, revising definitions consistent with updates to governing law, and adding definitions to address new terminology as a result of statutory amendments.
In particular, the IFR removes the definition of “additional measures” because the 2016 OAA removed them from the SCSEP performance requirements. The IFR also removes the definition of “volunteer work” because the 2016 OAA removed the term from the SCSEP performance measures. Also, as part of aligning SCSEP with WIOA, the IFR removes the definition for “Local Workforce Investment Area” and adds “Local Workforce Development Area.”
The IFR updates the definition of “core measures” (which the 2016 OAA changed from “core indicators”) to refer to the new measures of performance laid out in amended OAA sec. 513(b)(1) and implemented by this rule. To align with WIOA, the IFR changes the terms “core services” and “intensive services” to “career services,” and updates the definitions of “Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA)” and “Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act regulations” (changed from “Workforce Investment Act (WIA)” and “Workforce Investment Act regulations,” respectively). This update clearly establishes that the term “Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act regulations” includes all WIOA and Wagner-Peyser Act regulations, including the regulations implementing WIOA sec. 188. Similarly, to align the text of the SCSEP definitions with the terms used in WIOA, the IFR revises the definitions of “Local Board,” “One-Stop Center,” “One-Stop delivery system,” and “State Board” to reflect the definitions as they have been updated under WIOA. Additionally, the IFR updates the WIA citations to use WIOA citations in the definitions of “Co-enrollment,” “Most-in-need,” “One-Stop partner,” and “Training Services.” Additionally, the IFR updates the OAA citations in the definitions “Pacific Island and Asian Americans,” “Supportive services,” and “Unemployed” to be consistent with the OAA as amended by the 2016 OAA.
The IFR adds a definition of “community service employment” because that term is used in sec. 513 of the 2016 OAA. To avoid confusion, the definition of “community service employment” is the same as “community service assignment,” so those two terms can be used interchangeably.
This IFR also adds a new § 641.370 to state that for a State that obtains approval of a WIOA Combined State Plan under 20 CFR 676.143, the requirements of WIOA sec. 103 and 20 CFR part 676 will apply in lieu of OAA sec. 503(a) and part 641, subpart C. This implements a provision added by the 2016 OAA to sec. 503 of the OAA, which aligns the requirements of the States submitting SCSEP State Plans with the WIOA State Plan requirements.
Finally, the IFR updates the references to the regulations that implement sec. 188 of WIOA, the nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions of WIOA. Those regulations take the place of the WIA sec. 188 regulations. They were finalized in January 2017 and codified in 29 CFR part 38.
Only the substantive subpart G revisions are described in detail in the remainder of this section-by-section discussion.
Throughout this subpart, the Department has revised the term “core indicator(s)” to “core measure(s)” to align the regulation with the 2016 OAA, specifically sec. 513(a), 42 U.S.C. 3056k(a). The amended statute also refers to “indicators.” However, because the statute uses the terms interchangeably, for consistency and to reduce the possibility of confusion, the Department uses only the term “measures” throughout this subpart. Other changes made to the sections of subpart G are described below.
The Department has made several revisions to paragraph (a) to align with the 2016 OAA and the WIOA performance measures. In addition to revising references to “indicators” to “measures” as described above, the Department has removed all reference to “additional indicators” throughout this section. The 2016 OAA removed the additional measures of performance that were not subject to goal-setting and corrective actions, as they were previously established in sec. 513(b)(2) of the 2006 OAA. In order to align with the 2016 OAA, the Department has replaced the first sentence in paragraph (a) that stated “There are currently eight performance measures, of which six are core indicators and two are additional indicators,” with the sentence “There are seven core performance measures.” In addition, the Department has deleted the last sentence that stated “Additional indicators (defined in § 641.710) are not subject to goal-setting and are, therefore, also not subject to corrective action.”
The Department also revised the second sentence of paragraph (a) to remove reference to the requirement that performance level goals for each core measure must be agreed upon by the grantee and the Department “before the start of each program year.” As described in the discussion of revisions in § 641.720 below, grantees and the Department no longer are required to reach agreement on levels of performance prior to each year. Rather, per 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(C), agreement on levels of performance is now required to be reached every 2 years, prior to each 2-year period of the SCSEP grants (that is, prior to the first program year and the third program year of the grant. The Department replaced the phrase “before the start of each program year” with a reference to § 641.720.
The Department made several changes to paragraph (b), which now reads “Core measures,” to align with the 2016 OAA's amendments to the measures. Many of these changes align SCSEP's performance measures to the performance measures established by WIOA for the title I core programs, as implemented in 20 CFR 677.155. First, the Department made a technical change to paragraph (b) to replace the outdated reference to the 2006 OAA with a reference to the OAA as amended. The Department has not revised the core measure for hours of community service employment implemented in paragraph (b)(1) because the 2016 OAA did not amend this measure.
In paragraph (b)(2), the Department replaced the second core measure “Entry into unsubsidized employment” with the core measure “The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” This core measure is required by OAA sec. 513(b)(1)(B) and aligns with the measure as described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(I) of WIOA and implemented in 20 CFR 677.155(a)(1)(i), except that the WIOA statute uses the term “program participants,” rather than “project participants.” The revised performance measure is different from the former SCSEP measure in that the 2016 OAA now clarifies that entry into unsubsidized employment is to be measured during the second quarter after exit. Previously, the 2006 OAA statute did not state when the rate was measured, and the 2006 regulations required it to be measured at the first quarter after exit, which was consistent with the WIA performance measures at that time.
Next, in paragraph (b)(3), the Department replaced the third core measure “Retention in unsubsidized employment for six months” with the core measure “The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the project.” This core measure is required by OAA sec. 513(b)(1)(C) and aligns with the measure as described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(II) of WIOA and implemented in 20 CFR 677.155(a)(1)(ii). This is a separate and distinct employment measure for the fourth quarter after exit, which measures the employment rate in that quarter. A participant will be counted as a positive outcome for this measure if he or she is employed in the fourth quarter after exit regardless of whether he or she was also employed in the second quarter after exit.
In paragraph (b)(4), the Department replaced the fourth core measure “Earnings,” with the core measure “The median earnings of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” This core measure is required by OAA sec. 513(b)(1)(D) and aligns with the measure as described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(III) of WIOA and implemented in 20 CFR 677.155(a)(1)(iii). This performance measure gauges median earnings at the same time frame as the above measure gauges the employment rate of participants. The use of a median is a shift from the use of an average under WIA and is consistent with the requirements of WIOA.
The Department added a fifth performance measure in paragraph (b)(5) for “indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants.” This core measure is required by OAA sec. 513(b)(1)(E) and partially aligns with the WIOA measure, “effectiveness in serving employers,” as described in sec. 116(b)(2)(A)(i)(VI) of WIOA and implemented in 20 CFR 677.155(a)(1)(vi). A similar measure for “satisfaction of the participants, employers, and their host agencies with their experiences and the services provided” was included as an additional measure in the 2006 OAA sec. 513(b)(2), which was not subject to goal-setting and corrective actions. (This same measure was also a core measure under the 2000 OAA amendments.) However, the 2016 OAA establishes this as a core measure of performance. This is further discussed below in the preamble text that corresponds to § 641.710(e).
To accommodate the newly added fifth core performance measure, the Department renumbered former paragraphs (b)(5) and (6) as paragraphs (b)(6) and (7), respectively, to contain the sixth and seventh core measures, which remain the same as they were under the 2006 OAA.
As discussed above, the 2016 OAA removed the additional measures of performance that were previously found at sec. 513(b)(2) of the 2006 OAA. Therefore, the Department has deleted former paragraphs (c)(1) through (4), “Additional indicators,” and has renumbered paragraphs (d) and (e) as (c) and (d), respectively. In addition, the Department has replaced the words “indicators of performance and additional indicators of performance” from the renumbered paragraph (c) with the word “measures”, and has replaced the words “indicators of performance and to report information on the additional indicators of performance” from the renumbered paragraph (d) with the word “measures,” to be consistent with the 2016 OAA amendments to these terms as described above.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity.
The Department revised the core indicator (now “core measure”) definitions contained in this section to align with the revised core measures set forth in § 641.700 of this IFR. As discussed below, the Department deleted the entirety of former paragraph (b) to remove the definitions for the former “additional indicators,” which the 2016 OAA removed. Thus, as an initial change, the Department renumbered paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) to (a) through (g) (to include the definition for an added core measure, as discussed below).
The Department did not revise paragraph (a), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(1), which contains the definition for the first core measure for hours of community service employment as currently implemented.
In paragraph (b), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(2), the Department included a definition for the second performance measure, “percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” This performance measure is defined by the following formula: The number of participants who exited during the reporting period who are
In paragraph (c), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(3), the Department included a definition for the third performance measure, “percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the project.” This performance measure is defined by the following formula: The number of participants who exited during the reporting period who are employed in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after the exit quarter divided by the number of participants who exited during the reporting period, multiplied by 100 so as to be reported as a percentage. This definition aligns with the definition of the corresponding WIOA performance measure, as explained in TEGL 10-16.
In paragraph (d), renumbered from former paragraph (a)(4), the Department included a definition for the fourth performance measure, “median earnings of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project.” This performance measure is defined by the following formula: For all participants who exited and are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after the exit quarter: The wage that is at the midpoint (of all the wages) between the highest and lowest wage earned in the second quarter after the exit quarter. This definition aligns with the definition of the corresponding WIOA performance measure, as explained in TEGL 10-16.
Several comments received during the stakeholder consultation described at the beginning of this preamble questioned the adoption of the median as opposed to the mean for the new measure of earnings. One comment suggested that the first year under the new measures be designated as a baseline year since the Department does not have the ability to determine what the impact the change in calculation will have on performance. The use of the median is required by the 2016 OAA and the Department has no discretion in this matter. The Department understands, however, that all three of the new outcome measures use different calculations from the measures currently in effect and that it will take some time to establish a reliable baseline to use in setting goals for these measures. To help determine how performance under the current measures relates to performance under the new measures as set forth in this IFR, the Department will reanalyze prior grantee performance data reported under the existing measures using the calculations required for the new measures as established by this IFR and to create a cross-walk between the two sets of measures. If that proves to be an inadequate basis for setting the Program Year (PY) 2018 grantee goals, the Department will take that into consideration in the goal setting process and will take appropriate action.
During the consultative process, one stakeholder raised the concern that the new employment outcome measures set forth in this IFR at paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) will be harder for grantees to achieve than the measures that have been in effect and will make the program overall seem less effective than it actually is. The Department addressed this comment in discussion of § 641.740 below.
The Department has added a definition in paragraph (e) for the fifth performance measure, “effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants.” While this definition is similar to the definition used for this indicator under the 2006 OAA, when it was an additional indicator, the 2016 OAA revised the definition so that it focuses more specifically on effectiveness rather than satisfaction in general. The Department may revise the definition in paragraph (e) in the future once the Department finalizes the definition of the corresponding WIOA performance measure “effectiveness in serving employers”. For the WIOA core programs, the Department is initially implementing the effectiveness measure in the form of a pilot program. The pilot would allow several approaches (including wage records, the repeated use rate for employers' use of the core programs, and employers served) with the intent of assessing each approach, ultimately to develop a standardized measure.
The Department received fifteen comments during the consultative process addressing this new core measure. Most comments assumed that the use of the current customer satisfaction surveys would continue for all or some of the three SCSEP customer groups, and several comments questioned how the Department would define “effectiveness.”
• Six comments recommended that the administration of the employer survey be changed to include host agencies that hire SCSEP participants into unsubsidized jobs within their organizations. Under the survey administration procedures used for the existing measure, a host agency receives only a host agency survey (rather than an employer survey) even if the agency subsequently hires a participant assigned to it and thus becomes that individual's employer.
• One comment stated that effectiveness is different from satisfaction and suggested that the survey questions would need to change to encompass customers' assessment of effectiveness. Another comment recommended that field staff review and comment on any revised or new survey questions.
• One comment recommended that the surveys be distributed electronically and be available for distribution in hard copy as needed.
• Three comments recommended that SCSEP use the WIOA approach to piloting new measures of effectiveness in serving employers. One of these comments further suggested the extension of the WIOA pilot approach to host agencies, allowing SCSEP grantees to vote on which measures SCSEP as a whole would pilot, and the retention of the current participant customer satisfaction survey. This comment also recommended training sessions for the grantees on various approaches for determining pilot measures. Another of the three commenters who recommended piloting measures of effectiveness in serving employers recommended that the Department provide grantees with customer relationship management (CRM) software.
The Department appreciates the suggestions about ways to measure effectiveness in serving SCSEP's customers that build and improve on the current method of surveying those customers. Although the new SCSEP measure of effectiveness parallels the language of the WIOA measure, it differs because it also measures the effectiveness in serving participants and host agencies, as well as employers. As the comments appear to acknowledge, the WIOA approach to the measure, which is being piloted until 2019, does not have obvious application to SCSEP's other two customer groups. As a result, for the SCSEP measure, the Department has decided to continue surveying all
During this interim period, the Department will explore with grantees, and with its three customer groups, options for best measuring the effectiveness of SCSEP's services, including the suggestions made by the commenters. The Department will also explore ways to improve the efficiency of the current customer surveys (including the use of online surveys and changes to the administration of the employer survey) and will examine what, if any, new or revised questions would support an index of effectiveness as an alternative to the current index of satisfaction.
To conform to the changes outlined above, the Department has renumbered former paragraph (a)(5) to (f). The Department also has renumbered former paragraph (a)(6)(i) through (xiii) to (g)(1) through (13). Renumbered paragraphs (f) and (g) correspond to the sixth and seventh SCSEP performance measures, the definitions of which are unchanged.
Several comments regarding paragraph (g), the most-in-need measure, recommended adding ex-offender to the list of barriers to employment included in the statute for determining participants who are most in need of SCSEP services. The Department agrees that ex-offenders have serious and unique barriers to employment, but for purposes of this IFR, the Department will use the list provided in the statute. The Department also notes that ex-offender status is already incorporated into the most-in-need measure because it is a factor that would result in a participant having low employment prospects, one of the factors included in the most-in-need measure. However, as part of its review of the statistical model for the adjustment of grantee goals, the Department will consider whether ex-offender should be considered with the other participant characteristics currently used in the SCSEP model. See discussion of the statistical model in preamble text discussing § 641.720.
Another comment regarding the most-in-need measure stated that the current definition of frail, which is one of the barriers to employment that the statute includes in the most-in-need measure, is incorrect because it could require a grantee to enroll someone who is in a nursing home. This theoretical objection to the definition of frail misunderstands its use in the SCSEP performance system. Frail is not part of the eligibility determination and is not one of the priorities of service required by the OAA. Rather, it is an additional barrier to employment that a participant may develop during enrollment and that potentially entitles a participant to have an extended period of enrollment.
Nineteen comments received during the consultation and additional comments received from three grantees after the consultation were addressed to how the Department would compute or define the performance measures (other than the measure, “Indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants,” which is addressed below). Several comments related to how the exit cohorts would be defined and what the timing rules would be. These questions have been addressed by the definitions provided in this IFR and the discussion in other parts of this preamble. As set forth below, separate guidance will be provided on the technical aspects of the timing and reporting requirements.
The 2016 OAA removed the additional indicators of performance that were previously established in sec. 513(b)(2) of the 2006 OAA. Therefore, the Department has deleted former paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) that contained definitions for the additional indicators.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made to the regulations for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity.
The Department has made substantial revisions to this section to align with the 2016 OAA, which in large part mirrors the process for establishing the expected performance levels required by WIOA for the title I core programs, as implemented in 20 CFR 677.170.
The revised paragraph (a), which requires agreement between the grantee and the Department for expected levels of performance for the first 2 program years of the grant, mirrors the statutory language in 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(B) and (C)(i) and aligns with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iv)(I). Specifically, paragraph (a) states that each grantee must reach agreement with the Department on levels of performance for each measure listed in § 641.700 for each of the first 2 program years covered by the grant agreement. In reaching the agreement, the grantee and the Department must take into account the expected levels of performance proposed by the grantee and the factors described in paragraph (c) of this section. This paragraph also states that the levels agreed to will be considered to be the expected levels of performance for the grantee for such program years, and funds may not be awarded under the grant until such agreement is reached. Lastly, this paragraph states that, at the conclusion of negotiations concerning the performance levels with all grantees, the Department will make available for public review the final negotiated expected levels of performance for each grantee, including any comments submitted by the grantee regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels.
The Department considers PY 2016 and PY 2017 to be the first 2 program years under the current SCSEP grants. For national grantees, these were the first 2 program years following the last grant competition. For State grantees, these were the first 2 program years of the current SCSEP State Plans.
The revised paragraph (b), which requires agreement for expected levels of performance for the third and fourth program years of the grant mirrors the statutory language provided in 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(B) and (C)(ii) and in alignment with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(iv)(II). As explained above, the Department considers PY 2018 and PY 2019 to be the third and fourth program years of the current SCSEP grant agreements. Specifically, paragraph (b) states that each grantee must reach agreement with the Department, prior to the third program year covered by the grant agreement, on levels of performance for each measure listed in § 641.700, for each of the third and fourth program years of the grant. This paragraph states that, in reaching the agreement, the grantee and the Department must take into account the expected levels proposed by the grantee and the factors described in paragraph (c) of this section. This paragraph also states that the levels agreed to will be considered to be the expected levels of performance for the grantee for those program years. Lastly, like the requirement in paragraph (a), this paragraph states that, at the conclusion of negotiations concerning the performance levels with all grantees, the Department will make available for public review the final negotiated
The Department has added a new paragraph (c), “Factors,” to require that the negotiated levels of performance must be based on the three factors listed in paragraphs (c)(1) through (3), as required by 2016 OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(D) and in alignment with WIOA sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(v). Paragraph (c)(1) states that the negotiated levels must take into account how a grantee's levels of performance compare with the expected levels of performance established for other grantees.
In paragraph (d), the Department revises the adjustment requirements contained in former paragraph (b). The Department has replaced the adjustment factors specified in former (b)(1) through (3) with the requirement that the Department will, in accordance with the objective statistical model developed pursuant to paragraph (c)(2), adjust the expected levels of performance for a program year for grantees to reflect the actual economic conditions and characteristics of participants in the corresponding projects during such program year. These revisions align with OAA sec. 513(a)(2)(E).
For consistency with the 2016 OAA, the IFR removes the language in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of § 641.720 that describes the negotiation process in detail. However, the negotiation process that the Department intends to use under these new performance measures is similar to the current process, and includes similar opportunities for input from the grantees:
• In the spring of 2018, the Department will analyze grantees' baseline performance and issue proposed goals for the next 2 program years, PY 2018 and PY 2019, based on the new adjustment factors.
• If a grantee disagrees with those goals, it may propose its own goals and may request to negotiate.
• Prior to the negotiation, the grantee must provide the Department with the data on which the grantee's proposed goals are based.
• The grantee and Department must reach agreement before funds for the coming 2 program years can be approved; the agreed upon goals will be the expected levels of performance upon which the annual evaluation of grantee performance will be based. If the grantee and the Department fail to reach agreement, no funds may be released.
• At the conclusion of the negotiation, the grantee may submit comments regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels of performance, which the Department will publish, along with the expected levels of performance.
• At the time of the annual evaluation of grantee performance, the expected levels of performance will be adjusted a second time using the latest available adjustment data. The evaluation will be based on the newly adjusted levels of performance. See preamble discussion of § 641.740.
• The same process will be followed for subsequent 2-year periods.
In addition to the regulatory text changes discussed above, various non-substantive changes have been made for purposes of correcting typographical errors and improving clarity.
Eight comments addressed the negotiation process. Several comments raised questions about the use of a statistical model based on WIOA to adjust grantee goals, and one, noting that SCSEP already uses such a model, questioned what changes the Department anticipates. This comment is correct that SCSEP has long used a statistical model to adjust grantee goals. The model considers environmental factors like rates of unemployment and poverty and takes account of participant characteristics that may make some participants harder to serve than others. This model is similar to the model employed by WIA and the model recently adopted by WIOA. The Department will re-examine this model to determine if additional aspects of the WIOA model should be incorporated into the SCSEP model or if other changes are appropriate. (One comment suggested accounting for the percentage of participants who reside in rural areas.) The Department will provide the model to grantees prior to the first negotiations under the new performance measures, as requested by one of the comments.
One comment suggested that all grantees operating within a State should have the same goals because conditions within the State are essentially the same for all grantees. The statute requires that in negotiating goals, the parties consider both the expected levels of performance for other grantees and the promotion of continuous improvement. Both factors require consideration of the circumstances of each grantee. Furthermore, the only grantees operating within a State, in addition to the State grantee, are national grantees. National grantees only have goals at the overall grantee level, not at the State level. In addition, the adjustments that are made to grantee goals are based, to the greatest extent practicable, on factors that prevail in the specific service area of each grantee. Because very few grantees serve an entire State uniformly, SCSEP uses data at a county level to customize the adjustments for all grantees, both State and national.
Nine comments received during the consultation and additional comments received from three grantees after the consultation addressed the implementation of the new measures. Most of these questioned when the new measures would be effective and what the effect would be of collecting data for the new employment outcome measures and the old outcome measures since they will overlap for the first 4 quarters that the new measures are effective. The new measures being implemented by this IFR by promulgation on December 1, 2017 will become effective 30 days after publication. By effective, the Department means that they will be used during the second half of PY 2017, to negotiate the goals for PYs 2018 and 2019. Performance under the PY 2018 goals will begin to be reported starting July 1, 2018. The SCSEP Quarterly Progress Report (QPR) for PY 2017, will be based on the current measures, and the QPRs for PY 2018, will be based on the measures established in this IFR.
SCSEP participants who exit during PY 2017, when goals based on the current measures are still in effect, will have their performance reported under the old measures for PY 2017. For this same cohort of exiters, reporting for the core employment outcome measures would also take place throughout PY 2018, under the new measures set forth in this IFR and would be reflected in the grantees' PY 2018 QPRs. For example, a
A related comment asked is when reporting on the current SCSEP additional measures would cease. As with the existing core measures, the grantees will collect data for the additional measures not carried forward in this IFR throughout PY 2017, and the final QPR for PY 2017 will be the last report of the additional measures.
Many comments urged the Department to obtain the access to unemployment insurance (UI) wage records for SCSEP in order to ease the burden of case management follow-up for purposes of collecting performance data. One comment recommended that the Department allow those grantees that were able to access wage records locally do so even if other grantees could not have access and had to continue using case management follow-up. Another comment recommended that if the Department is unable to secure access to wage records, the Department should adopt less stringent standards for case management follow-up.
The Department understands that case management follow-up is a costly and not always effective means of obtaining performance data. The Department is investigating access to UI wage records for all SCSEP grantees, but until such access occurs, all grantees must continue using case management follow-up. Using different methods of data collection would compromise the consistency of the performance measures and would potentially provide an unfair advantage to those grantees with access to wage records. In the meantime, the Department will review the standards for case management follow-up as set forth in various guidance materials, will confer with grantees about the changes in procedures desired, and will issue revised guidance if appropriate.
Many comments questioned whether the current exclusions from exit for purposes of the employment outcome measures will be continued, and several recommended that they be continued. As part of its adoption of the WIA common measures in PY 2007, SCSEP has been following the WIA exclusions. With the 2016 OAA's adoption of the measures consistent with the WIOA primary indicators of performance, SCSEP will examine the revised WIOA exclusions and will issue revised guidance as appropriate.
The Department has made several changes in this section to update the Department's transition assistance plans to correspond with the 2016 OAA. First, as a non-substantive change, the Department has deleted the designation of paragraph (a) and its title “General transition provision” because the Department has deleted paragraph (b), as discussed below. This section now includes only two sentences.
The first sentence as revised by this IFR now states that, as soon as practicable after the IFR becomes effective, the Department will determine whether a SCSEP grantee's performance under the measures in effect prior to the effective date of this IFR would have met the expected levels of performance for PY 2018. The second sentence as revised by this IFR now states that if the Department determines that a grantee would have failed to meet those expected levels of performance, then the Department will provide technical assistance to help the grantee to eventually meet the expected levels of performance under the measures in § 641.700, as those measures are revised by this IFR.
The Department will only make the above determination for the three new employment outcome measures, defined in § 641.710(b) through (d) of this IFR, since no transition is required for the remaining four core measures (three are unchanged, and for the fourth, the “indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and participants,” the Department will use the same customer satisfaction measure that was used before the IFR). In making the determination, the Department intends to examine all relevant data, as feasible, in order to provide a cross-walk between the existing measures and the measures implemented in this IFR and to develop a new baseline from which to begin the development of goals for PY 2018 and PY 2019. The Department will provide the analysis to all grantees as soon as it is complete.
As noted above, this IFR removes paragraph (b) from § 641.730, which provided that PY 2007 would be treated as a baseline year for the most-in-need indicator so that grantees and the Department may collect sufficient data to set a meaningful goal for the measure for PY 2008. Since this provision included dates that have already passed, and the Department has documented information on this measure, this provision is no longer required and has been deleted from this section.
With the exception of the technical changes noted below, the Department has not made any changes to this section.
In paragraph (a), the Department has deleted the reference to national grantees because the evaluation process applies identically to both national grantees and State grantees. The Department has also added a reference to § 641.720(d) when referring to the adjustments to the grantee goals.
In paragraph (b)(1)(iii) regarding recompetition for national grantees, the Department has deleted the parenthetical “(beginning with Program Year 2007),” after “any national grantee that has failed to meet the expected levels of performance for 4 consecutive years” to align with the 2016 OAA, which removed this phrase from OAA sec. 513(d)(2)(B)(iii). Due to this deletion, the “4 consecutive years” may include years under the measures in effect prior to this IFR with years under the new measures implemented by this IFR.
In paragraph (b)(2)(iii) regarding competition for State grantees, the Department has deleted the parenthetical “(beginning with Program Year 2007),” after “if the Department determines that the State fails to meet the expected levels of performance for 3 consecutive Program Years” to align with the 2016 OAA, which removed this phrase from OAA sec. 513(d)(3)(B)(iii). Similar to the deletion in paragraph (b)(1)(iii), due to this deletion, the “3 consecutive years” may include years under the measures in effect prior to this IFR with years under the new measures implemented by this IFR.
In paragraph (c) regarding evaluation, the Department has revised this paragraph to state that, for purposes of evaluation, the core measures of
One commenter questioned the impact of the new requirement to negotiate performance goals 2 years at a time on the assessment of grantee performance. Although the Department and the grantees will now negotiate performance goals for 2 years at a time, the Department will continue to assess whether grantees have met their expected level of performance at the end of each program year based on whether grantees have met their goals for that completed program year.
Two comments noted that SCSEP goals are already hard to meet because older workers are harder to place than other job seekers. SCSEP has been using the WIA common employment outcome measures since July 1, 2007; the replacement of those measures with the WIOA core employment measures is not intended to change the basic approach of the negotiation process or to negate the focus on serving low-income seniors. In general, SCSEP has consistently met or exceeded its performance goals under the current measures, and the Department does not envision that the new measures will change that level of performance.
The Department has updated the reference to the OAA to reflect the 2016 OAA reauthorization amendments.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. chapter 6, requires the Department to evaluate the economic impact of this rule with regard to small entities. The RFA defines small entities to include small businesses, small organizations including not-for-profit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. The Department must determine whether the rule imposes a significant economic impact on a substantial number of such small entities.
There are 75 SCSEP grantees; 50 of these are States and are not small entities as defined by the RFA. Six grantees are governmental jurisdictions other than States (four grantees are territories such as Guam, one grantee is Washington, DC, and another grantee is Puerto Rico). Governmental jurisdictions must have a population of less than 50,000 to qualify as a small entity for RFA purposes and the population of these 6 SCSEP grantees each exceeds 50,000. The remaining 19 grantees are non-profit organizations, which includes some large national non-profit organizations.
The Department has determined that this Interim Final Rule will impose no additional burden on small entities affected. Since the alignment with WIOA involved only definitions, the grantees are not required to collect any additional information that may cause a burden increase. In addition, all costs are covered by the SCSEP program funds provided to grantees.
The Departments certifies that this Interim Final Rule does not impose a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Under Executive Order 12866, the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB's) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs determines whether a regulatory action is significant and, therefore, subject to the requirements of the Executive Order and review by OMB. 58 FR 51735. Section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 defines a “significant regulatory action” as an action that is likely to result in a rule that: (1) Has an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, or adversely affects in a material way a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local or tribal governments or communities (also referred to as economically significant); (2) creates serious inconsistency or otherwise interferes with an action taken or planned by another agency; (3) materially alters the budgetary impacts of entitlement grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or (4) raises novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in the Executive Order.
This rule is not an EO 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under EO 12866.
Executive Order 13563 directs agencies to propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination that its benefits justify its costs; it is tailored to impose the least burden on society, consistent with achieving the regulatory objectives; and in choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, the agency has selected those approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13563 recognizes that some benefits are difficult to quantify and provides that, where appropriate and permitted by law, agencies may consider and discuss qualitatively values that are difficult or impossible to quantify, including equity, human dignity, fairness, and distributive impacts.
OMB declined review of this IFR because it is not a significant regulatory action. As previously noted, the alignment with WIOA involved only definitions, and grantees are not required to collect any additional information that may cause a burden increase.
The purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, the Department conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and continuing collections of information in accordance with the PRA. See 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A). This activity helps to ensure that the public understands the Department's collection instructions, respondents can provide
A Federal agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it is approved by OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB control number. The public is also not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person will be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a currently valid OMB control number (44 U.S.C. 3512).
As part of its effort to streamline program performance reporting, the Department revised the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Performance Accountability, Information and Reporting System (OMB Control Number 1205-0521) information collection by adding the performance information collection requirements for SCSEP. The Department notes that the SCSEP information collection will retain its current approval (under OMB Control Number 1205-0040) for data elements not contained in the revised WIOA Performance Accountability, Information and Reporting System.
The Department provided opportunities for the public to comment on the information collection through notices in the
The information collection is summarized as follows.
For purposes of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, this rule does not include any Federal mandate that may result in increased expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments in the aggregate of more than $100 million, or increased expenditures by the private sector of more than $100 million.
The Department has reviewed this rule in accordance with Executive Order 13132 regarding federalism and has determined that it does not have “federalism implications.” The rule does not “have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” This Interim Final Rule defines and implements performance measures for the SCSEP and while States are SCSEP grantees, this rule merely makes changes to data collection processes that are ongoing. Requiring State grantees to implement these changes does not constitute a “substantial direct effect” on the States, nor will it alter the relationship or responsibilities between the Federal and State governments.
Executive Order 13045 concerns the protection of children from environmental health risks and safety risks. This rule defines and details the performance measures use by the SCSEP, a program for older Americans, and has no impact on safety or health risks to children.
Executive Order 13175 addresses the unique relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribal governments. The order requires Federal agencies to take certain actions when regulations have “tribal implications.” Required actions include consulting with Tribal Governments prior to promulgating a regulation with tribal implications and preparing a tribal impact statement. The order defines regulations as having “tribal implications” when they have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The Department has reviewed this Interim Final Rule and concludes that it does not have tribal implications. While some tribes may be recipients of national SCSEP grantees, this rule will not have a substantial direct effect on those tribes because, as outlined in the Regulatory Flexibility Act section of the preamble above, there are only small cost increases associated with implementing this regulation. This regulation does not affect the relationship between the Federal Government and the tribes, nor does it affect the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Tribal Governments. Accordingly, we conclude that this rule does not have tribal implications for the purposes of Executive Order 13175.
The Department has reviewed this rule in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act, enacted as part of the Omnibus Consolidated and Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act of 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681), requires the Department to assess the impact of this rule on family well-being. A rule that is determined to have a negative effect on families must be supported with an adequate rationale.
The Department has assessed this rule and determines that it will not have a negative effect on families. Indeed, we
The Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, provides safeguards to individuals concerning their personal information that the Government collects. The Act requires certain actions by an agency that collects information on individuals when that information contains personally identifiable information such as SSNs or names. Because SCSEP participant records are maintained by SSN, the Act applies here.
A key concern is for the protection of participant SSNs. Grantees must collect the SSN in order to properly pay participants for their community service work in host agencies. When participant files are sent to the Department for aggregation, the transmittal is protected by secure encryption. When participant files are retrieved within the internet-based SCSEP data management system of SPARQ, only the last four digits of the SSN are displayed. Any information that is shared or made public is aggregated by grantee and does not reveal personal information on specific individuals.
The Department works diligently to ensure the highest level of security whenever personally identifiable information is stored or transmitted. All contractors that have access to individually identifying information are required to provide assurances that they will respect and protect the confidentiality of the data. ETA's Office of Performance and Technology has been an active participant in the development and approval of data security measures—especially as they apply to SPARQ.
In addition to the above, a Privacy Act Statement is provided to grantees for distribution to all participants. The grantees were advised of the requirement in ETA's Older Worker Bulletin OWB-04-06. Participants receive this information when they meet with a case worker or intake counselor. When the programs are monitored, implementation of this term is included in the review.
This rule is not subject to Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, because it does not involve implementation of a policy with takings implications.
This regulation has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, and will not unduly burden the Federal court system. The regulation has been written so as to minimize litigation and provide a clear legal standard for affected conduct, and has been reviewed carefully to eliminate drafting errors and ambiguities.
This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it will not have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
The Department drafted this Interim Final Rule in plain language.
Aged, Employment, Government contracts, Grant programs-labor, Privacy, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Department of Labor amends 20 CFR part 641 as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3056
Part 641 contains the Department of Labor's regulations for the Senior Community Service Employment Program (SCSEP), authorized under title V of the Older Americans Act (OAA), 42 U.S.C. 3056
(b) Subpart B of this part describes the required relationship between the OAA and the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), Public Law 113-128 (July 22, 2014). These provisions discuss the coordinated efforts to provide services through the integration of the SCSEP within the One-Stop delivery system.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
The SCSEP is a required partner under the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act. As such, it is a part of the One-Stop delivery system. When acting in their capacity as WIOA partners, SCSEP grantees and sub-recipients are required to follow all applicable rules under WIOA and its regulations.
In addition to providing career services, as defined at 20 CFR 678.430, SCSEP grantees and sub-recipients must make arrangements through the One-Stop delivery system to provide eligible and ineligible individuals with referrals to WIOA career and training services and access to other activities and programs carried out by other One-Stop partners.
No, SCSEP requirements continue to apply. OAA title V resources may not be used to serve individuals who are not SCSEP-eligible. The Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act creates a seamless service delivery system for individuals seeking workforce development services by linking the One-Stop partners in the One-Stop delivery system. Although the overall effect is to provide universal access to
Yes, sec. 502(b)(3) of the OAA provides that an assessment or IEP completed by the SCSEP satisfies any condition for an assessment, service strategy, or IEP completed at the One-Stop and vice-versa. (OAA sec. 502(b)(3).) These reciprocal arrangements and the contents of the SCSEP IEP and WIOA IEP should be negotiated in the MOU.
(a) Although SCSEP participants are not automatically eligible for career and training services under title I of WIOA, local boards may deem SCSEP participants, either individually or as a group, as satisfying the requirements for receiving adult career and training services under title I of WIOA.
(b) SCSEP participants who have been assessed and for whom an IEP has been developed have received a career service under 20 CFR 680.220(a) of the WIOA regulations. In order to enhance skill development related to the IEP, it may be necessary to provide training beyond the community service assignment to enable participants to meet their unsubsidized employment objectives. The SCSEP grantee or sub-recipient, the host agency, the WIOA program, or another One-Stop partner may provide training as appropriate and as negotiated in the MOU. (See § 641.540 for a further discussion of training for SCSEP participants.)
The State Plan is a plan, submitted by the Governor, or the highest government official, in each State, as an independent document or as part of the WIOA Combined State Plan, that outlines a 4-year strategy for the statewide provision of community service employment and other authorized activities for eligible individuals under the SCSEP as described in § 641.302. The State Plan also describes the planning and implementation process for SCSEP services in the State, taking into account the relative distribution of eligible individuals and employment opportunities within the State. The State Plan is intended to foster coordination among the various SCSEP grantees and sub-recipients operating within the State and to facilitate the efforts of stakeholders, including State and local boards under WIOA, to work collaboratively through a participatory process to accomplish the SCSEP's goals. (OAA sec. 503(a)(1).) The State Plan provisions are listed in § 641.325.
(f) The State's strategy for continuous improvement in the level of performance for entry into unsubsidized employment;
(g) Planned actions to coordinate activities of SCSEP grantees with the activities being carried out in the State under title I of WIOA, including plans for using the WIOA One-Stop delivery system and its partners to serve individuals aged 55 and older;
(a) * * *
(2) State and local boards under WIOA;
(b) National grantees serving older American Indians, or Pacific Island and Asian Americans, with funds reserved under OAA sec. 506(a)(3), are exempted from the requirement to participate in the State planning processes under sec. 503(a)(9) of the OAA. Although these national grantees may choose not to participate in the State planning process, the Department encourages their participation. Only those grantees using reserved funds are exempt; if a grantee is awarded one grant with reserved funds and another grant with non-reserved funds, the grantee is required under paragraph (a) of this section to participate in the State planning process for purposes of the non-reserved funds grant.
(c) The current and projected employment opportunities in the State (such as by providing information available under sec. 15 of the Wagner-Peyser Act (29 U.S.C. 49l-2) by occupation), and the types of skills possessed by eligible individuals;
(d) The localities and populations for which projects of the type authorized by OAA title V are most needed;
(e) Actions taken and/or planned to coordinate activities of SCSEP grantees in the State with activities carried out in the State under title I of WIOA;
(f) A description of the process used to obtain advice and recommendations on the State Plan from representatives of organizations and individuals listed in § 641.315, and advice and recommendations on steps to coordinate SCSEP services with activities funded under title I of WIOA from representatives of organizations listed in § 641.335;
The Governor, or the highest government official, must seek the advice and recommendations from representatives of the State and local
(a) Governors, or highest government officials, must describe in the State Plan the steps that are being taken to comply with the statutory requirement to avoid disruptions in the provision of services for participants. (OAA sec. 503(a)(7).)
Yes. A State may include its 4-year plan for SCSEP in its WIOA Combined State Plan according to the requirements in 20 CFR 676.140 through 676.145. For a State that obtains approval of that Combined State Plan under 20 CFR 676.143, the requirements of sec. 103 of WIOA and 20 CFR part 676 will apply in lieu of sec. 503(a) of the OAA and this subpart, and any reference in this part to a “State Plan” will be considered to be a reference to that Combined State Plan.
(c)
Anyone who is at least 55 years old, unemployed (as defined in § 641.140), and who is a member of a family with an income that is not more than 125 percent of the family income levels prepared by the Department of Health and Human Services and approved by OMB (Federal poverty guidelines) is eligible to participate in the SCSEP. (OAA sec. 518(a)(3), (9).) A person with a disability may be treated as a “family of one” for income eligibility determination purposes at the option of the applicant.
No, grantees and sub-recipients may not enroll as SCSEP participants job-ready individuals who can be directly placed into unsubsidized employment. Such individuals should be referred to an employment provider, such as the One-Stop Center for job placement assistance under WIOA or another employment program.
(a) * * *
(2) * * *
(ii) Performing an initial assessment upon program entry, unless an assessment has already been performed under title I of WIOA as provided in § 641.230. Subsequent assessments may be made as necessary, but must be made no less frequently than two times during a 12-month period (including the initial assessment);
(3)(i) Using the information gathered during the initial assessment to develop an IEP that includes an appropriate employment goal for each participant, except that if an assessment has already been performed and an IEP developed under title I of WIOA, the WIOA assessment and IEP will satisfy the requirement for a SCSEP assessment and IEP as provided in § 641.230;
(7) Providing appropriate services for participants, or referring participants to appropriate services, through the One-Stop delivery system established under WIOA (OAA sec. 502(b)(1)(O));
(c) Training may be in the form of lectures, seminars, classroom instruction, individual instruction, online instruction, and on-the-job experiences. Training may be provided by the grantee or through other arrangements, including but not limited to, arrangements with other workforce development programs such as WIOA. (OAA sec. 502(c)(6)(A)(ii).)
(a) Grantees and sub-recipients are required to assess all participants' need for supportive services and to make every effort to assist participants in obtaining needed supportive services. Grantees and sub-recipients may provide directly or arrange for supportive services that are necessary to enable an individual to successfully participate in a SCSEP project, including but not limited to payment of reasonable costs of transportation; health and medical services; special job-related or personal counseling; incidentals such as work shoes, badges, uniforms, eyeglasses, and tools; dependent care; housing, including temporary shelter; needs-related payments; and follow-up services. (OAA secs. 502(c)(6)(A)(iv), 518(a)(8).)
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) SCSEP participants may be paid the highest applicable required wage while receiving WIOA career services.
(b) * * *
(2) Improve the provision of services to eligible individuals under One-Stop delivery systems established under title I of WIOA;
(a)
(b)
(1) Hours (in the aggregate) of community service employment;
(2) The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project;
(3) The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the project;
(4) The median earnings of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project;
(5) Indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants;
(6) The number of eligible individuals served; and
(7) The number of most-in-need individuals served (the number of participating individuals described in OAA sec. 518(a)(3)(B)(ii) or (b)(2)).
(c)
(d)
The core measures are defined as follows:
(a) “Hours of community service employment” is defined as the total number of hours of community service provided by SCSEP participants divided by the number of hours of community service funded by the grantee's grant, after adjusting for differences in minimum wage among the States and areas. Paid training hours are excluded from this measure.
(b) “The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project” is defined by the formula: The number of participants who exited during the reporting period who are employed in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after the exit quarter divided by the number of participants who exited during the reporting period multiplied by 100.
(c) “The percentage of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after exit from the project” is defined by the formula: The number of participants who exited during the reporting period who are employed in unsubsidized employment during the fourth quarter after the exit quarter divided by the number of participants who exited during the reporting period multiplied by 100.
(d) “The median earnings of project participants who are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after exit from the project” is defined by the formula: For all participants who exited and are in unsubsidized employment during the second quarter after the exit quarter: The wage that is at the midpoint (of all the wages) between the highest and lowest wage earned in the second quarter after the exit quarter.
(e) “Indicators of effectiveness in serving employers, host agencies, and project participants” is defined as the combined results of customer assessments of the services received by each of these three customer groups.
(f) “The number of eligible individuals served” is defined as the total number of participants served divided by a grantee's authorized number of positions, after adjusting for differences in minimum wage among the States and areas.
(g) “Most-in-need” or the number of participating individuals described in OAA sec. 518(a)(3)(B)(ii) or (b)(2) is defined by counting the total number of the following characteristics for all participants and dividing by the number of participants served. Participants are characterized as most-in-need if they:
(1) Have a severe disability;
(2) Are frail;
(3) Are age 75 or older;
(4) Meet the eligibility requirements related to age for, but do not receive, benefits under title II of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401
(5) Live in an area with persistent unemployment and are individuals with severely limited employment prospects;
(6) Have limited English proficiency;
(7) Have low literacy skills;
(8) Have a disability;
(9) Reside in a rural area;
(10) Are veterans;
(11) Have low employment prospects;
(12) Have failed to find employment after utilizing services provided under title I of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act; or
(13) Are homeless or at risk for homelessness.
(a)
The levels agreed to will be considered the expected levels of performance for the grantee for such program years. Funds may not be awarded under the grant until such agreement is reached. At the conclusion of negotiations concerning the performance levels with all grantees, the Department will make available for public review the final negotiated expected levels of performance for each grantee, including any comments submitted by the grantee regarding the grantee's satisfaction with the negotiated levels.
(b)
(c)
(1) Take into account how the levels involved compare with the expected levels of performance established for other grantees;
(2) Ensure that the levels involved are adjusted, using an objective statistical model based on the model established by the Secretary of Labor with the Secretary of Education in accordance with sec. 116(b)(3)(A)(viii) of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (29 U.S.C. 3141(b)(3)(A)(viii)); and
(3) Take into account the extent to which the levels involved promote continuous improvement in performance accountability on the core measures and ensure optimal return on the investment of Federal funds.
(d)
As soon as practicable after January 2, 2018, the Department will determine if a SCSEP grantee's performance under the measures in effect prior to January 2, 2018 would have met the expected levels of performance for the Program Year 2018. If the Department determines that the grantee would have failed to meet the Program Year 2018 expected levels of performance, the Department will provide technical assistance to help the grantee to transition to eventually meet the expected levels of performance under the measures in § 641.700.
(a)
(b)
(ii) The corrective action plan must detail the steps the grantee will take to meet the expected levels of performance in the next program year.
(iii) Any national grantee that has failed to meet the expected levels of performance for 4 consecutive years will not be allowed to compete in the subsequent grant competition, but may compete in the next grant competition after that subsequent competition.
(2)
(ii) The corrective action plan must detail the steps the State will take to meet the expected levels of performance in the next program year.
(iii) If the Department determines that the State fails to meet the expected levels of performance for 3 consecutive program years the Department will require the State to conduct a competition to award the funds allotted to the State under sec. 506(e) of the OAA for the first full program year following the Department's determination. The new grantee will be responsible for administering the SCSEP in the State and will be subject to the same requirements and responsibilities as had been the State grantee.
(c)
The Department is authorized by OAA secs. 502(e)(2)(B)(iv) and 517(c)(1) to use recaptured SCSEP funds to provide incentive awards. The Department will exercise this authority at its discretion.
(b) Recipients and sub-recipients of SCSEP funds are required to comply with the nondiscrimination provisions codified in the Department's regulations at 29 CFR part 38 if:
(1) The recipient:
(i) Is a One-Stop partner listed in sec. 121(b) of WIOA, and
(ii) Operates programs and activities that are part of the One-Stop delivery system established under WIOA; or
(2) The recipient otherwise satisfies the definition of “recipient” in 29 CFR 38.4.
(a) A recipient or sub-recipient must not select, reject, promote, or terminate an individual based on political services provided by the individual or on the individual's political affiliations or beliefs. In addition, as provided in § 641.827(b), certain recipients and sub-recipients of SCSEP funds are required to comply with WIOA nondiscrimination regulations in 29 CFR part 38. These regulations prohibit discrimination on the basis of political affiliation or belief.
(d)
(d) Questions about, or complaints alleging a violation of, the nondiscrimination requirements of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, sec. 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, sec. 188 of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), or their implementing regulations, may be directed or mailed to the Director, Civil Rights Center, U.S. Department of Labor, Room N-4123, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210. In the alternative, complaints alleging violations of WIOA sec. 188 may be filed initially at the grantee level. See 29 CFR 38.69, 38.72. In such cases, the grantee must use complaint processing procedures meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 38.69 through 38.76 to resolve the complaint.
(b) Appeals of suspension or termination actions taken on the grounds of discrimination are processed under 29 CFR part 31 or 29 CFR part 38, as appropriate.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of deviation from drawbridge regulation.
The Coast Guard has issued a temporary deviation from the operating schedule that governs the S168/Great Bridge bridge, which carries SR168 (Battlefield Boulevard South) over the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AICW), Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, mile 12.0, at Chesapeake, VA. The deviation is necessary to facilitate the Annual Chesapeake Rotary Christmas Parade. This deviation allows the bridge to remain in the closed-to-navigation position.
The deviation is effective from 4 p.m. to 10 p.m., on Saturday, December 2, 2017.
The docket for this deviation, [USCG-2017-0995] is available at
If you have questions on this temporary deviation, call or email Mr. Michael Thorogood, Bridge Administration Branch Fifth District, Coast Guard, telephone 757-398-6557, email
The City of Chesapeake, owner and operator of the S168/Great Bridge bridge that carries SR 168/Battlefield Boulevard South over the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway (AICW), Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, mile 12.0, at Chesapeake, VA, has requested a temporary deviation from the current operating regulations to ensure the safety of the increased volumes of spectators that will be participating in the Annual Chesapeake Rotary Christmas Parade on Saturday, December 2, 2017. This bridge is a double bascule drawbridge, with a vertical clearance of 8 feet above mean high water in the closed position and unlimited vertical clearance in the open position.
The current operating regulation is set out in 33 CFR 117.997(g). Under this temporary deviation, the bridge will be maintained in the closed-to-navigation position from 4 p.m. to 6 p.m. and from 8 p.m. to 10 p.m. on Saturday, December 2, 2017.
The AICW, Albemarle and Chesapeake Canal, is used by a variety of vessels including U.S. government vessels, small commercial vessels, recreational vessels and tug and barge traffic. The Coast Guard has carefully coordinated the restrictions with waterway users in publishing this temporary deviation.
Vessels able to pass through the bridge in the closed-to-navigation position may do so at anytime. The bridge will be able to open for emergencies and there is no immediate alternative route for vessels unable to pass through the bridge in the closed position. The Coast Guard will also inform the users of the waterway through our Local and Broadcast
In accordance with 33 CFR 117.35(e), the drawbridge must return to its regular operating schedule immediately at the end of the effective period of this temporary deviation. This deviation from the operating regulations is authorized under 33 CFR 117.35.
United States Patent and Trademark Office, Commerce.
Final rule.
The United States Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) issues a final rule to incorporate classification changes adopted by the Nice Agreement Concerning the International Classification of Goods and Services for the Purposes of the Registration of Marks (Nice Agreement). These changes are effective January 1, 2018, and are listed in the International Classification of Goods and Services for the Purposes of the Registration of Marks (11th ed., ver. 2018), which is published by the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO).
This rule is effective on January 1, 2018.
Catherine Cain, Office of the Deputy Commissioner for Trademark Examination Policy, at (571) 272-8946 or
The Nice Agreement is a multilateral treaty, administered by WIPO, which establishes the international classification of goods and services for the purposes of registering trademarks and service marks. As of September 1, 1973, this international classification system is the controlling system used by the United States, and it applies to all applications filed on or after September 1, 1973, and their resulting registrations, for all statutory purposes.
Each state party to the Nice Agreement is represented in the Committee of Experts of the Nice Union (Committee of Experts), which meets annually to vote on proposed changes to the Nice Classification. Any state that is a party to the Nice Agreement may submit proposals for consideration by the other members in accordance with agreed-upon rules of procedure. Proposals are currently submitted on an annual basis to an electronic forum on the WIPO Web site, commented upon, modified, and compiled by WIPO for further discussion and voting at the annual Committee of Experts meeting.
In 2013, the Committee of Experts began annual revisions to the Nice Classification. The annual revisions, which are published electronically and enter into force on January 1 each year, are referred to as versions and identified by edition number and year of the effective date (
The annual revisions contained in this final rule consist of modifications to the class headings that have been incorporated into the Nice Agreement by the Committee of Experts. Under the Nice Classification, there are 34 classes of goods and 11 classes of services, each with a class heading. Class headings generally indicate the fields to which goods and services belong. Specifically, this rule adds new, or deletes existing, goods and services from 10 class headings. The changes to the class headings further define the types of goods and/or services appropriate to the class. As a signatory to the Nice Agreement, the United States adopts these revisions pursuant to Article 1.
The USPTO is revising § 6.1 as follows:
In Class 1, the wording “Chemicals used in industry, science and photography” is amended to “Chemicals for use in industry, science and photography.” “Manures;” is deleted where it appears as a separate clause. The wording “fire extinguishing compositions” is amended to “fire extinguishing and fire prevention compositions.” “Chemical substances for preserving foodstuffs;” is deleted. The wording “tanning substances” is amended to “substances for tanning animal skins and hides.” The wording “adhesives used in industry” is amended to “adhesives for use in industry;” and “putties and other paste fillers; compost, manures, fertilizers; biological preparations for use in industry and science” is added thereafter.
In Class 2, a comma is inserted after “colorants,” the term “dyes” is added, and the wording and punctuation “inks for printing, marking and engraving;” is added thereafter. “Mordants;” is deleted.
“Non-medicated cosmetics and toiletry preparations; non-medicated dentifrices; perfumery, essential oils;” is added to the beginning of Class 3, and the capital letter in “Bleaching” is changed to lower case. A semi-colon is deleted after “abrasive preparations” and the wording “non-medicated soaps; perfumery, essential oils, non-medicated cosmetics, non-medicated hair lotions; non-medicated dentifrices” is also deleted from the end of Class 3.
In Class 4, a comma is inserted after “greases” and the term “wax” is added thereafter. The wording and parentheses “(including motor spirit)” is deleted.
In Class 7, “Machines and machine tools” is amended to “Machines, machine tools, power-operated tools.” A
In Class 8, “Hand tools and implements (hand-operated)” is amended to “Hand tools and implements, hand-operated.” The wording “side arms” is amended to “side arms, except firearms.”
In Class 16, “artists' and drawing materials” is amended to “drawing materials and materials for artists.”
In Class 21, the wording “cookware and tableware, except forks, knives and spoons;” is added.
In Class 29, “edible oils and fats” is amended to “oils and fats for food.”
In Class 30, “(frozen water)” is added after the word “ice.”
Accordingly, prior notice and opportunity for public comment for the changes in this rulemaking are not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b) or (c), or any other law.
Administrative practice and procedure, Classification, Trademarks.
For the reasons given in the preamble and under the authority contained in 15 U.S.C. 1112, 1123 and 35 U.S.C. 2, as amended, the USPTO is amending part 6 of title 37 as follows:
Secs. 30, 41, 60 Stat. 436, 440; 15 U.S.C. 1112, 1123; 35 U.S.C. 2, unless otherwise noted.
1. Chemicals for use in industry, science and photography, as well as in agriculture, horticulture and forestry; unprocessed artificial resins, unprocessed plastics; fire extinguishing and fire prevention compositions; tempering and soldering preparations; substances for tanning animal skins and hides; adhesives for use in industry; putties and other paste fillers; compost, manures, fertilizers; biological preparations for use in industry and science.
2. Paints, varnishes, lacquers; preservatives against rust and against deterioration of wood; colorants, dyes; inks for printing, marking and engraving; raw natural resins; metals in foil and powder form for use in painting, decorating, printing and art.
3. Non-medicated cosmetics and toiletry preparations; non-medicated dentifrices; perfumery, essential oils; bleaching preparations and other substances for laundry use; cleaning, polishing, scouring and abrasive preparations.
4. Industrial oils and greases, wax; lubricants; dust absorbing, wetting and binding compositions; fuels and illuminants; candles and wicks for lighting.
5. Pharmaceuticals, medical and veterinary preparations; sanitary preparations for medical purposes; dietetic food and substances adapted for medical use or veterinary use, food for babies; dietary supplements for humans and animals; plasters, materials for dressings; material for stopping teeth, dental wax; disinfectants; preparations for destroying vermin; fungicides, herbicides.
6. Common metals and their alloys, ores; metal materials for building and construction; transportable buildings of metal; non-electric cables and wires of common metal; small items of metal hardware; metal containers for storage or transport; safes.
7. Machines, machine tools, power-operated tools; motors and engines, except for land vehicles; machine coupling and transmission components, except for land vehicles; agricultural implements, other than hand-operated hand tools; incubators for eggs; automatic vending machines.
8. Hand tools and implements, hand-operated; cutlery; side arms, except firearms; razors.
9. Scientific, nautical, surveying, photographic, cinematographic, optical, weighing, measuring, signalling, checking (supervision), life-saving and teaching apparatus and instruments; apparatus and instruments for conducting, switching, transforming, accumulating, regulating or controlling electricity; apparatus for recording, transmission or reproduction of sound or images; magnetic data carriers, recording discs; compact discs, DVDs and other digital recording media; mechanisms for coin-operated apparatus; cash registers, calculating machines, data processing equipment, computers; computer software; fire-extinguishing apparatus.
10. Surgical, medical, dental and veterinary apparatus and instruments; artificial limbs, eyes and teeth; orthopaedic articles; suture materials; therapeutic and assistive devices adapted for the disabled; massage apparatus; apparatus, devices and articles for nursing infants; sexual activity apparatus, devices and articles.
11. Apparatus for lighting, heating, steam generating, cooking, refrigerating, drying, ventilating, water supply and sanitary purposes.
12. Vehicles; apparatus for locomotion by land, air or water.
13. Firearms; ammunition and projectiles; explosives; fireworks.
14. Precious metals and their alloys; jewellery, precious and semi-precious stones; horological and chronometric instruments.
15. Musical instruments.
16. Paper and cardboard; printed matter; bookbinding material; photographs; stationery and office requisites, except furniture; adhesives for stationery or household purposes; drawing materials and materials for artists; paintbrushes; instructional and teaching materials; plastic sheets, films and bags for wrapping and packaging; printers' type, printing blocks.
17. Unprocessed and semi-processed rubber, gutta-percha, gum, asbestos, mica and substitutes for all these materials; plastics and resins in extruded form for use in manufacture; packing, stopping and insulating materials; flexible pipes, tubes and hoses, not of metal.
18. Leather and imitations of leather; animal skins and hides; luggage and carrying bags; umbrellas and parasols; walking sticks; whips, harness and saddlery; collars, leashes and clothing for animals.
19. Building materials (non-metallic); non-metallic rigid pipes for building; asphalt, pitch and bitumen; non-metallic transportable buildings; monuments, not of metal.
20. Furniture, mirrors, picture frames; containers, not of metal, for storage or transport; unworked or semi-worked bone, horn, whalebone or mother-of-pearl; shells; meerschaum; yellow amber.
21. Household or kitchen utensils and containers; cookware and tableware, except forks, knives and spoons; combs and sponges; brushes, except paintbrushes; brush-making materials; articles for cleaning purposes; unworked or semi-worked glass, except building glass; glassware, porcelain and earthenware.
22. Ropes and string; nets; tents and tarpaulins; awnings of textile or synthetic materials; sails; sacks for the transport and storage of materials in bulk; padding, cushioning and stuffing materials, except of paper, cardboard, rubber or plastics; raw fibrous textile materials and substitutes therefor.
23. Yarns and threads, for textile use.
24. Textiles and substitutes for textiles; household linen; curtains of textile or plastic.
25. Clothing, footwear, headgear.
26. Lace and embroidery, ribbons and braid; buttons, hooks and eyes, pins and needles; artificial flowers; hair decorations; false hair.
27. Carpets, rugs, mats and matting, linoleum and other materials for covering existing floors; wall hangings (non-textile).
28. Games, toys and playthings; video game apparatus; gymnastic and sporting articles; decorations for Christmas trees.
29. Meat, fish, poultry and game; meat extracts; preserved, frozen, dried and cooked fruits and vegetables; jellies, jams, compotes; eggs; milk and milk products; oils and fats for food.
30. Coffee, tea, cocoa and artificial coffee; rice; tapioca and sago; flour and preparations made from cereals; bread, pastries and confectionery; edible ices; sugar, honey, treacle; yeast, baking-powder; salt; mustard; vinegar, sauces (condiments); spices; ice (frozen water).
31. Raw and unprocessed agricultural, aquacultural, horticultural and forestry products; raw and unprocessed grains and seeds; fresh fruits and vegetables, fresh herbs; natural plants and flowers; bulbs, seedlings and seeds for planting; live animals; foodstuffs and beverages for animals; malt.
32. Beers; mineral and aerated waters and other non-alcoholic beverages; fruit beverages and fruit juices; syrups and other preparations for making beverages.
33. Alcoholic beverages (except beers).
34. Tobacco; smokers' articles; matches.
35. Advertising; business management; business administration; office functions.
36. Insurance; financial affairs; monetary affairs; real estate affairs.
37. Building construction; repair; installation services.
38. Telecommunications.
39. Transport; packaging and storage of goods; travel arrangement.
40. Treatment of materials.
41. Education; providing of training; entertainment; sporting and cultural activities.
42. Scientific and technological services and research and design relating thereto; industrial analysis and research services; design and development of computer hardware and software.
43. Services for providing food and drink; temporary accommodation.
44. Medical services; veterinary services; hygienic and beauty care for human beings or animals; agriculture, horticulture and forestry services.
45. Legal services; security services for the physical protection of tangible property and individuals; personal and social services rendered by others to meet the needs of individuals.
U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress.
Interim rule with request for comments; extension of comment period.
The U.S. Copyright Office is extending the deadline for the submission of written comments in response to its June 12, 2017 and November 13, 2017 interim rules, regarding changes to the special procedure for examining secure tests, and the creation of a new group registration option for secure tests, respectively.
The comment period for the interim rules, published on June 12, 2017 (82 FR 26850), and November 13, 2017 (82 FR 52224), is extended. Comments must be made in writing and must be received in the U.S. Copyright Office no later than January 31, 2018.
For reasons of government efficiency, the Copyright Office is using the
Robert J. Kasunic, Associate Register of Copyrights and Director of Registration Policy and Practice; Sarang Vijay Damle, General Counsel and Associate Register of Copyrights; Erik Bertin, Deputy Director of Registration Policy and Practice; or Abioye Ella Mosheim, Attorney-Advisor, by telephone at 202- 707-8040 or by email at
As detailed in a June 12, 2017 interim rule,
Environmental Protection Agency.
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 1 is publishing a direct final Notice of Deletion of the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site (Site), located in Mansfield and Foxborough, Massachusetts, from the National Priorities List (NPL). The NPL, promulgated pursuant to section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, as amended, is an appendix of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). This direct final deletion is being published by EPA with the concurrence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, through Massachusetts Department of
This direct final deletion is effective January 30, 2018 unless EPA receives adverse comments by January 2, 2018. If adverse comments are received, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final deletion in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-SFUND-2002-0001, at
Locations, contacts, phone numbers and viewing hours are: U.S. EPA Region 1, Superfund Records Center, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100, Boston, MA 02109, Phone: 617-918-1440, Monday-Friday: 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., Saturday and Sunday—Closed.
Kimberly White, Remedial Project Manager for Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site, Office of Site Remediation and Restoration, Mail Code: OSRR07-1, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 1, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100, Boston, MA 02109-3912, telephone number: 617-918-1752, email address:
EPA Region 1 is publishing this direct final Notice of Deletion of the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site (Site), from the National Priorities List (NPL). The NPL constitutes Appendix B of 40 CFR part 300, which is the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), which EPA promulgated pursuant to section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, as amended. EPA maintains the NPL as the list of sites that appear to present a significant risk to public health, welfare, or the environment. Sites on the NPL may be the subject of remedial actions financed by the Hazardous Substance Superfund (Fund). As described in 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP, sites deleted from the NPL remain eligible for Fund-financed remedial actions if future conditions warrant such actions.
Section II of this document explains the criteria for deleting sites from the NPL. Section III discusses procedures that EPA is using for this action. Section IV discusses the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site and demonstrates how it meets the deletion criteria. Section V discusses EPA's action to delete the Site from the NPL unless adverse comments are received during the public comment period.
The NCP establishes the criteria that EPA uses to delete sites from the NPL. In accordance with 40 CFR 300.425(e), sites may be deleted from the NPL where no further response is appropriate. In making such a determination pursuant to 40 CFR 300.425(e), EPA will consider, in consultation with the state, whether any of the following criteria have been met:
i. Responsible parties or other persons have implemented all appropriate response actions required;
ii. All appropriate Fund-financed response under CERCLA has been implemented, and no further response action by responsible parties is appropriate; or
iii. The remedial investigation has shown that the release poses no significant threat to public health or the environment and, therefore, the taking of remedial measures is not appropriate.
Pursuant to CERCLA section 121(c) and the NCP, EPA conducts five-year reviews to ensure the continued protectiveness of remedial actions where hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remain at a site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure. EPA conducts such five-year reviews even if a site is deleted from the NPL. EPA may initiate further action to ensure continued protectiveness at a deleted site if new information becomes available that indicates it is appropriate. Whenever there is a significant release from a site deleted from the NPL, the deleted site may be restored to the NPL without application of the hazard ranking system.
The following procedures apply to deletion of the Site:
(1) EPA consulted with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “state”) prior to developing this direct final Notice of Deletion and the Notice of Intent to Delete co-published today in the “Proposed Rules” section of the
(2) EPA has provided the state 30 working days for review of this notice and the parallel Notice of Intent to Delete prior to their publication today, and the state, through the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MassDEP), has concurred on the deletion of the Site from the NPL.
(3) Concurrently with the publication of this direct final Notice of Deletion, a notice of the availability of the parallel Notice of Intent to Delete is being published in a major local newspaper,
(4) The EPA placed copies of documents supporting the proposed deletion in the deletion docket and made these items available for public inspection and copying at the Site information repository identified above.
(5) If adverse comments are received within the 30-day public comment period on this deletion action, EPA will publish a timely notice of withdrawal of this direct final Notice of Deletion before its effective date and will prepare a response to comments and continue with the deletion process on the basis of the Notice of Intent to Delete and the comments already received.
Deletion of a site from the NPL does not itself create, alter, or revoke any individual's rights or obligations. Deletion of a site from the NPL does not in any way alter EPA's right to take enforcement actions, as appropriate. The NPL is designed primarily for informational purposes and to assist EPA management. Section 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP states that the deletion of a site from the NPL does not preclude eligibility for future response actions, should future conditions warrant such actions.
The following information provides EPA's rationale for deleting the Site from the NPL:
The Hatheway and Patterson Superfund Site (Site), known by EPA Site Identification Number: MAD001060805, is located in the towns of Mansfield and Foxborough, Massachusetts. Approximately 36 acres of the Site are located in the Town of Mansfield, which is zoned for commercial/industrial use. The remaining 1.77 acres are located in the Town of Foxborough, also zoned for commercial use. The Site is bisected by the Rumford River, which runs north to south, and by a railroad right-of-way, which runs east to west.
Prior to the 1950's, the property was reportedly used for various activities, including railroad operations, coal storage, bulk chemical transfer, and storage of electric/utility poles and railroad ties. Beginning in 1952, wood treatment operations by Hatheway & Patterson Co., Inc. (Hatheway & Patterson) began. Operations at the Site included the preservation of wood sheeting, planking, timber, piling, poles and other wood products and included the use of pentachlorophenol (PCP), creosote, fluoro-chrome-arsenate-phenol (FCAP) salts, chromated copper-arsenate (CCA) salts, and fire retardants, including Dricon
Following the initial discovery of contamination, Hatheway & Patterson took steps to control the “oily seepage” from 1973 to 1991. Hatheway & Patterson filed for bankruptcy in 1993, leading to a removal action by EPA in 1993-1995 to address the imminent hazard posed by abandoned chemicals and waste at the Site. The Site was placed on the National Priorities List (NPL) by publication in the
The Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study were completed in 2005. As part of the investigation, soil, surface water, groundwater, sediments and fish tissue were evaluated. The primary contaminants identified at the Site were arsenic, dioxin, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), pentachlorophenol (PCP) and other semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs). Light Non-Aqueous Phase Liquid (LNAPL) hot spot areas/isolated pockets of free product and LNAPL-saturated subsurface soils were also detected throughout the Site.
The baseline human health risk assessment concluded that exposure to surface and subsurface soil was associated with an unacceptable human health risk outside EPA's acceptable risk range under current and future exposure scenarios. On-site overburden and bedrock groundwater was also associated with an unacceptable human health risk. The baseline ecological risk assessment concluded that there was not a substantial risk from exposure to site-related contaminants. The FS evaluated alternatives with various combinations of soil treatment technologies, excavation, off-site disposal of contaminants, consolidation of contaminated soil and sediments under a cap and institutional controls.
In September 2005, EPA issued a Record of Decision (ROD) that set forth the Selected Remedy at the Hatheway and Patterson Superfund Site to address current and future risks due to direct contact and incidental ingestion of soil and risks to future users of groundwater. The Remedial Action Objectives (RAOs) for the Site outlined in the ROD were as follows:
Surface Soil—Prevent current and future users from ingesting or contacting surface soils contaminated with arsenic, dioxin, pentachlorophenol, benzo(a)pyrene, and other Site contaminants that pose a risk to human health.
Subsurface Soil—Prevent future users from ingesting or contacting subsurface soils contaminated with arsenic, dioxin, pentachlorophenol, benzo(a)pyrene, and other Site contaminants that pose a risk to human health.
LNAPL—Prevent further contaminant transfer from LNAPL to groundwater by reducing LNAPL source material in soil excavation/treatment areas. Prevent further migration of LNAPL to groundwater and surface water by removing free product “hotspots” to the extent feasible.
The Selected Remedy included: Demolition of buildings in and near Hatheway & Patterson's former manufacturing area; excavation and on-site consolidation of soils contaminated with arsenic and pentachlorophenol under a low-permeability cover, after being stabilized with cement to achieve leachability criteria; disposal of soil contaminated with dioxin and free product LNAPL at a licensed off-site facility; institutional controls to prohibit the use of Site groundwater and restrict land uses in a manner that ensures the protectiveness of the remedy as described in the ROD; long term monitoring of groundwater, surface water, sediment, as well as fish tissue analysis of specimens caught in the Rumford River; and Five-Year Reviews of the remedy.
Modifications to the remedy were documented in the 2011 Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD). Based on a zoning change for the Foxborough parcel from residential use to “Limited Industrial” use, and intended reuse of the parcel as a parking lot, EPA and MassDEP determined that the Foxborough parcel should be remediated to a Reasonably Anticipated Future Use of commercial/open space. Therefore, the cleanup level for arsenic was changed for this parcel, and it was then used as a consolidation area for soils contaminated with arsenic and covered with asphalt in order to facilitate the use of the parcel as a parking lot. The ESD also documented that PCP and arsenic-contaminated soils in the Mansfield portion of the Site were disposed at an off-site facility rather than consolidated on-site as described in the ROD. In addition, the ESD clarified the extent of institutional controls to be placed on the Site properties.
Through an Interagency Agreement with EPA Region 1, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers New England District (USACE) performed the Selected Remedy. Remedial construction activities commenced in September 2009 and were substantially completed in September 2010. A total of 34,000 tons of soil was removed from the Northern Mansfield Property and the Foxborough Property and 9,500 tons of soil was removed from the eastern portion of the Southern Mansfield Property for off-site disposal to a RCRA subtitle C hazardous waste landfill, Envirosafe of Oregon, Ohio. Approximately 5,000 tons of soil exceeding arsenic cleanup levels were consolidated in the “Capped Consolidation Area” on the Foxborough Property under a multi-layer low-permeability barrier (
The properties owned by the towns of Mansfield and Foxborough have institutional controls in the form of Notice of Activity and Uses Limitations (NAULs), to prevent uncontrolled access to the remaining contamination. Institutional controls were also placed on the railroad right-of way, owned by the Massachusetts Department of Transportation, in the form of signage to prevent the potential exposure to any future utility workers. The property owners are required comply with the institutional controls for the Site; this will be verified during the Five-Year Reviews.
The source control remedy at the Site was performed in accordance with EPA-approved plans and specifications. No additional EPA construction is anticipated at the Site. The source control remedial cleanup levels (listed below) were set in the ROD based on commercial/open-space reuse:
During the remedial action, if contaminants of concern (COCs) were detected above the clean-up criteria listed above, excavation continued horizontally and vertically until either: (1) Post-excavation confirmatory samples met the clean-up criteria; (2) planned excavation limits along County Street and the railroad right of way were met, or (3) for vertical excavation, the water table was reached.
Post-excavation confirmatory sampling was performed in conjunction with excavation activities from the bottom of excavation and “clean” perimeter embankment and tested for the COCs. Generally, as excavation was completed in a grid cell area, confirmatory soil samples were collected from the bottom and sidewalls of the excavation. Bottom samples were comprised of a five-point composite sample collected from the center and four corners of the excavation cell. Sidewall samples were collected from the sidewalls of excavations when grids were adjacent to the Site perimeter. If excavation sidewalls were greater than three feet in depth, an additional sample was collected below this interval to the bottom of the excavation. All samples collected and analytical results are summarized in the Remedial Action Completion Report, dated August 2011.
Institutional controls in the form of enforceable Notices of Activity and Use Limitations (NAULs) were recorded with the deed on properties associated with the Site, as listed below:
Northern Mansfield Property, 35 County St., Mansfield, MA [Map 19 Lot 210, Book 6160 Page 89] (Northern Bristol County Registry of Deeds),
Southern Mansfield Property, Morrow St., Mansfield, MA [Map 18 Lot 230-235, Book 2164 Page 64] (Northern Bristol County Registry of Deeds), and
Foxborough Property, 41 County St., Foxborough, MA [Map 158 Lot 4060, Book 11412 Page 408] (Norfolk County Registry of Deeds).
The NAUL on each property specifies the current allowable and prohibited uses of the property, and establishes limits and conditions on the future uses of contaminated portions of the property. The restrictions are different for each property, but generally restrict the use of groundwater and subsurface soils where contamination remains on the site. The NAUL provides information about the risks remaining at the Site for current and future owners and interest holders. The NAULs require that the site owner submit annual reports to EPA and MassDEP regarding the status of the ICs. EPA will also assess site conditions and interview town officials as part of the Five Year Review process to confirm that only the permitted uses have taken place on the restricted properties. Should there be violations of the restrictions contained in the NAUL, the state has the authority to take an enforcement action against any property owner.
In addition to NAULs, institutional controls in the form of signage were used along the railroad right-of-way that intersects the Site stating to contact the property owner before soils are disturbed. The signage along the railroad right-of-way will be inspected periodically at a minimum every five years as part of EPA's Five Year Review process and/or during regular operation and maintenance activities conducted by the state.
The ROD required long-term monitoring of groundwater, surface water, fish tissue and sediment, and operation and maintenance of the low-permeability cover. As a result of changes to the remedy documented in the ESD, the Hatheway and Patterson Operation and Maintenance Manual, dated August 2017 requires semi-annual monitoring of groundwater following the first five-year review, and sampling of sediment and surface water at least once every five years following the second five-year review. The 2017 Operation and maintenance (O&M) Manual also provides an explanation for eliminating the fish tissue sampling requirement which is primarily due to the lack of fish in the Rumford River.
The ROD contains performance standards for on-site groundwater and for groundwater at the boundary of the Site. If monitoring indicates exceedances of the on-site groundwater performance standards, further evaluation of the impacts to surface water and sediments is needed. If monitoring indicates exceedances of the Site boundary groundwater performance standards, the ROD requires an evaluation of whether off-site receptors are at risk. MassDEP is the lead agency performing the O&M, including the groundwater, surface water and sediment monitoring for the Site.
Five-year reviews are required at the Site because hazardous substances will remain at the Site above concentration levels that would allow for unrestricted use and unrestricted exposure after the completion of all remedial actions. Pursuant to CERCLA Section 121(c), NCP Section 300.400(f)(4)(ii) and as provided in OSWER Directive 9355.7-03B-P, June 2001, Comprehensive Five-Year Review Guidance, EPA must conduct statutory five-year reviews at the Site. The purpose of these reviews is to evaluate whether the selected remedy remains protective of human health and the environment. These five-year reviews are required no less often than each five years after the initiation of the remedial action. EPA may terminate these reviews when no hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remain at the Site above levels that allow for unrestricted use and unlimited exposure.
The first five-year review was conducted in 2014, and found that the remedy at the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site currently protects human health and the environment. Several issues were raised in the 2014 Five-Year Review and resolved as discussed below.
The 2014 Five-Year Review found that the remedy at the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site protects human health and the environment because remediation of the soil (soil removal and on-site consolidation) has been completed to cleanup levels that are considered protective for the anticipated future use of the property, and there is no current use of on-site groundwater which is classified as non-potable. Institutional controls have been created and recorded to restrict inappropriate land uses (including use of groundwater) and protect the consolidation area cover. Operation and maintenance activities have been initiated and will ensure that the consolidation area and associated components of the remedy (
Throughout the Site's history, EPA has kept the community and other interested parties apprised of Site activities through informational meetings, fact sheets, press releases, and public meetings. A Community Relations Plan was established before remedial actions were performed at the Site to address issues of community concern and community relation activities conducted by EPA. Activities included providing information concerning the progress of remedial activities to interested citizens and allowing those individuals or groups an opportunity to provide comments as EPA conducts remedial activities at the Site. EPA also issued press releases announcing the start and conclusion of the five-year review and will continue to do so.
Remedial Design and Remedial Action (RD/RA) activities at the Site were consistent with the ROD and EPA RD/RA Statements of Work provided to USACE. RA plans for all phases of construction included a Quality Assurance Project Plan (QAPP) dated October 2009 and QAPP Revision 1, dated March 2010. The QAPP incorporated all EPA and state quality assurance and quality control procedures and protocols (where necessary). All procedures and protocols were followed for soil, sediment, water, and air sampling during the RA. EPA analytical methods were used for all validation and monitoring samples during all RA activities. EPA has determined that the analytical results are accurate to the degree needed to assure satisfactory execution of the RA, and are consistent with the ROD and the RD/RA plans and specifications. All Institutional Controls are in place and currently EPA expects that no further Superfund response is needed to protect human health and the environment, except future Five Year Reviews.
Operation and maintenance (O&M) activities were agreed upon by EPA and the state following construction of the remedy. The operation and maintenance activities are documented in the 2017 O&M Manual. The state preforms O&M at the Site and will follow state quality assurance/quality control plans associated with the 2017 O&M plan.
This Site meets all the site completion requirements as specified in OSWER Directive 9320.2-09-A-P, Close Out Procedures for National Priorities List Sites. All cleanup actions specified in the ROD and ESD have been implemented. Confirmatory ground-water monitoring and institutional controls provide further assurance that the Site no longer poses any threats to human health or the environment. The only remaining activity to be performed is O&M that the state has guaranteed. Five year reviews and monitoring will also be conducted at the Site. A bibliography of all reports relevant to the completion of this Site under the Superfund program is in the administrative record for this deletion.
The EPA, with concurrence of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts through the Department of Environmental Protection, has determined that all appropriate response actions under CERCLA, other than operation and maintenance, monitoring, and five-year reviews have been completed. Therefore, EPA is deleting the Site from the NPL.
Because EPA considers this action to be noncontroversial and routine, EPA is taking it without prior publication. This action will be effective January 30, 2018 unless EPA receives adverse comments by January 2, 2018. If adverse comments are received within the 30-day public comment period, EPA will publish a
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Chemicals, Hazardous substances, Hazardous waste, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water pollution control, Water supply.
For the reasons set out in this document, 40 CFR part 300 is amended as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1321(d); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 13626, 77 FR 56749, 3 CFR, 2013 Comp., p. 306; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 193.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Final rule.
The Maritime Administration (“MARAD”) is amending its regulations to implement amendments to the Maritime Security Act of 2003 by the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2013 (“NDAA 2013”), the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (“CAA 2016”), and the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 (“NDAA 2016”). The revisions to the regulations, among other things, make changes to vessel eligibility for participation in the Maritime Security Program (“MSP”), authorize the extension of current MSP Operating Agreements, amend the procedures for the award of new MSP Operating Agreements, extend the MSP through 2025, update the MSP Operating Agreement payments and schedule of payments, and eliminate the Maintenance and Repair Pilot Program.
This final rule becomes effective on January 2, 2018.
William G. McDonald, Director, Office of Sealift Support, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Telephone (202) 366-0688; Fax (202) 366-5904, electronic mail to
Section 3508 of the NDAA 2013 authorized the extension of the Maritime Security Program through fiscal year 2025. Under section 3508, the Secretary of Transportation, acting through the Maritime Administrator, is authorized to offer to extend the existing 60 MSP Operating Agreements through fiscal year 2025. Section 3508 authorized a new payment schedule of increasing MSP Operating Agreement payments through fiscal year 2025. These payment amounts were subsequently updated by the CAA 2016 and the NDAA 2016. Section 3508 of the NDAA 2013 also provided a new procedure for awarding MSP Operating Agreements, including a new priority system for the award of operating agreements. Under the new priority, award will be first based on vessel type as determined by military requirements and then based on the citizenship status of the applicant. Section 3508 revised the procedure for the transfer of MSP Operating Agreements by eliminating the requirement to first offer an MSP Operating Agreement to a U.S. Citizen under 46 U.S.C. 50501. In addition, Section 3508 eliminated the procedure for early termination of MSP Operating Agreements based on the availability of replacement vessels. Section 3508 also eliminated the eligibility of Lighter Aboard Ship (LASH) vessels to participate in the MSP Fleet as a stand-alone category of vessel. The rule eliminates the Maintenance and Repair Pilot Program, which has sunset and was not extended by the NDAA 2013. The rule also updates MARAD's address for the purposes of submitting required reports and vouchers.
A determination has been made that this rulemaking is not considered a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. This rulemaking will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. It is also not considered a major rule for purposes of Congressional review under Public Law 104-121. This rulemaking is also not significant under the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). The costs and overall economic impact of this rulemaking do not require further analysis because the rulemaking will create no additional costs or new substantive burdens to participants in or applicants to the existing program as it addresses only new processing procedures.
This rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
This rulemaking was analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132 (“Federalism”), and it has been determined that it does not have sufficient Federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism summary impact statement. The revisions to the regulations, among other things, make changes to vessel eligibility for participation in the MSP, authorize the extension of current MSP Operating Agreements, amend the procedures for the award of new MSP Operating Agreements, update the MSP Operating Agreement payments and schedule of payments, and eliminate the Maintenance and Repair Pilot Program. This rulemaking has no substantial effect on the States, or on the current Federal-State relationship, or on the current distribution of power and responsibilities among the various local officials. Nothing in this document preempts any State law or regulation. Therefore, MARAD did not consult with State and local officials because it was not necessary.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 requires MARAD to assess whether this rulemaking would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and to minimize any adverse impact. MARAD certifies that this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because MSP participants (13 in total) and applicants (11 in the most recent solicitation for applications) do not constitute a substantial number of small entities.
MARAD has determined that this rulemaking will not significantly affect energy supply, distribution, or use. Therefore, no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
This rulemaking will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rulemaking does not contain standards-related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States.
Section 522(a)(5) of the Transportation, Treasury, Independent Agencies, and General Government Appropriations Act, 2005 (Pub. L. 108-447, div. H, 118 Stat. 2809 at 3268) requires the Department of Transportation and certain other Federal agencies to conduct a privacy impact assessment of each proposed rule that will affect the privacy of individuals. Claims submitted under this rule will be treated the same as all legal claims received by MARAD. The processing and treatment of any claim within the scope of this rulemaking by MARAD shall comply with all legal, regulatory and policy requirements regarding privacy.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires Agencies to evaluate whether an Agency action would result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $156 million or more (as adjusted for inflation) in any 1 year, and if so, to take steps to minimize these unfunded mandates. This rulemaking will not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It will not result in costs of $156 million or more to either State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule.
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
In response to the agency's
One commenter noted that 46 CFR 296.30(h)(2) of the existing regulations was omitted from the proposed rulemaking and should be retained in a final rule. We agree. The NDAA 2013 did not eliminate the provision permitting an owner or operator of an MSP vessel to transfer and register such a vessel under an acceptable foreign registry in the event sufficient funds are not appropriated for any fiscal year by the 60th day of that fiscal year. The text of 46 CFR 296.30(h)(2) is retained in the final rule.
The commenter also noted that the definition of Foreign Commerce unduly omitted certain services that were not affected by the NDAA 2013. We agree. While excluding from the definition of Foreign Commerce certain bulk carrying services, the NDAA 2013 did not otherwise substantively change the definition of Foreign Commerce. The proposed definition unnecessarily eliminated currently MSP-eligible services. Therefore, these existing services are retained in the final rule. The commenter also recommended amending 46 CFR 296.31(d)(2), to make that section more consistent with the text of 46 U.S.C. 53105(a) and the regulatory definition of Foreign Commerce of 46 CFR 296.2. We agree that 46 CFR 296.31(d)(2), as currently drafted, is inconsistent with 46 U.S.C. 53105(a) with its use of “foreign trade,” an undefined term, instead of “foreign commerce” and thus may invite confusion. Accordingly, we are amending 46 CFR 296.31(d)(2) by replacing “foreign trade” with “foreign commerce” and retaining reference to the registry endorsement requirement.
Three commenters recommended increasing annual payments under the MSP. Two recommended an annual payment of $5 million per vessel starting in fiscal year 2017. MSP payment amounts are established by statute. MARAD cannot adjust annual payment amounts without a corresponding legislative authorization.
Two commenters critiqued MARAD's administration of the MSP and made recommendations that would require significant amendments to our regulations. These recommendations are beyond the scope of the current rulemaking implementing the NDAA 2013, but will be considered in the event of a future rulemaking.
Assistance payments, Maritime carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Maritime Administration amends 46 CFR part 296 as follows:
Pub. L. 108-136, Pub. L. 109-163, Pub. L. 112-239; 49 U.S.C. 322(a), 46 U.S.C. chapter 531, 49 CFR 1.93.
The revisions to read as follows:
(1) On October 1, 2015—
(i) Meets the requirements of paragraph (1), (2), (3), or (4) of section 53102(c) of the MSA; and
(ii) Is less than 20 years of age if the vessel is a tank vessel, or is less than 25 years of age for all other vessel types; and
(2) on December 31, 2014, is covered by an MSP Operating Agreement under 46 U.S.C. chapter 531.
(a) * * *
(3) The vessel is self-propelled and—
(i) Is a tank vessel that is 10 years of age or less on the date the vessel is included in the Fleet; or
(ii) Is any other type of vessel that is 15 years of age or less on the date the vessel is included in the Fleet;
(a) MARAD intends to ensure that all available MSP Operating Agreements are fully utilized at all times in order to maximize the benefit of the MSP. Accordingly, when an MSP Operating Agreement becomes available through termination by the Secretary or early termination by the MSP contractor, and no transfer under 46 U.S.C. 53105(e) is involved, MARAD will reissue the MSP Operating Agreement pursuant to the following criteria:
(1) The proposed vessel shall meet the requirements for vessel eligibility in 46 U.S.C. 53102(b);
(2) The applicant shall meet the vessel ownership and operating requirements for priority in 46 U.S.C. 53102(c); and
(3) Priority will be assigned on the basis of vessel type established by military requirements specified by the Secretary of Defense. After consideration of military requirements, priority shall be given to an applicant that is a United States citizen under section 50501 of this title.
(b) MARAD shall allow an applicant at least 30 days to submit an application for a new MSP Operating Agreement.
(c) MARAD and USTRANSCOM will determine if the applications received form an adequate pool for award of a reissued MSP Operating Agreement. If so, MARAD will award a reissued MSP Operating Agreement from that pool of qualified applicants in its discretion according to the procedures of paragraph (a) of this section, subject to approval of the Secretary of Defense. MARAD and USTRANSCOM may decide to open a new round of applications. MARAD shall provide written reasons for denying applications. In as much as MSP furthers a public purpose and MARAD does not acquire goods or services through MSP, the selection process for award of MSP Operating Agreements does not constitute an acquisition process subject to any procurement law or the Federal Acquisition Regulations.
(a)
(b)
(2)
(i) The expiration or termination date of the Government charter covering the vessel; or
(ii) Any earlier date on which the vessel is withdrawn from that charter, but not before October 1, 2005.
(c)
(d)
(1) The Secretary shall notify the Contractor and provide a reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to comply with the MSP Operating Agreement;
(2) The Secretary shall terminate the MSP Operating Agreement if the Contractor fails to achieve such compliance; and
(3) Upon such termination, any funds obligated by the relevant MSP Operating Agreement shall be available to the Secretary to carry out the MSP.
(e)
(f) [Reserved]
(g)
(h)
(1) Each vessel covered by a terminated MSP Operating Agreement is released from any further obligation under the MSP Operating Agreement;
(2) The owner and operator of a non-tank vessel may transfer and register the applicable vessel under foreign registry deemed acceptable by the Secretary and the SecDef, notwithstanding 46 U.S.C. chapter 561 and 46 CFR part 221;
(3) If section 902 of the Act is applicable to a vessel that has been transferred to a foreign registry due to a terminated MSP Operating Agreement, then that vessel is available to be requisitioned by the Secretary pursuant to section 902 of the Act; and
(4) Paragraph (h) of this section is not applicable to vessels under MSP Operating Agreements that have been terminated for any other reason.
(i)
(1) Of equal or greater military capability and of a capacity that is equivalent or greater as measured in deadweight tons, gross tons, or container equivalent units, as appropriate;
(2) That is a documented vessel under 46 U.S.C. chapter 121 by the owner of the vessel to be placed under a foreign registry; and
(3) That is not more than 10 years of age on the date of that documentation.
(j)
(a)
(d) * * *
(2)
The Contractor shall submit to the Director, Office of Financial Approvals, Maritime Administration, 2nd Floor, West Building, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590, one of the following reports, including management footnotes where necessary to make a fair financial presentation:
(a)
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Final rule.
The Maritime Administration (“MARAD”) is amending its regulations which implement new requirements regarding certain large fishing industry vessels set forth in the American Fisheries Act of 1998 (“AFA”), as amended by the Coast Guard Authorization Act of 2010 (“CGAA”) and the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2012 (“CGMTA”). The revisions to the regulation adds two new exceptions to the restrictions on the eligibility of vessels over 165 feet in registered length to be documented with fishery endorsements, eliminates the 15-day application deadline for vessels whose fishery endorsements have become invalid, limits fishery endorsement eligibility for certain large fishing industry vessels, and eliminates certain exemptions for specific vessels that were deleted in the CGMTA. In addition, MARAD is revising its Large Vessel Certification form to incorporate these new requirements.
This final rule becomes effective on January 2, 2018.
Michael C. Pucci, Attorney Advisor, Division of Maritime Programs, Maritime Administration, at (202) 366-5320. You may send mail to Michael C. Pucci at Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., MAR 222, W24-214, Washington, DC 20590-0001. You may send electronic mail to
Section 602(a) of the CGAA added two new exceptions to the restrictions on the eligibility of vessels over 165 feet in registered length to be documented with fishery endorsements found at 46 U.S.C. 12113(d): (1) Replaced or rebuilt vessels and (2) fish tender vessels. The CGAA also eliminated the 15-day application deadline for vessels whose fishery endorsements had become invalid. Exemptions from the large fishing industry vessel restrictions are found in our regulations at 46 CFR 356.47.
In addition, section 601(b)(2) of the CGAA repealed section 203(g) of the AFA, which exempted particular vessels from the ownership requirements of 46 U.S.C. 12113. These exempt vessels are currently listed in our regulations at 46 CFR 356.51.
Section 307 of the CGMTA (“Section 307”) added further restrictions on large vessels under 46 U.S.C. 12113(d) by limiting those vessels from participating in the non-AFA trawl catcher processor subsector.
Accordingly, MARAD is updating its regulations under 46 CFR part 356 to reflect these amendments to the AFA and 46 U.S.C. 12113.
In addition to updating our regulations under 46 CFR part 356, MARAD is revising its Large Vessel Certificate to reflect the amendments to 46 U.S.C. 12113. Owners of fishing industry vessels 165 feet or greater in registered length are required to submit a Large Vessel Certificate to MARAD on an annual basis under 46 CFR 356.47(e). The revisions to the form include provisions for the replacement and fish tender vessels as well as a provision that an AFA sector vessel is neither participating in nor eligible to participate in the non-AFA trawl catcher-processor sector.
Finally, MARAD is amending 46 CFR 356.47(a) to update the statutory citation to the current code sections.
MARAD has determined that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, it was not reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. This rulemaking will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. It is also not considered a major rule for purposes of Congressional review under Public Law 104-121. This rulemaking is also not significant under the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). The costs and overall economic impact of this rulemaking do not require further analysis.
This rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
We analyzed this rulemaking in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132 (“Federalism”) and have determined that it does not have sufficient Federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism summary impact statement. This
MARAD does not believe that this rulemaking will significantly or uniquely affect the communities of Indian tribal governments when analyzed under the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments). Therefore, the funding and consultation requirements of this Executive Order do not apply.
The regulations implementing Executive Order 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities do not apply to this rulemaking.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 requires MARAD to assess whether this rulemaking would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and to minimize any adverse impact. MARAD certifies that this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
We have analyzed this rulemaking for purposes of compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
MARAD has determined that this rulemaking will not significantly affect energy supply, distribution, or use. Therefore, no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
Executive Order 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks, requires agencies issuing “economically significant” rules that involve an environmental health or safety risk that may disproportionately affect children, to include an evaluation of the regulation's environmental health and safety effects on children. As discussed previously, this rulemaking is not economically significant, and will cause no environmental or health risk that disproportionately affects children.
This action meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
This rulemaking will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rulemaking is not expected to contain standards-related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States.
Section 522(a)(5) of the Transportation, Treasury, Independent Agencies, and General Government Appropriations Act, 2005 (Pub. L. 108-447, div. H, 118 Stat. 2809 at 3268) requires the Department of Transportation and certain other Federal agencies to conduct a privacy impact assessment of each proposed rule that will affect the privacy of individuals. Claims submitted under this rule will be treated the same as all legal claims received by MARAD. The processing and treatment of any claim within the scope of this rulemaking by MARAD shall comply with all legal, regulatory and policy requirements regarding privacy.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires agencies to evaluate whether an Agency action would result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $141.3 million or more (as adjusted for inflation) in any 1 year, and if so, to take steps to minimize these unfunded mandates. This rulemaking will not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It will not result in costs of $141.3 million or more to either State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule.
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN contained in the heading of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
In response to the agency's
Two commenters suggested that 46 CFR 356.47(b) be revised to clarify that the restrictions imposed by Section 307 apply to all the vessels listed in paragraphs (1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the American Fisheries Act (non-Amendment 80 AFA catcher-
Another commenter noted that the revisions to 46 CFR 356.47(b) omitted subsection (2) providing that a large vessel is still eligible for a fishery endorsement if it is not placed under foreign registry after October 1998. This omission was inadvertent. Neither the CGMTA nor the CGAA repealed this provision. The final rule will contain subsection (2).
46 U.S.C. 12113(d).
Citizenship and naturalization, Fishing vessels, Mortgages, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vessels.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Maritime Administration amends 46 CFR part 356 as follows:
46 U.S.C. 12102; 46 U.S.C. 12151; 46 U.S.C. 31322; Pub. L. 105-277, division C, title II, subtitle I, section 203 (46 U.S.C. 12102 note), section 210(e), and section 213(g), 112 Stat. 2681; Pub. L. 107-20, section 2202, 115 Stat. 168-170; Pub. L. 114-74; 49 CFR 1.93.
(a) Unless exempted in paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section, a vessel is not eligible for a fishery endorsement under 46 U.S.C. 12113 if:
(1) It is greater than 165 feet in registered length;
(2) It is more than 750 gross registered tons (as measured pursuant to 46 U.S.C. Chapter 145) or 1900 gross registered tons (as measured pursuant to 46 U.S.C. Chapter 143); or
(3) It possesses a main propulsion engine or engines rated to produce a total of more than 3,000 shaft horsepower; such limitation shall not include auxiliary engines for hydraulic power, electrical generation, bow or stern thrusters, or similar purposes.
(b) A vessel that meets one or more of the conditions in paragraph (a) of this section may still be eligible for a fishery endorsement if:
(1)(i) A certificate of documentation was issued for the vessel and endorsed with a fishery endorsement that was effective on September 25, 1997; and
(ii) The vessel is not placed under foreign registry after October 1998;
(2) The vessel—
(i) Is either a rebuilt vessel or replacement vessel under section 208(g) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Pub. L. 105-277; 112 Stat. 2681-627);
(ii) Is eligible for a fishery endorsement under this section; and
(iii) In the case of a vessel listed in paragraphs (1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Pub. L. 105-277; 112 Stat. 2681-625
(3) The vessel is a fish tender vessel that is not engaged in harvesting or processing of fish.
(c) A vessel that is prohibited from receiving a fishery endorsement under paragraph (a) of this section will be eligible if the owner of such vessel demonstrates to MARAD that:
(1) The regional fishery management council of jurisdiction established under section 302(a)(1) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1852(a)(1)) has recommended after October 21, 1998, and the Secretary of Commerce has approved, conservation and management measures in accordance with the American Fisheries Act (Pub. L. 105-277, div. C, title II) (16 U.S.C. 1851 note) to allow the vessel to be used in fisheries under the council's authority; and
(2) In the case of a vessel listed in paragraphs (1) through (20) of section 208(e) of the American Fisheries Act (title II of division C of Pub. L. 105-277; 112 Stat. 2681-625
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Final rule.
The Maritime Administration (MARAD) is amending its America's Marine Highway Program (AMHP) regulations to implement provisions of the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2012 (CGMTA), the National Defense Authorization Act of 2016 (NDAA), and to clarify AMHP processes. The revisions expand the purpose of the AMHP to include promoting short sea transportation, update the definition of short sea transportation, and streamline the regulation to highlight procedures and resources available to program participants.
This final rule becomes effective on January 2, 2018.
Tim Pickering, Office of Marine Highways and Passenger Services, at (202) 366-0704, or via email at
The Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA) authorized the Secretary of Transportation (Secretary) to promulgate regulations to implement the AMHP. The Secretary of Transportation delegated authority to the Maritime Administrator to issue AMHP implementing regulations. On April 9, 2010, MARAD published in the
The Secretary, in consultation with the Environmental Protection Agency, submitted a Report to Congress in April 2011that included a description of the benefits of the AMHP and activities conducted under the program. It also included recommendations for further legislative and administrative action that the Secretary considered appropriate.
In December 2012, the Coast Guard and Maritime Transportation Act of 2012 (CGMTA), which built on some of the ideas in the report, was signed into law. The CGMTA expanded the scope of the AMHP by adding the words “or to promote short sea transportation” to the existing purpose of reducing landside congestion. This added language expanded the focus of the AMHP to include efforts that increase utilization or efficiency of short sea transportation on designated Marine Highway Routes.
In November 2015, the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 added to the definition of short sea transportation, that is the subject of the AMHP, to include the carriage by a documented vessel of cargo that is: (1) Shipped in discrete units, or packages that are handled individually, palletized; or, (2) unitized for purposes of transportation or freight vehicles carried aboard commuter ferry boats.
As part of our routine systematic review of existing regulations, MARAD is updating its AMHP implementing regulations to conform to statutory changes and streamline the regulations for ease of use. Accordingly, the rule revises in full the AMHP implementing regulations to: (1) Add “promote short sea shipping” as a purpose of the AMHP; (2) re-designate “corridors, connectors, and crossings” as used in the rule as “Routes” for purposes of simplicity; (3) expand and clarify the definition of AMHP-eligible cargo to include discrete units or packages that are handled individually, palletized, or unitized as well as freight vehicles carried aboard commuter ferry boats; (4) add a requirement for the project sponsors to provide updates on project status; (5) expand the eligibility criteria for services and Routes that may participate in AMHP; (6) clarify criteria for Project Designation; and, (7) reorganize the regulations for ease of use.
Congress authorized the AMHP to promote short sea shipping by designating routes, also called Marine Highways, as a way to relieve congestion on America's roads and railways. Marine Highway designations are intended to assist the maritime industry in meeting national freight transportation needs. The AMHP encourages the use of marine transportation to reduce freight and passenger travel delays caused by congestion, reduce greenhouse gas emissions, conserve energy, improve safety, and reduce landside infrastructure maintenance costs.
Congestion on the U.S. surface transportation system significantly impacts America's economic prosperity and way of life. Overall, the U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT) estimates that congestion on our roads, bridges, railways, and in ports costs the United States as much as $200 billion a year and projects that cargoes moving through our ports will nearly double over the next 15 years. Most of this additional cargo will ultimately move along our surface transportation corridors, many of which are already at or beyond capacity.
Under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), supplemented by E.O. 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 18, 2011) and USDOT policies and procedures, MARAD must determine whether a regulatory action is “significant,” and therefore subject to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review and the requirements of the Order. The Order defines “significant regulatory action” as one likely to result in a rule that may: (1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal government or communities. (2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another Agency. (3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof. (4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in the E.O.
MARAD has determined that this rulemaking is not considered a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of E.O. 12866 and, therefore, it was not reviewed by OMB. This rulemaking will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more. It is also not considered a major rule for purposes of Congressional review under Public Law 104-121. This rulemaking is also not significant under the Regulatory Policies and Procedures of the Department of Transportation (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). The costs
This rule is not an E.O. 13771 regulatory action because this rule is not significant under E.O. 12866.
MARAD analyzed this rulemaking in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in E.O. 13132 (“Federalism”) and has determined that it does not have sufficient Federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism summary impact statement. This rulemaking has no substantial effect on the States, or on the current Federal-State relationship, or on the current distribution of power and responsibilities among the various local officials. Nothing in this document preempts any State law or regulation. Therefore, MARAD was not required to consult with State and local officials.
MARAD does not believe that this rulemaking will significantly or uniquely affect the communities of Indian tribal governments when analyzed under the principles and criteria contained in E.O. 13175 (Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments); therefore, the funding and consultation requirements of this Executive Order do not apply.
The regulations implementing E.O. 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities do not apply to this rulemaking.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 requires MARAD to assess whether this rulemaking would have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities and to minimize any adverse impact. MARAD certifies that this rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
MARAD has evaluated this rulemaking under Maritime Administrative Order (MAO) 600-1, “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts,” 50 FR 11606 (March 22, 1985), which guides MARAD in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321
In accordance with section 4.05 and Appendix 2 of MAO 600-1, the Agency has further concluded that no extraordinary circumstances exist with respect to this regulation that might trigger the need for a more detailed environmental review. As a result, MARAD finds that this regulatory revision is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
MARAD has determined that this rulemaking will not significantly affect energy supply, distribution, or use. Therefore, no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
This action meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of E.O. 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminates ambiguity, and reduce burden.
This rulemaking will not affect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under E.O. 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights.
This rulemaking is not expected to contain standards-related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States.
Section 522(a)(5) of the Transportation, Treasury, Independent Agencies, and General Government Appropriations Act, 2005 (Pub. L. 108-447, div. H, 118 Stat. 2809 at 3268) requires the USDOT and certain other Federal agencies to conduct a privacy impact assessment of each proposed rule that will affect the privacy of individuals. Claims submitted under this rule will be treated the same as all legal claims received by MARAD. The processing and treatment of any claim within the scope of this rulemaking by MARAD shall comply with all legal, regulatory and policy requirements regarding privacy.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 requires Agencies to evaluate whether an Agency action would result in the expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $141.3 million or more (as adjusted for inflation) in any 1 year, and if so, to take steps to minimize these unfunded mandates. This rulemaking will not impose unfunded mandates under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995. It will not result in costs of $141.3 million or more to either State, local, or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or to the private sector, and is the least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule.
A regulation identifier number (RIN) is assigned to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulations. The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. The RIN number contained in the heading of this document can be used to cross-reference this action with the Unified Agenda.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
In response to the agency's
Pursuant to the requirements of the CGMTA and NDAA, this rulemaking expands the purpose of the AMHP to promote short sea transportation, updates the definition of short sea transportation, and clarifies AMHP procedures highlighting resources available to program participants. CBD provided no specific comments with respect to the Agency's proposed changes in this rulemaking to conform the AMH implementing regulations to the relevant statutory amendments, and therefore CBD's comments are outside the scope of this rulemaking. Nevertheless, in response to CBD's comments, MARAD states that it complies with all environmental laws in the administration of its programs. All future project proposals under the AMHP will be reviewed in accordance with the requirements contained in NEPA and all applicable environmental laws.
In regard to CBD's request that MARAD analyze the environmental impacts of the revisions to the rule and the AMHP under NEPA and to participate in interagency consultation under the ESA for any impacts the revisions may have upon listed species, MARAD has performed the required environmental review for this rulemaking under NEPA and MAO 600-1 “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts.”
In response to the agency's
The Harbor Maintenance Tax (HMT) funds the Harbor Maintenance Trust Fund (HMTF) to fund port and harbor dredging activities by the Corps of Engineers. The HMT and HMTF are not managed by the Department of Transportation. Economic soundness is a key requirement and projects need to have a viable business case or the Maritime Administration cannot approve it. To date, no operators have applied for a Title XI loan guarantee for an AMH Project.
Vessels.
Pub. L. 110-140, title XI, subtitle C, sections 1121-1123, 121 Stat. 1494; Pub. L. 112-213, title IV, section 405, 126 Stat. 1541; 49 CFR 1.92 and 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55601, 55604, 55605.
For the purposes of this part:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
(1) That is—
(i) Contained in intermodal cargo containers and loaded by crane on the vessel;
(ii) Loaded on the vessel by means of wheeled technology;
(iii) Shipped in discrete units or packages that are handled individually, palletized, or unitized for purposes of transportation; or
(iv) Freight vehicles carried aboard commuter ferry boats; and
(2) That is—
(i) Loaded at a port in the United States and unloaded either at another port in the United States or at a port in Canada located in the Great Lakes-Saint Lawrence Seaway System; or,
(ii) Loaded at a port in Canada located in the Great Lakes-Saint Lawrence Seaway System and unloaded at a port in the United States.
(l)
(1) MARAD may recommend Marine Highway Routes that relieve landside congestion along coastal corridors or that promote short sea transportation; and
(2) That advance the objectives of the AMHP in paragraph (c) of this section.
(1) The Department accepts Marine Highway Route designation requests any time. Route Sponsors must submit designation requests through the Program Office.
(2) The Maritime Administration publishes all designated Routes on its Web site. Go to
(1) Route Sponsors designation requests should explain how a proposed route will help achieve the following objectives:
(i) Establishing Marine Highway Routes as extensions of the national surface transportation system;
(ii) Developing multi-jurisdictional coalitions and partnerships that focus public and private efforts to improve reliability and resiliency of the Route for freight and passengers;
(iii) Obtaining public benefits as described in paragraph (d)(1)(vi) of this section; and
(iv) Identifying potential savings that could be realized by providing an alternative to existing supply chains through short sea transportation.
(2) [Reserved]
(1) One or more eligible Route Sponsors may submit Marine Highway Route designation requests to the Program Office. Designation requests should include the following information:
(i)
(ii)
(B) U.S. Domestic Shipping Lane Served. For Marine Highway Routes that pass through waters outside U.S. territorial waters, provide a summary of the shipping routes or trade lanes that the Marine Highway Route would benefit. Include a description of the route, its primary users, the nature, locations and occurrence of travel delays, urban areas affected, and other geographic or jurisdictional issues that impact its overall operation and performance.
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(2) [Reserved]
(1) The Program Office will evaluate and recommend Route Designations based on an analysis and technical review of the information provided by the Route Sponsor. The Maritime Administration will recommend Routes that receive a favorable technical review, and meet other criteria described in this part, for designation by the Secretary.
(2) The Program Office may consider additional factors and may request supplemental information during the review process. USDOT will notify Route Sponsors as to the status of their request in writing once the Secretary makes a determination.
(1) MARAD may recommend only those Marine Highway Projects that will use U.S. documented vessels and mitigate landside congestion or promote short sea transportation.
(2) MARAD may recommend only those Marine Highway Projects that:
(i) Involve the carriage of cargo in Short Sea Transportation as defined in paragraph (k) of this section;
(ii) Involve new or expand existing services for the carriage of cargo; and
(iii) Are on a designated Marine Highway Route.
(3) Proposed Route Designations are accepted at any time, and may be submitted together with the proposed Project Designation.
(4) Successful Project Applicants must demonstrate a direct connection between a proposed Marine Highway Project and the carriage of cargo through ports on Designated Marine Highway Routes.
(1) The Administrator will announce by notice in the
(2) [Reserved]
(1) The market or customer base to be served by the service and the service's value proposition to customers. This includes—
(i) A description of how the market is currently served by transportation options;
(ii) Identities of shippers that have indicated an interest in, and level of commitment to, the proposed service;
(iii) Specific commodities, markets, and shippers the Project is expected to attract;
(iv) Extent to which interested entities have been educated about the Project and expressed support, and
(v) A marketing strategy for the project if one exists.
(2)
(3)
(4) An overall quantification of the net public benefits estimated to be gained through the successful initiation of the Marine Highway Project, including highway miles saved, road maintenance savings, air emissions savings, and safety and resiliency impacts.
(5)
(6)
(7)
(ii)
(iii)
(8)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(1) The Program Office will evaluate and recommend for designation by the Secretary those Projects based on an analysis and technical review of the information provided by the Project Applicant. MARAD will recommend Projects that operate on a designated Marine Highway Route, receive a favorable technical review, and meet other criteria described in this part, for designation by the Secretary.
(2) The Program Office may consider additional factors and may request supplemental information during the review process. USDOT will notify Project Applicants as to the status of their application in writing once the Secretary makes a determination.
(1) Upon designation as a Marine Highway Project, the Department Program Office will coordinate with the Project Applicants to identify the most appropriate departmental actions to support the project. USDOT support could include any of the following, as appropriate and subject to agency resources:
(i) Promote the service with appropriate governmental, regional, State, local or tribal government transportation planners, private sector entities or other decision makers to the extent permitted by law.
(ii) Coordinate with ports, State Departments of Transportation, metropolitan planning organizations, localities, other public agencies and the private sector to support the designated service. Efforts can be aimed at identifying resources, obtaining access to land or terminals, developing landside facilities and infrastructure, and working with Federal, regional, State, local or Tribal governmental entities to remove barriers to success.
(iii) Pursue commitments from Federal entities to transport Federally owned or generated cargo using the services of the designated project, when practical or available.
(iv) In cases where transportation infrastructure is needed, Project Applicants may request to be included on the Secretary's list of high-priority transportation infrastructure projects under E.O. 13274, “Environmental Stewardship and Transportation Infrastructure Project Review.”
(v) Assist with developing individual performance measures for Marine Highway Projects.
(vi) Work with Federal entities and regional, State, local and tribal governments to include designated Projects in transportation planning.
(vii) Coordinate with public and private entities to resolve impediments to the success of Marine Highway Projects.
(viii) Conduct research on issues specific to Marine Highway Projects.
(ix) Advise Project Applicants on the availability of various Federal funding mechanisms to support the Projects.
(x) Maintain liaison with Project Applicants and representatives of designated Projects to provide ongoing support and identify lessons learned and best practices for other projects and the overall Marine Highway program.
(2) [Reserved]
(1) If your application, including attachments, includes information that you consider to be a trade secret or confidential commercial or financial information, or otherwise exempt from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552), as implemented by the Department at 49 CFR part 7, you may assert a claim of confidentiality.
(2)
(i) Note on the front cover that the submission “Contains Confidential Business Information (CBI);”
(ii) Mark each affected page “CBI;” and
(iii) Clearly highlight or otherwise denote the CBI portions. The USDOT protects such information from disclosure to the extent allowed under applicable law.
(3)
(1) When responding to specific solicitations for Marine Highway Projects by the Program Office, Project Applicants should include all of the information requested by paragraph (c) of this section organized in a manner consistent with the elements set forth in that section. The Program Office reserves the right to ask any applicant to supplement the data in its application, but expects applications to be complete upon submission. The narrative portion of an application should not exceed 20 pages in length. Documentation supporting the assertions made in the narrative portion may also be provided in the form of appendices, but limited to relevant information. Applications may be submitted electronically via
(2) In the event that the Project Applicant of a Marine Highway Project that has already been designated by the Secretary seeks a modification to the designation because of a change in project scope, an expansion of the project, or other significant change to the project, the Project Applicant should request the change in writing to the Secretary via the Maritime Administrator. The request must contain any changed or new information that is relevant to the project.
(1) Once designated projects enter the operational phase (either start of a new service, or expansion of existing service), the Program Office will evaluate them regularly to determine if the project is likely to achieve its objectives.
(2) Overall project performance will be assessed according to three categories—exceeds, meets, or does not meet original projections—in each of the three areas defined below:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(1) Project Designations are effective for a period of five years, or until the date the project is completed, or MARAD cancels the designation. Project Designation will expire after three years of inactivity.
(2) Project Applicants wishing to extend a Project Designation must submit an updated application no later than six months before the five-year designation period ends. Project Applicants who no longer wish to maintain project designation may submit a request to the Secretary to revoke their designation.
(1) The Program Office engages in coordination and planning activities with Federal, State, local and tribal governments and planning and private entities organizations to encourage the use of designated Marine Highway Routes and Projects. These activities include:
(i) Working with these entities to assess plans and develop strategies, where appropriate, to incorporate Marine Highway transportation and other short sea transportation solutions to their statewide and metropolitan transportation plans, including the Statewide Transportation Improvement Programs and State Freight Plans.
(ii) Facilitating groups of States and multi-State transportation entities to determine how Marine Highway transportation can address port congestion, traffic delays, bottlenecks, and other interstate transportation challenges to their mutual benefit.
(iii) Identifying other Federal agencies that have jurisdiction over services, or which currently provide funding for components of services, in order to determine which agencies should be consulted and assist in the coordination process.
(iv) Organizing the Department's modal administrations, including Federal Highway Administration, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, Federal Railroad Administration, Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, and Federal Transit Administration, as appropriate, for support and to evaluate costs and benefits of proposed Marine Highway Routes and Projects.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) [Reserved]
(1) The Program Office works in consultation with public and private entities as appropriate, within the limits of available resources, to identify impediments, develop incentives, and conduct innovative research, in support of the America's Marine Highway Program or in direct support of specific designated Marine Highway Routes and Projects. The primary objectives of selected research projects are to:
(i) Identify markets, cargoes, and service parameters that could facilitate the development of new or expanded Marine Highway Services.
(ii) Identify existing or emerging technology, vessel design, infrastructure designs, and other improvements that would reduce emissions, increase fuel economy, and lower costs of Marine Highway transportation and increase the efficiency of intermodal transfers.
(iii) Identify impediments to the establishment of Marine Highway services.
(iv) Identify incentives to increase the use and efficiency of Marine Highway services.
(b) The Secretary, in consultation with the Administrator of the
(1) The environmental and transportation benefits to be derived from short sea transportation alternatives for other forms of transportation;
(2) Technology, vessel design, and other improvements that would reduce emissions, increase fuel economy, and lower costs of short sea transportation and increase the efficiency of intermodal transfers; and
(3) Solutions to impediments to short sea transportation projects designated.
(1) The Associate Administrator for Intermodal Systems Development manages the program under the guidance and the immediate administrative direction of the Maritime Administrator.
(2) MARAD establishes grant program priorities as reflected in its grant opportunity announcements and, from time-to-time, issues clarifying guidance documents through the MARAD Web site and the
(3) The Administrator makes funding recommendations to the Secretary, who has the authority to award grants.
(1) MARAD determines which grant opportunities it will offer, and establishes application deadlines and programmatic requirements when grant funds become available to the AMHP.
(2) The MARAD staff prepares Notice of Funding Opportunity (NOFO) announcements consisting of all information necessary to apply for each grant and publishes the announcement in the
(1) Applicants may apply for a grant using
(2) [Reserved]
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule.
In this document, the Commission amends its Caller Identification (Caller ID) privacy rules to allow law enforcement and security personnel, as directed by law enforcement, to obtain quick access to blocked Caller ID information needed to identify and thwart threatening callers. The Commission exempts threatening calls from blocked numbers from its caller privacy rules. Studies and reports show a disturbing increase in threatening calls in recent years. Many threatening calls come from blocked numbers. It directs carries that upon report of such a threatening call by law enforcement on behalf of the threatened party, the carrier will provide any CPN of the calling party to law enforcement and, as directed by law enforcement, to security personnel for the called party for the purpose of identifying the party responsible for the threatening call. The Commission also amends its rules to allow non-public emergency services to obtain blocked Caller ID information associated with calls requesting assistance.
Effective January 2, 2018, except for 47 CFR 64.1601(d)(4)(ii) and (f), which contain new or modified information collection requirements that require review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), shall become effective 30 days after the Commission's publication of a document in the
Nellie A. Foosaner, Consumer Policy Division, Consumer and Governmental Affairs Bureau (CGB), at (202) 418-2925, email:
This is a summary of the Commission's Report and Order, FCC 17-132, CC Docket No. 91-281, adopted on October 24, 2017, and released on October 25, 2017. The full text of this document will be available for public inspection and copying via ECFS, and during regular business hours at the FCC Reference Information Center, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. The full text of this document and any subsequently filed documents in this matter may also be found by searching ECFS at:
The Commission sent a copy of this Report and Order to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act,
This document contains modified information collection requirements. The Commission, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, will invite the general public to comment on the information collection requirements contained in Report and Order as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Public Law 104-13. In addition, the Commission notes that, pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, Public Law 107-198, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), the Commission previously sought comment on how the Commission might “further reduce the information burden for small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.”
1. In Report and Order, the Commission helps security and law enforcement personnel obtain quick access to blocked Caller ID information needed to identify and thwart threatening callers. It also amends its rules to allow non-public emergency services to obtain blocked Caller ID information associated with calls requesting assistance.
2. The number of threatening phone calls has increased dramatically in recent years. These calls traumatize communities and result in substantial disruption to schools, religious organizations, and other entities. They also drain public resources by requiring the deployment of police and bomb units. Schools and others receiving threats have suggested that blocked Caller ID information hinders a rapid response. The Commission's action moves away from case-by-case waivers to a streamlined approach that will help protect the safety of threatened parties in a timely way.
3.
4. This new exemption is consistent with the Commission's prior approach in this area. The Commission has previously concluded, for example, that to the extent Caller ID services are used to deliver emergency services, privacy requirements should not apply to delivery of CPN to a public agency's emergency lines, a poison control line, or in conjunction with 911 emergency services. In these instances, the Commission concluded that Caller ID blocking mechanisms could jeopardize emergency services and therefore pose a serious threat to safety. The Commission believes that threatening calls present equally compelling circumstances in which the need to ensure public safety, in accordance with the Commission's fundamental statutory mission, outweighs any CPN privacy interest of the threatening caller.
5. The Commission disagrees with the sole commenter who urges it to not adopt an exemption but instead continue to issue case-by-case waivers, albeit on a streamlined basis. The waiver process, even if streamlined, would not provide equivalent benefits in combatting threatening calls. Investigation of these cases can depend on immediate action to stop a potentially catastrophic event. An exemption would allow for virtually immediate access to blocked Caller ID information upon proper request in threatening situations. The Commission thus agrees with the commenters who point out that threatening calls should be addressed immediately through an exemption in the Commission's rules rather than a case-by-case waiver process.
6. The Commission also disagrees with commenters who urge that carriers should have discretion to decline law enforcement requests to get Caller ID information. CTIA—The Wireless Association claims that a mandate is not necessary, noting both the industry's long and successful track record of cooperation with law enforcement and that the Electronic Communications Privacy Act (ECPA) utilizes a voluntary disclosure provision. While the Commission believes that the industry's record may indeed be laudatory, the Commission concludes that mandatory disclosure is essential to its exemption. The Commission declines to define a “valid request” from law enforcement, as suggested by CenturyLink, because CTIA states carriers have an excellent track record of complying with law enforcement requests under ECPA. The Commission declines at this time to create a new law enforcement request process because the record reveals no evidence that law enforcement requests for this information have been ineffective or unreliable in the past. The record reveals no scenarios where a request for Caller ID by law enforcement, as the Commission describes below, should give carriers reason to question the validity of the emergency. Further, the imminent and grave nature of threatening calls, as defined below, leave little time for the exercise of discretion in
7. The Commission agrees with AT&T that carriers should not be subject to liability for violation of its Caller ID privacy rules if they disclose blocked Caller ID pursuant to the new exemption. As CTIA notes, “[l]aw enforcement has the experience and the thousands of officers in communities throughout the country who are already positioned to evaluate whether a threat is genuine.” Law enforcement's determination of a threatening call coupled with the mandatory nature of the disclosure removes any justification for placing liability on carriers who comply with a proper request for blocked Caller ID. CTIA suggests that the Commission adopts a provision in its rule § 64.1601(b)'s stating that prohibition on overriding a privacy indicator does not apply when “CPN delivery . . . (iv) Is provided in connection with any lawful request by a law enforcement agency for assistance in an emergency.” Such a provision is unnecessary in light of the Commission's existing rule, § 64.1601(d)(4)(iii), exempting “legally authorized call tracing or trapping procedures specifically requested by a law enforcement agency.” To the extent that AT&T and NTCA—The Rural Broadband Association ask the Commission to somehow exempt carriers from any other legal liability, the Commission declines to do so. The Commission's concern is only with ensuring that its rules do not interfere with the ability of carriers to respond to law enforcement requests as allowed under law.
8.
9. Because carriers are already familiar with the ECPA standard and ECPA covers the imminent nature of the dangers envisioned by the
10.
11. The Commission agrees with commenters that law enforcement involvement at this stage of the process is essential to avoid having carriers make a determination on what constitutes a threatening call. AT&T avers that the involvement of law enforcement would help ensure compliance with the ECPA disclosure requirements, and would help prevent overbroad disclosures of blocked caller ID information that may harm the privacy of non-threatening callers. According to AT&T, law enforcement officials are “indisputably better qualified to validate the existence of emergency circumstances than carrier personnel,” and are likely more familiar with the facts giving rise to a requested disclosure. CTIA adds that requiring law enforcement involvement when restricted Caller ID information is requested would deter parties from manipulating the unblocking process. The Commission agrees with commenters that law enforcement personnel are in the best position to determine the existence of a credible threat that necessitates revealing CPN to investigate the threatening call.
12. Likewise, the Commission finds that only law enforcement personnel and, as directed by law enforcement, others directly responsible for the safety and security of the threatened party should
13. The Commission agrees with CTIA's recommendation that “called parties should not be the recipients of information,” and the “use of disclosed CPN should be restricted—by rule—in a manner consistent with prior waivers.” In its reply comments, NTCA asserts that, in times of exigency or in remote or insular areas, Caller ID information should be available to volunteer rescuers and similar non-law enforcement personnel with a safe harbor provision for carriers. The rules the Commission adopts here make Caller ID information available to “security personnel,” as directed by law enforcement, as well as law enforcement, and the Commission's definition of “security personnel” does not necessarily exclude the types of situations NTCA describes. The determination NTCA urges would dependent on the facts of a specific situation, and is, therefore, not appropriate for the general exemption the Commission adopts here. Accordingly, the Commission includes the following conditions in its rule for law enforcement or, as directed by law enforcement, security personnel of the called party investigating the threat: (1) The CPN on incoming restricted calls may not be passed on to the line called; (2) any system used to record CPN must be operated in a secure way, limiting access to designated telecommunications and security personnel, as directed by law enforcement; (3) telecommunications and security personnel, as directed by law enforcement, may access restricted CPN data only when investigating calls involving danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requiring disclosure without delay of information relating to the emergency, and shall document that access as part of the investigative report; (4) carriers transmitting restricted CPN information must take reasonable measures to ensure the security of such communications; (5) CPN information must be destroyed in a secure manner after a reasonable retention period; and, (6) any violation of these conditions must be reported promptly to the Commission. The Commission expects that these boundaries on how the disclosed Caller ID information must be treated will advance public safety efforts while protecting valid privacy interests. The Commission has imposed these conditions on waivers both to ensure that the Caller ID information in question is accessible only to persons with direct involvement in investigating the threatening calls and to ensure that the information is used only for that purpose. The Commission has no indication that these conditions did not properly protect privacy interests in the cases underlying the waivers, and the record does not reveal any reason to doubt their efficacy more generally.
14.
15. In addressing the threatening calls recently received by Jewish Community Centers, the Bureau discussed section 222 of the Act in connection with the statutory protection of customer proprietary network information. The Commission agrees with the Bureau's view that section 222(d) of the Act allows for carriers to disclose blocked Caller ID in the case of unlawful activity because section 222(d) of the Act states, “[n]othing in this section prohibits a telecommunications carrier from using, disclosing, or permitting access to customer proprietary network information obtained from its customers, either directly or indirectly through its agents . . . to protect users of those services and other carriers from fraudulent, abusive, or unlawful use of, or subscription to, such services.” As described above, the Commission defines a “threatening call” as “any call that conveys an emergency involving danger of death or serious physical injury to any person requiring disclosure without delay of information relating to the emergency.” By limiting the disclosure of blocked Caller ID to narrowly defined cases of threatening calls that raise the “danger of death or serious physical injury to any person,” the Commission ensures that carriers are within their obligations under section 222 of the Act.
16. On February 28, 2017, Senator Charles E. Schumer submitted a letter to the Commission expressing concern regarding recent bomb threats made via phone against various Jewish Community Centers (JCCs) in New York and across the nation. Senator Schumer noted that the Commission has played a valuable role in ensuring law enforcement and others are not hindered in their access to the caller information of threatening calls and suggested consideration of the grant of a waiver. On March 3, 2017, CGB granted to JCCs, and any carriers that serve JCCs, a temporary, emergency waiver of § 64.1601(b) of the Commission's rules. In so doing, CGB indicated that this temporary waiver would remain in effect until the Commission determined whether the waiver should be made permanent. In addition, CGB sought comment on whether to make this waiver permanent. Comments filed in response support the waiver and note the public interest in promoting efforts to identify and thwart individuals making threatening calls to JCCs. No commenter opposed the waiver.
17. In the
18. The Commission also amends its rules to allow non-public emergency services to receive the CPN of all incoming calls from blocked numbers requesting assistance. The Commission believes amending its rules to allow non-public emergency services access to blocked Caller ID promotes the public interest by ensuring timely provision of emergency services without undermining any countervailing privacy interests.
19. The Commission previously concluded that “[t]o the extent that CPN-based services are used to deliver emergency services, the Commission finds that privacy requirements for CPN-based services should not apply to delivery of the CPN to a public agency's emergency line, a poison control line, or in conjunction with 911 emergency services” and has noted that “in an emergency, a caller is not likely to remember to dial or even know to dial an unblocking code.” Here the Commission takes its previous conclusions a logical step further by amending the rules to allow non-public emergency services to retrieve from carriers the blocked Caller ID of callers seeking assistance. The Commission believes these callers would want an emergency service, whether a public agency or non-public entity, to be able to quickly and easily contact or locate them using their phone number to provide assistance.
20. The Bureau previously waived the Caller ID privacy rule for a private ambulance service, Chevrah Hatzalah Volunteer Ambulance Corps Inc. (Hatzalah). In granting the waiver, the Bureau noted that Hatzalah's automatic dial retrieval system “. . . is disrupted when the incoming call comes from a caller who has requested that his/her number not be revealed to the called party. In this circumstance, Hatzalah states that the inability to automatically identify callers creates several problems that can delay or even prevent the timely provision of emergency care.” In its petition, Hatzalah further argued that allowing it to access blocked Caller ID information “would not frustrate [the] purpose [of the Commission's rule] because the Commission has recognized that a caller's privacy interest should not interfere with the delivery of emergency services.”
21. The Bureau found that the waiver served the public interest “because Hatzalah will be better able to respond to emergency situations by saving the crucial time taken when requesting phone number and location information from the caller.” The Bureau also noted, “. . . people seeking emergency services are often under great stress when they call, which can lead to difficulty in accurately communicating the vital telephone number and location information.” Finally, the Bureau agreed with Hatzalah “that a caller seeking emergency services has an interest in the number becoming known to the emergency provider to speed the provision of emergency services and, therefore, any privacy concerns are minimized in this context.”
22. In the
23. Consistent with the
24. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended, (RFA), the Commission incorporated an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) into the
25. The Report and Order takes an important step to help security and law enforcement personnel responsible for the safety of parties receiving certain threatening calls obtain quick access to the Caller ID information needed to identify and thwart threatening callers. The Report and Order moves away from case-by-case waivers to the streamlined approach necessary to help protect the safety of threatened parties in a timely way. Specifically, Report and Order clears the way for carriers to disclose blocked Caller ID information associated with threatening calls to facilitate the investigation of such threats and amends the Commission's rules to allow non-public emergency services to obtain blocked Caller ID information associated with calls requesting assistance.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33. Pursuant to the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010, which amended the RFA, the Commission is required to respond to any comments filed by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA), and to provide a detailed statement of any change made to the proposed rules as a result of those comments. The Chief Counsel did not file any comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.
34. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that will be affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines the term “small entity” as having the same meaning as
35.
36.
37.
38.
39. The Commission has included small incumbent LECs in this present RFA analysis. As noted above, a “small business” under the RFA is one that, inter alia, meets the pertinent small business size standard (
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48. The Report and Order creates an exemption for threatening calls and calls to non-public emergency services from the Commission's Caller ID privacy rules. These changes affect small and large companies equally, and apply equally to all classes of regulated entities identified above.
49.
50.
51.
52. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant alternatives that it has considered in reaching its approach, which may include the following four alternatives, among others: (1) the establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements timetables that take into account the resources available to small entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities; (3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small entities.
53. The Commission considered feedback from the
54. The Commission does not see a need to establish a special timetable for small entities to reach compliance with the modification to the rules. No small business has asked for a delay in implementing the rules. In considering the burden on small business, the Commission notes that they already have responsibilities under ECPA, and the Commission aligns its threatening call definition with that of ECPA. Similarly, there are no design standards or performance standards to consider in this rulemaking.
55. None.
56. Pursuant to the authority contained in sections 1-4, 201 and 222 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151-154, 201, 222, This Report and Order IS ADOPTED and that part 64 of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 64.1600, 64.1601, are amended.
57. The Commission's Consumer & Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, sent a copy of the Report and Order to Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act,
Communications common carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Telecommunications, Telephone.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 64 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 154, 225, 254(k), 403(b)(2)(B), (c), 715, Pub. L. 104-104, 110 Stat. 56. Interpret or apply 47 U.S.C. 201, 218, 222, 225, 226, 227, 228, 254(k), 616, 620, and the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012, Pub. L. 112-96, unless otherwise noted.
(l)
(d) * * *
(4) * * *
(ii) Is used on a public agency's emergency telephone line or in conjunction with 911 emergency services, on a telephone line to contact non-public emergency services licensed by the state or municipality, or on any entity's emergency assistance poison control telephone line; or
(f) Paragraph (b) of this section shall not apply when CPN delivery is made in connection with a threatening call. Upon report of such a threatening call by law enforcement on behalf of the threatened party, the carrier will provide any CPN of the calling party to law enforcement and, as directed by law enforcement, to security personnel for the called party for the purpose of identifying the party responsible for the threatening call.
(g) For law enforcement or security personnel of the called party investigating the threat:
(1) The CPN on incoming restricted calls may not be passed on to the line called;
(2) Any system used to record CPN must be operated in a secure way, limiting access to designated telecommunications and security personnel, as directed by law enforcement;
(3) Telecommunications and security personnel, as directed by law enforcement, may access restricted CPN data only when investigating phone calls of a threatening and serious nature, and shall document that access as part of the investigative report;
(4) Carriers transmitting restricted CPN information must take reasonable measures to ensure security of such communications;
(5) CPN information must be destroyed in a secure manner after a reasonable retention period; and
(6) Any violation of these conditions must be reported promptly to the Commission.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
NMFS issues regulations to implement the measures described in Regulatory Amendment 6 to the Fishery Management Plan for the Reef Fish Fishery of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands (USVI) (FMP), as prepared and submitted by the Caribbean Fishery Management Council (Council). This final rule revises the method used to trigger the application of accountability measures (AM) for Council-managed reef fish species or species groups in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ) off Puerto Rico. The purpose of this final rule is to increase the likelihood that optimum yield (OY) is achieved on a continuing basis and to minimize, to the extent practicable, adverse socio-economic effects of AM-based closures.
This final rule is effective January 2, 2018.
Electronic copies of Regulatory Amendment 6, which includes an environmental assessment, a Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) analysis, and a regulatory impact review, may be obtained from the Southeast Regional Office Web site at
Sarah Stephenson, telephone: 727-824-5305; email:
In the U.S. Caribbean EEZ, the reef fish fishery is managed under the FMP. The FMP was prepared by the Council and is implemented through regulations at 50 CFR part 622 under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) (16 U.S.C. 1801
On September 19, 2017, NMFS published a proposed rule for Regulatory Amendment 6 and requested public comment (82 FR 43733). The proposed rule and Regulatory Amendment 6 outline the rationale for the actions contained in this final rule. A summary of the management measures described in the Regulatory Amendment 6 and implemented by this final rule is provided below.
The current AMs in the EEZ off Puerto Rico, applicable to Council-managed reef fish species or species groups, require NMFS to reduce the length of the Federal fishing season in the fishing year following a determination that landings for a species or species group exceeded the applicable sector annual catch limit (ACL). As specified in the FMP, the landings determination is based on the applicable 3-year landings average. Currently, an AM-based closure is triggered and applied when the sector ACL is exceeded, even if the total ACL (
Sector-specific data are not available for other federally-managed species in
This final rule revises the trigger for implementing AM-based fishing season reductions for all reef fish species or species groups managed by the Council in the EEZ off Puerto Rico. Specifically, an AM-based closure will be triggered only when both the applicable sector (recreational or commercial) ACL and the total ACL for a species or species group are exceeded. If both the sector ACL and the total ACL are exceeded, the AM will be applied to the sector or sectors that experienced the overage. The duration of any implemented AM-based closure will continue to be based on the extent to which the applicable sector ACL was exceeded and will be calculated and applied using the current practices and methods. However, consistent with the current regulations, if NMFS determines that either the sector or total ACL was exceeded because of enhanced data collection and monitoring efforts, instead of an increase in catch, NMFS will not reduce the length of the fishing season.
This final rule to implement Regulatory Amendment 6 is expected to increase the likelihood that OY is achieved on a continuing basis and to minimize adverse socio-economic effects from the implementation of AMs, while still helping to ensure that AM-based closures constrain harvest to the total ACL and prevent overfishing. Modifying the AM trigger for a fishing season reduction, from an overage of the sector ACL to an overage of both the sector and the total ACL, increases the likelihood that OY for a species or species group will be achieved on a continuing basis. Additionally, the revision to the AM is likely to result in the AM being triggered less frequently and thereby result in fewer fishing season reductions. Sector fishing season reductions that are shorter in duration and that may occur less frequently are expected to result in increased socio-economic benefits to the applicable sector and the associated fishing communities. NMFS notes that the method for calculating the landings determination using the 3-year landings average for a species or species group will not change through this final rule.
NMFS notes that in the codified text for this final rule, amendatory instruction 2 revises the entire § 622.12. While this final rule only affects management in Puerto Rico Federal waters, the section as a whole is revised as a result of the action to more clearly and distinctly describe the AMs and ACLs throughout the U.S. Caribbean EEZ. This final rule also revises some regulatory citations within §§ 622.12 and 622.491 to reflect changes made to the regulatory text as a result of this final rule.
NMFS received three total comments on the proposed rule. One comment expressed overall support for the amendment and the rule. One comment was not related to the action in the amendment or the proposed rule. The other comment, as well as NMFS' response, is summarized below.
The Regional Administrator, Southeast Region, NMFS has determined that this final rule is consistent with Regulatory Amendment 6, the FMPs, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act provides the statutory basis for this rule. No duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules have been identified. In addition, no new reporting, record-keeping, or other compliance requirements are introduced by this final rule.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration during the proposed rule stage that this rule would not have a significant adverse economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The factual basis for this determination was published in the proposed rule and is not repeated here. No changes to this final rule were made in response to public comments. As a result, a final regulatory flexibility analysis was not required and none was prepared.
Accountability measures, Annual catch limits, Caribbean, Fisheries, Fishing, Puerto Rico.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 622 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(a)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(i)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(O)
(P)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(O)
(P)
(iii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(O)
(P)
(3)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(3)
(c)
(1)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(3)
(d)
(1)
(2)
(e)
(ii) Restrictions applicable after a Puerto Rico recreational closure for reef fish species or species groups. During the closure period announced in the notification filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the recreational sector for species or species groups included in the notification is closed and the recreational bag and possession limits for such species or species groups in or from the Puerto Rico management area are zero. If the seasons for both the commercial and recreational sectors for such species or species groups are closed, the restrictions specified in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section apply.
(iii) Restrictions applicable when both Puerto Rico commercial and Puerto Rico recreational sectors for reef fish species or species groups are closed. If the seasons for both the commercial and recreational sectors for a species or species group are closed, such species or species groups in or from the Puerto Rico management area may not be harvested, possessed, purchased, or sold, and the bag and possession limits for such species or species groups in or from the Puerto Rico management area are zero.
(iv) Restrictions applicable after a spiny lobster closure in Puerto Rico. During the closure period announced in the notification filed pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section, both the commercial and recreational sectors are closed. Spiny lobster in or from the Puerto Rico management area may not be harvested, possessed, purchased, or sold, and the bag and possession limits for spiny lobster in or from the Puerto Rico management area are zero.
(2)
(b) Pursuant to the procedures and criteria established in the FMP for Queen Conch Resources in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, when the ACL, as specified in § 622.12(b)(1), is reached or projected to be reached, the Regional Administrator will close the Caribbean EEZ to the harvest and possession of queen conch, in the area east of 64°34′ W. longitude which includes Lang Bank, east of St. Croix, U.S. Virgin Islands, by filing a notification of closure with the Office of the Federal Register. * * *
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Proposed rule.
This proposed rule would implement a recommendation from the Far West Spearmint Oil Administrative Committee (Committee) to revise the quantity of Class 3 (Native) spearmint oil that handlers may purchase from, or handle on behalf of, producers during the 2017-2018 marketing year, which began on June 1, 2017. This proposal would increase the Native spearmint oil salable quantity and the allotment percentage. The Committee recommended this action for the purpose of avoiding extreme fluctuations in supplies and prices and to help maintain stability in the Far West spearmint oil market. This proposal also contains a formatting change to subpart references to bring the language into conformance with the Office of the Federal Register requirements.
Comments must be received by December 18, 2017.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments concerning this proposed rule. Comments must be sent to the Docket Clerk, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Fax: (202) 720-8938; or internet:
Dale Novotny, Marketing Specialist, or Gary D. Olson, Regional Director, Northwest Marketing Field Office, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA; Telephone: (503) 326-2724, Fax: (503) 326-7440, or Email:
Small businesses may request information on complying with this regulation by contacting Richard Lower, Marketing Order and Agreement Division, Specialty Crops Program, AMS, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., STOP 0237, Washington, DC 20250-0237; Telephone: (202) 720-2491, Fax: (202) 720-8938, or Email:
This action, pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, proposes an amendment to regulations issued to carry out a marketing order as defined in 7 CFR 900.2(j). This proposed rule is issued under Marketing Order No. 985 (7 CFR part 985), as amended, regulating the handling of spearmint oil produced in the Far West (Washington, Idaho, Oregon, and designated parts of Nevada and Utah). Part 985 (referred to as “the Order”) is effective under the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601-674), hereinafter referred to as the “Act.” The Committee locally administers the Marketing Order and is comprised of spearmint oil producers operating within the area of production, and a public member.
The Department of Agriculture (USDA) is issuing this proposed rule in conformance with Executive Orders 13563 and 13175. This action falls within a category of regulatory actions that the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) exempted from Executive Order 12866 review. Additionally, because this proposed rule does not meet the definition of a significant regulatory action it does not trigger the requirements contained in Executive Order 13771. See OMB's Memorandum titled “Interim Guidance Implementing Section 2 of the Executive Order of January 30, 2017, titled `Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs' ” (February 2, 2017).
This proposal has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. Under the provisions of the Order now in effect, salable quantities and allotment percentages may be established for classes of spearmint oil produced in the Far West. This proposed rule would increase the quantity of Native spearmint oil produced in the Far West that handlers may purchase from, or handle on behalf of, producers during the 2017-2018 marketing year, which ends on May 31, 2018.
The Act provides that administrative proceedings must be exhausted before parties may file suit in court. Under section 608c(15)(A) of the Act, any handler subject to an order may file with USDA a petition stating that the order, any provision of the order, or any obligation imposed in connection with the order is not in accordance with law and request a modification of the order or to be exempted therefrom. A handler is afforded the opportunity for a hearing on the petition. After the hearing, USDA would rule on the petition. The Act provides that the district court of the United States in any district in which the handler is an inhabitant, or has his or her principal place of business, has jurisdiction to review USDA's ruling on the petition, provided an action is filed not later than 20 days after the date of the entry of the ruling.
This proposal invites comments on revisions to the quantity of Native spearmint oil that handlers may purchase from, or handle on behalf of, producers during the 2017-2018 marketing year under the Order. Prior to this proposed rule, the salable quantity and allotment percentage for Native spearmint oil was initially established at 1,075,051 pounds and 44 percent, respectively, in a final rule published May 25, 2017 (82 FR 24001). This proposed rule would increase the Native spearmint oil salable quantity from 1,075,051 pounds to 1,514,902 pounds
Under the volume regulation provisions of the Order, the Committee meets each year to adopt a marketing policy for the ensuing year. When the Committee's marketing policy considerations indicate a need for limiting the quantity of spearmint oil available to the market to establish or maintain orderly marketing conditions, the Committee submits a recommendation to the Secretary of Agriculture for volume regulation.
Volume regulation under the Order is effectuated through the establishment of a salable quantity and allotment percentage applicable to each class of spearmint oil handled in the production area during a marketing year. The salable quantity is the total quantity of each class of oil that handlers may purchase from, or handle on behalf of, producers during a given marketing year. The allotment percentage for each class of oil is derived by dividing the salable quantity by the total industry allotment base for that same class of oil. The total industry allotment base is the aggregate of all allotment base held individually by producers. Producer allotment base is the quantity of each class of spearmint oil that the Committee has determined is representative of a producer's spearmint oil production. Each producer is allotted a pro rata share of the total salable quantity of each class of spearmint oil each marketing year. Each producer's annual allotment is determined by applying the allotment percentage to the producer's individual allotment base for each applicable class of spearmint oil.
The full Committee met on October 19, 2016, to consider its marketing policy for the 2017-2018 marketing year. At that meeting, the Committee determined that marketing conditions indicated a need for volume regulation of both classes of spearmint oil for the 2017-2018 marketing year. The Committee recommended salable quantities of 774,645 pounds and 1,075,051 pounds, and allotment percentages of 36 percent and 44 percent, respectively, for Scotch and Native spearmint oil. A proposed rule to that effect was published in the
Pursuant to authority contained in §§ 985.50, 985.51, and 985.52, the full eight-member Committee met again on September 25, 2017, and October 25, 2017, to evaluate the current year's volume control regulation. At the meetings, the Committee assessed the current market conditions for spearmint oil in relation to the salable quantities and allotment percentages established for the 2017-2018 marketing year. The Committee considered a number of factors, including the current and projected supply, estimated future demand, production costs, and producer prices for all classes of spearmint oil. The Committee determined that the established salable quantity and allotment percentage in effect for Native spearmint oil for the 2017-2018 marketing year should be increased to take into account the unanticipated rise in market demand for that class of spearmint oil.
At the September 25, 2017, meeting, the Committee recommended increasing the 2017-2018 marketing year Native spearmint oil salable quantity from 1,075,051 pounds to 1,221,696 pounds and the allotment percentage from 44 percent to 50 percent. The recommendation to increase the salable quantity and allotment percentage passed with a vote of seven members in favor and one opposed. The member opposed to the recommendation favored increasing the Native spearmint oil salable quantity and allotment percentage for the 2017-2018 marketing year, but at an undetermined level lower than what was recommended.
At the October 25, 2017, meeting, the Committee met again to consider an additional increase to the 2017-2018 marketing year salable quantity and allotment percentage for Native spearmint oil. The Committee recommended further increasing the 2017-2018 marketing year Native spearmint oil salable quantity from 1,221,696 pounds to 1,514,902 pounds and the allotment percentage from 50 percent to 62 percent. The recommendation to further increase the salable quantity and allotment percentage passed with a unanimous vote.
Thus, this proposal would make additional amounts of Native spearmint oil available to the market by increasing the salable quantity and allotment percentage previously established under the Order for the 2017-2018 marketing year. This proposed rule would increase the Native spearmint oil salable quantity by 439,851 pounds, to 1,514,902 pounds, and would raise the allotment percentage 18 percentage points, to 62 percent. Such additional oil would come from releasing Native spearmint oil held by producers in the reserve pool. As of May 31, 2017, the Committee records show that the reserve pool for Native spearmint oil contained 996,050 pounds of oil, an amount considered excessive relative to market conditions.
At both the September and October 2017 meetings, the Committee staff reported that demand for Native spearmint oil has been greater than previously anticipated. Committee records indicate that 2017-2018 marketing year sales to date (945,683 pounds) are tracking fairly closely to sales for the same period in the 2016-2017 marketing year (1,095,112 pounds). However, handlers reported to the Committee that an additional 345,446 pounds of Native spearmint oil are committed to be sold, which would leave a deficit of 216,078 pounds of oil (1,075,051 pounds salable quantity minus 945,683 pounds sold to date and 345,446 pounds committed) to supply the market until May 31, 2018. Another factor that contributed to the short supply was that only 143,011 pounds of salable product carried over from the 2016-2017 marketing year into the 2017-2018 marketing year, which was 46,809 pounds less than expected. The Committee initially estimated in October 2016 that the total available supply of Native spearmint oil for the 2017-2018 marketing year would be 1,264,871 pounds, but that amount was reduced to 1,218,158 when the smaller carry-in quantity is accounted for.
The Committee initially estimated the trade demand for Native spearmint oil for the 2017-2018 marketing year to be 1,250,000. At the September 25, 2017, meeting, the Committee revised the expected trade demand for the 2017-2018 marketing year to be 1,338,820. At the October 25, 2017, meeting, the Committee further revised the expected trade demand for the 2017-2018 marketing year to 1,600,000 pounds. If realized, trade demand would be 381,842 pounds above the quantity of Native spearmint oil available under the volume control levels implemented in May 2017 (1,218,158 pounds available prior to this rule minus 1,600,000 pounds estimated demand equals a deficit of 381,842 pounds). Without increasing the salable quantity and allotment percentage, the market for Native spearmint oil may be shorted. The increased quantity of Native spearmint oil (439,851 pounds) that would be made available to the market as a result of this rulemaking would ensure that market demand is fully satisfied in the current year and that there would be approximately 20,171
In making the recommendation to increase the salable quantity and allotment percentage of Native spearmint oil, the Committee considered all currently available information on the price, supply, and demand of Native spearmint oil. The Committee also considered reports and other information from handlers and producers in attendance at the meeting. Lastly, the Committee manager presented information and reports that were provided to the Committee staff by handlers and producers.
This proposal would increase the 2017-2018 marketing year Native spearmint oil salable quantity by 439,851 pounds, to a total of 1,514,902 pounds. However, the Committee expects that not all producers have Native spearmint oil held in reserve. As such, the Committee calculates that 37,796 pounds of the Native spearmint oil salable quantity will go unfulfilled. Therefore, the total supply of Native spearmint oil that the Committee anticipates actually being available to the market over the course of the 2017-2018 marketing year would be increased to 1,620,117 pounds (2017-2018 marketing year salable quantity plus salable carry-in of 143,011 pounds from the 2016-2017 marketing year minus an unused allotment of 37,796 pounds due to lack of pool oil). Actual sales of Native spearmint oil for the 2016-2017 marketing year totaled 1,287,691 pounds. The 5-year average of Native spearmint oil sales is 1,309,793 pounds.
The Committee estimates that this action would result in 20,171 pounds of salable Native spearmint oil being carried into the 2018-2019 marketing year. While 20,171 pounds is a relatively low quantity of salable Native spearmint oil to end the marketing year, reserve pool oil could be released into the market under a future relaxation of the volume regulation should it be necessary to adequately supply the market prior to the beginning of the 2018-2019 marketing year. The Committee estimates that a total of 1,237,237 pounds of Native spearmint oil would be available from the reserve pool if needed.
As mentioned previously, when the original 2017-2018 marketing policy statement was drafted, handlers estimated the demand for Native spearmint oil for the 2017-2018 marketing year to be 1,250,000 pounds. The Committee's initial recommendation for the establishment of the Native spearmint oil salable quantity and allotment percentage for the 2017-2018 marketing year was based on that estimate. The Committee did not anticipate the increase in demand for Native spearmint oil that the market is currently experiencing and did not make allowances for it when the marketing policy was initially adopted.
At the September 25, 2017, meeting, the Committee revised its estimate of the current trade demand to 1,338,820 pounds, and further increased that estimate to 1,600,000 pounds at the October 25, 2017, meeting. The Committee now believes that the supply of Native spearmint oil available to the market under the initially established salable quantity and allotment percentage would be insufficient to satisfy the current level of demand for oil at reasonable price levels. The Committee further believes that the increase in the salable quantity and allotment percentage proposed in this action is vital to ensuring an adequate supply of Native spearmint oil is available to the market moving forward.
The Committee's stated intent in the use of the Order's volume control regulation is to keep adequate supplies available to meet market needs and to maintain orderly marketing conditions. With that in mind, the Committee developed its recommendation for increasing the Native spearmint oil salable quantity and allotment percentage for the 2017-2018 marketing year based on the information discussed above, as well as the summary data outlined below.
(A) Initial estimated 2017-2018 Native Allotment Base—2,443,297 pounds. This is the allotment base estimate on which the original 2017-2018 salable quantity and allotment percentage was based.
(B) Revised 2017-2018 Native Allotment Base—2,443,391 pounds. This is 94 pounds more than the initial estimated allotment base of 2,443,297 pounds. The difference is the result of annual adjustments made to the allotment base according to the provisions of the Order.
(C) Initial 2017-2018 Native Allotment Percentage—44 percent. This was unanimously recommended by the Committee on October 19, 2016.
(D) Initial 2017-2018 Native Salable Quantity—1,075,051 pounds. This figure is 44 percent of the original estimated 2017-2018 allotment base of 2,443,297 pounds.
(E) Adjusted Initial 2017-2018 Native Salable Quantity—1,075,092 pounds. This figure reflects the salable quantity actually available at the beginning of the 2017-2018 marketing year. This quantity is derived by applying the initial 44-percent allotment percentage to the revised allotment base of 2,443,391.
(F) Proposed Revision to the 2017-2018 Native Salable Quantity and Allotment Percentage:
(1) Proposed Increase in the Native Allotment Percentage—18 percent. The Committee recommended an increase of six percentage points at its September 25, 2017, meeting, and a further 12 percentage points at its October 25, 2017, meeting for a total increase of 18 percentage points over the initial Native allotment percentage.
(2) Proposed Revised 2017-2018 Native Allotment Percentage—62 percent. This number was derived by adding the increase of 18 percentage points to the initially established 2017-2018 allotment percentage of 44 percent.
(3) Proposed Revised 2017-2018 Native Salable Quantity—1,514,902 pounds. This amount is 62 percent of the revised 2017-2018 allotment base of 2,443,391 pounds.
(4) Computed Increase in the 2017-2018 Native Salable Quantity as a Result of the Proposed Revision—439,851 pounds. This figure represents 18 percent of the 2017-2018 revised allotment base.
(5) Expected Actual Increase in the Native Spearmint Oil Available to the Market for the 2017-2018 Marketing Year—402,055 pounds. This amount is based on the Committee's estimation of Native spearmint oil that is actually held by producers in the reserve pool that may enter the market as a result of this proposal. The Committee estimates that approximately 37,796 pounds of the computed increase would go unfulfilled due to producers who do not have sufficient Native spearmint oil in reserve to utilize their full allotted salable quantity.
Scotch spearmint oil is also regulated by the Order. As mentioned previously, a salable quantity and allotment percentage for Scotch spearmint oil was established in a final rule published in the
This proposed rule would relax the regulation of Native spearmint oil and would allow producers to meet market demand while improving producer returns. In conjunction with the issuance of this proposed rule, the Committee's revised marketing policy statement for the 2017-2018 marketing year has been reviewed by USDA. The Committee's marketing policy statement, a requirement whenever the Committee recommends implementing volume regulations or recommends revisions to existing volume regulations, meets the intent of § 985.50. During its discussion of revisions to the 2017-2018 salable quantities and allotment percentages, the Committee considered: (1) The estimated quantity of salable oil of each class held by producers and handlers; (2) the estimated demand for each class of oil; (3) the estimated production of each class of oil; (4) the total of allotment bases of each class of oil for the current marketing year and the estimated total of allotment bases of each class for the ensuing marketing year; (5) the quantity of reserve oil, by class, in storage; (6) producer prices of oil, including prices for each class of oil; and (7) general market conditions for each class of oil, including whether the estimated season average price to producers is likely to exceed parity. Conformity with USDA's “Guidelines for Fruit, Vegetable, and Specialty Crop Marketing Orders” has also been reviewed and confirmed.
The proposed increase in the Native spearmint oil salable quantity and allotment percentage would account for the anticipated market needs for that class of oil. In determining anticipated market needs, the Committee considered changes and trends in historical sales, production, and demand.
Pursuant to requirements set forth in the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601-612), the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) has considered the economic impact of this action on small entities. Accordingly, AMS has prepared this initial regulatory flexibility analysis.
The purpose of the RFA is to fit regulatory actions to the scale of businesses subject to such actions in order that small businesses will not be unduly or disproportionately burdened. Marketing orders issued pursuant to the Act, and the rules issued thereunder, are unique in that they are brought about through group action of essentially small entities acting on their own behalf.
There are eight spearmint oil handlers subject to regulation under the Order, and approximately 41 producers of Scotch spearmint oil and approximately 94 producers of Native spearmint oil in the regulated production area. Small agricultural service firms are defined by the Small Business Administration (SBA) as those having annual receipts of less than $7,500,000, and small agricultural producers are defined as those having annual receipts of less than $750,000 (13 CFR 121.201).
Based on the SBA's definition of small entities, the Committee estimates that only two of the eight handlers regulated by the Order could be considered small entities. Most of the handlers are large corporations involved in the international trading of essential oils and the products of essential oils. In addition, the Committee estimates that 12 of the 39 Scotch spearmint oil producers and 31 of the 94 Native spearmint oil producers could be classified as small entities under the SBA definition. Thus, the majority of handlers and producers of Far West spearmint oil may not be classified as small entities.
The use of volume control regulation allows the spearmint oil industry to fully supply spearmint oil markets while avoiding the negative consequences of over-supplying these markets. Without volume control regulation, the supply and price of spearmint oil would likely fluctuate widely. Periods of oversupply could result in low producer prices and a large volume of oil stored and carried over to future crop years. Periods of undersupply could lead to excessive price spikes and drive end users to source flavoring needs from other markets, potentially causing long-term economic damage to the domestic spearmint oil industry. The Order's volume control provisions have been successfully implemented in the domestic spearmint oil industry since 1980 and provide benefits for producers, handlers, manufacturers, and consumers.
This proposed rule would increase the quantity of Native spearmint oil that handlers may purchase from, or handle on behalf of, producers during the 2017-2018 marketing year, which ends May 31, 2018. The 2017-2018 Native spearmint oil salable quantity was initially established at 1,075,051 pounds and the allotment percentage initially set at 44 percent. This proposed rule would increase the Native spearmint oil salable quantity to 1,514,902 pounds and the allotment percentage to 62 percent.
Based on the information and projections available at the September 25, 2017, and October 25, 2017, meetings, the Committee considered several alternatives to this increase. The Committee considered leaving the salable quantity and allotment percentage unchanged, and also considered other potential levels of increase. The Committee reached its recommendation to increase the salable quantity and allotment percentage for Native spearmint oil after careful consideration of all available information and input from all interested industry participants, and believes that the levels recommended would achieve the desired objectives. Without the increase, the Committee believes the industry would not be able to satisfactorily meet market demand.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the Order's information collection requirements have been previously approved by OMB and assigned OMB No. 0581-0178 (Generic Specialty Crops). No changes are necessary in those requirements as a result of this action. Should any changes become necessary, they would be submitted to OMB for approval.
This proposed rule would relax the volume regulation requirements established under the Order. Accordingly, this action would not impose any additional reporting or recordkeeping requirements on either small or large spearmint oil handlers. As with all Federal marketing order programs, reports and forms are periodically reviewed to reduce information requirements and duplication by industry and public sector agencies.
AMS is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
USDA has not identified any relevant Federal rules that duplicate, overlap or conflict with this action.
In addition, the Committee's meeting was widely publicized throughout the Far West spearmint oil industry and all interested persons were invited to attend the meeting and participate in Committee deliberations on all issues. The September 25, 2017, and October 25, 2017, meetings were public and all entities, both large and small, were able to express views on this issue. Finally, interested persons are invited to submit comments on this proposed rule, including the regulatory and
A small business guide on complying with fruit, vegetable, and specialty crop marketing agreements and orders may be viewed at:
A 15-day comment period is provided to allow interested persons to respond to this proposal. Fifteen days is deemed appropriate because handlers are aware of this action, which was recommended by the Committee at a public meeting, and the subject matter of this proposal is not complex. All written comments timely received will be considered before a final determination is made on this matter.
Marketing agreements, Oils and fats, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Spearmint oil.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, 7 CFR part 985 is proposed to be amended as follows:
7 U.S.C. 601-674.
(b) Class 3 (Native) oil—a salable quantity of 1,514,902 pounds and an allotment percentage of 62 percent.
U.S. Copyright Office, Library of Congress.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The U.S. Copyright Office (“Office”) is seeking comment on proposed rules governing the royalty reporting practices of cable operators under section 111 and proposed revisions to the Statement of Account forms, and on proposed amendments to the Statement of Account filing requirements. With this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Office intends to resolve issues raised in an earlier Notice of Inquiry directed towards cable reporting practices,
Written comments must be received no later than 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on January 16, 2018.
For reasons of government efficiency, the Copyright Office is using the
Sarang V. Damle, General Counsel and Associate Register of Copyrights, by email at
Section 111 of the Copyright Act (“Act”), title 17 of the United States Code, provides cable operators with a statutory license to retransmit a performance or display of a work embodied in a “primary transmission” made by a television station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”). Cable operators that retransmit broadcast signals in accordance with this provision are required to pay royalty fees to the Copyright Office (“Office”), among other requirements. Payments made under section 111 are remitted semi-annually to the Office, which invests the royalties in United States Treasury securities pending distribution of these funds to copyright owners eligible to receive a share of the royalties.
In 2005, the Motion Picture Association of America, Inc. (“MPAA”), on behalf of its member companies and other producers and/or distributors of movies and television series (hereinafter, “Program Suppliers”), filed a petition for rulemaking with the Copyright Office requesting the commencement of a proceeding to address several issues related to the SOA reporting practices of cable operators under section 111 (the “Petition”). The Petition asked the Office to adopt a number of changes to its section 111 regulations and SOAs to “improve the nature of the information reported on the SOAs by cable operators,” believing them to be “critical to efficient and effective compliance review” of SOAs by copyright owners.
Since the Office issued that NOI, the Satellite Television Extension and Localism Act of 2010 (“STELA”) and STELA Reauthorization Act of 2014 (“STELARA”) updated section 111 in several respects.
This notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPRM”) addresses issues raised in response to the NOI that are still relevant, and notes where intervening statutory and/or regulatory changes may have mooted some issues. This NPRM also proposes revisions to SOA forms and/or the Office's regulations that are intended to streamline administration of SOAs by the Office's Licensing Division, some of which would also apply to remitters making use of the section 119 (satellite) or chapter 10 (“DART”) licenses.
The Office welcomes public input on the following proposed changes, as well as other suggestions on streamlining or otherwise improving reporting practices for the section 111 license.
Section 111 requires cable operators to report, in public filings to the Copyright Office, a variety of information regarding the secondary transmissions licensed under the statute, including the number of channels by which the system made secondary transmissions, the names and locations of all primary transmitters used, and, as particularly relevant here, the “total number of [cable system] subscribers” and the “gross amounts” paid to the cable system by these subscribers “for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters.”
In accordance with this statutory design, the Copyright Office has implemented these requirements through its regulations
To facilitate this “rough comparison with the reported gross receipts,” under section 201.17(e)(6) cable operators must provide “[a] brief description of each subscriber category for which a charge is made by the cable system for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters”; “[t]he number of subscribers to the cable system in each such subscriber category”; and “[t]he charge or charges made per subscriber to each such subscriber category for the basic service of providing such secondary transmissions.”
Many of the issues raised by Program Suppliers' Petition address whether the subscriber and rate information provided by cable operators under the Office's current regulations is sufficient to provide the copyright owner with the intended “rough comparison” with the required gross receipts information, a concern the Office understands remains germane as the cable marketplace continues to evolve since the regulation was first promulgated. Program Suppliers stated that SOAs do not “require adequate information for a meaningful comparison between Space E and Space K,”
In proposing that the Office require “greater congruity” between these spaces, Program Suppliers specifically requested that the Office instruct remitters that the gross receipts reported in Space K should approximate calculated gross receipts (
Cable associations National Cable & Telecommunications Association (“NCTA”) and American Cable Association (“ACA”) opposed this suggestion. Specifically, ACA maintained that title 17 does not require such detailed reporting and suggested that instead, copyright owners should request additional information about individual SOAs if the filing appeared questionable.
The Office understands Program Suppliers' position that a variance explanation requirement would aid copyright owners in making a rough comparison between the amount of “gross receipts” given in Space K and the result of multiplying the number of subscribers by the rates given in Space E. This requirement, however, would go beyond what has traditionally been required of remitters and may be inappropriate in light of differences in how data is reported in the two spaces. For example, the amount in Space K may vary depending on whether the cable system's accounting is done on an accrual or cash basis and, as noted by NCTA, a comparison between Spaces E and K is difficult since the information in the two spaces reflects different time periods (
The Office is also concerned that a variance explanation requirement could increase burdens on the Office, by requiring its Licensing Division examiners to assume a far greater role in examination of SOAs than has traditionally been the case. Under the current examination scheme, the Office simply checks whether SOAs contain “obvious errors or omissions”—not to identify all possible deficiencies.
For the same reasons, while the Office is considering adding an instruction to its SOAs generally explaining that Space E is intended to allow for a rough comparison with reported gross receipts, the Office tentatively concludes that it is not appropriate to adopt Program Suppliers' related proposal to explicitly instruct remitters that the gross receipts reported in Space K should approximate the number of subscribers in each category identified in Space E, multiplied by the applicable rate.
As noted above, Program Suppliers' Petition proposed “greater congruity” between gross receipts and subscriber and rate information on SOAs. In response, the Office agrees that it may be advisable to update the subscriber and rate information required by Space E to provide private parties with more granular information to make a rough comparison with the gross receipts information provided in Space K, including by making use of the audit mechanism provided by the regulations.
While the audit right established by STELA provides a mechanism for copyright owners to verify information provided by cable operators and ensure they are being accurately compensated for use of their intellectual property under the compulsory license, these audits are limited in various ways, including by accounting period, frequency, and scope of initial and expanded audits as proscribed in the Offices regulations.
Space E implements 37 CFR 201.17(e)(6), which requires remitters to provide “[a] brief description of each subscriber category for which a charge is made by the cable system for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters.”
As depicted below, Space E currently requires cable operators to report their number of subscribers and corresponding rate, “broken down by categories of secondary transmission service” offered to subscribers.
As the Petition suggested, and as the Licensing Division's examination of recently filed SOAs illustrates, there appear to be opportunities to improve the consistency and quality of information reported in Space E. Specifically, Program Suppliers noted that there currently is “scant information” about the tiers of service (
(1) Each tier of service they provide for a separate fee, noting which tiers contain broadcast signals, (2) the rates associated with each service tier, and whether the fees collected for each package are included or excluded from their gross receipts calculation, (3) the number of subscribers receiving each service tier, (4) the lowest tier of service including secondary broadcast transmissions that is available for independent subscription, and (5) any tier of service or equipment for which purchase is required as a prerequisite to obtaining another tier of service.
In addition, the Office of the Commissioner of Baseball, National Basketball Association, National Football League, National Hockey League, Women's National Basketball Association, and the National Collegiate Athletic Association (a group collectively referred to as “Joint Sports Claimants” or “JSC”) expressed concerns that cable operators could limit the reporting of gross receipts to revenues derived solely from the lowest priced tier of service carrying broadcast signals and exclude revenues derived from higher priced tiers that also carry such signals.
While the Office does not endorse every proposal of the Petition, in light of the increased variation in rates offered by cable operators, the Office agrees with revising Space E to require a somewhat more granular breakdown of the number of subscribers and rates charged for the various pertinent categories of service provided to subscribers. Remitters would be instructed to list the total number of subscribers for each category of service as well as the corresponding rate (or range of rates), and to mark “N/A” if they did not offer service in a given category. The Office hopes that these changes will make it easier for cable operators to more accurately report the number of subscribers for the various services they offer.
Specifically, the Office proposes to update the various bolded categories of service—currently listed in Block 1 of Space E as “Residential,” “Motel, hotel,” “Commercial,” and “Converter.” The Office proposes to replace these categories with the following: “Single-unit residential,” “Multi-unit
The proposal to break up the existing “Residential” category into single- and multi-unit sub-categories is intended to alleviate some discrepancy in reporting practices for residential multiple-dwelling units (“MDUs”), as noted in earlier stakeholder comments, as well as better organize the type of rate information provided. For example, in their Petition, Program Suppliers stated that while some cable operators report the “total subscriber counts” for each of the MDUs they serve (albeit in a manner that leaves it unclear how these numbers are derived), others report each MDU simply as one subscriber, while still others leave the lines relating to “motel, hotel” or “commercial” categories of service blank.
These proposed changes are also intended to recognize the increased variety in cable subscription rates by providing a flexible table to allow cable operators to report each category of service “for which a charge is made by the cable system for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters.”
In addition, for each service offered to a category of subscribers, the Office proposes to allow cable operators to report a range of rates that the cable operator actually charged on the last day of the accounting period.
Finally, the Office proposes that information regarding categories of service shall not be left blank.
Further, the Office intends to revise Space E's instructions and its regulatory definition of “gross receipts” to specifically note that cable operators' gross receipts must include revenue from subscription to non-broadcast tier(s) and/or from equipment sales or leases if they are required to obtain tiers with broadcast signals. If a tier or other service has no broadcast signals, and is not required to be purchased to obtain access to broadcast signals, it need not be reported in Space E. This addition does not represent a substantive change in policy, but is intended to provide more detailed guidance in furtherance of the Office's current regulatory definition of “gross receipts.”
In sum, by updating the pre-populated categories listed in Space E and requiring more detail regarding the categories of service offered (
For years, cable operators and other multichannel video programming distributors have marketed video, internet data, and voice services as a single bundle of communication products to subscribers for a set price. Bundling offers certain subscriber benefits, such as price discounts and a single monthly bill. While pricing models vary, subscribers generally pay less for a bundled package than if purchasing each service individually.
From time to time, the Office receives questions on how to report the price of cable television service in gross receipts on their SOAs when it is sold as part of a bundle of services. The Office is considering whether to amend its regulations to provide specific guidance on how remitters should report cable television services sold as a bundled service. The Office welcomes comments on how cable operators currently report the price of cable television service in gross receipts on their SOAs when it is sold as part of a bundle of services, and whether the Office's regulations should be amended to provide more guidance.
The Office proposes to amend the regulatory definition of “cable system” to reflect both the Copyright Office's longstanding position that such systems are limited to systems providing only localized retransmissions of limited availability, and the uniform case law holding that internet-based retransmission services are excluded from the section 111 compulsory license.
As the Ninth Circuit recently explained, Congress did not intend for section 111 “to service the entire secondary transmission community . . . without regard to the technological makeup of its members,” and instead limited the cable license to a narrower subset of providers that the statute defines in a “detailed, if arguably ambiguous, way.”
The Act requires a “cable system” to make secondary transmissions by “wires, cables, microwave, or other communications channels.”
Indeed, the overall operation of the section 111 license assumes cable systems operate as localized retransmission services. The royalty structure for the license is predicated upon determining whether the retransmission of television programming is “local” to or “distant” from the local service area of the primary transmitter of such programming.
Other aspects of the statutory scheme similarly underscore the localized nature of the statutory license. As discussed in greater detail below, for purposes of categorizing cable systems for royalty purposes, the statute specifies that two or more cable systems constitute a single cable system for purposes of section 111 if they are under common ownership or control and “are located in the same or contiguous communities.”
Consistent with this understanding of the overall legislative scheme, the Office in prior rulemakings has held a consistent view that a “cable system” under the meaning of section 111 must operate in an inherently localized retransmission medium. For instance, in 1992 and 1997, in the context of
Similarly, in policy reports and testimony before Congress, the Office consistently communicated its position that internet-based retransmission services are not “cable systems” under section 111.
In sum, in light of the Office's understanding of section 111, its longstanding policy views, and the uniform direction of case law, the Office proposes adding the following sentence to its regulatory definition of “cable system”: “A provider of broadcast signals must be an inherently localized and closed transmission system of limited availability to qualify as a cable system.”
Section 111(f) of the Copyright Act states in relevant part that: “For purposes of determining the royalty fee under subsection (d)(1), two or more cable systems in contiguous communities under common ownership or control or operating from one headend shall be considered as one system.”
In their Petition, Program Suppliers requested that the Office revise Space D of the SOA form to require cable operators to identify the location of each headend and the specific communities served from that headend.
By contrast, NCTA remarked that if a single system uses more than one headend, it should make no difference to copyright owners which one is identified; in that instance, an operator has already determined that it operates a single system for copyright purposes.
The Office tentatively concludes that it is not clear that artificial fragmentation by cable systems seeking to avoid paying a higher royalty rate (
The Office's regulations currently require a cable operator to report the name of the community or communities served by its cable system.
In their Petition, Program Suppliers requested that the Office require cable operators to identify the county where each cable community is located, in addition to the city and state.
Because the parties agreed that inclusion of the county on the SOA would be beneficial, the Office proposes that Space D should be revised to require “county” information, but seeks comment on whether this proposed change remains desirable to stakeholders. The Office concludes that regulatory change is not necessary to implement this update to the form.
Under the Copyright Act and the Office's regulations, two or more cable systems constitute a single cable system for purposes of section 111 if, as relevant here, they are under common ownership or control and are located in the same or “contiguous communities.”
The Office's regulations currently state that a cable system's “community,” for purposes of section 111, is the same geographic area as that specified under the definition of “community unit” as defined in the FCC's rules and regulations.
Program Suppliers requested that the Office amend the regulatory definition of the term “community” so that a cable operator's “franchise area” should be the
In comments, NCTA suggested that the FCC community unit concept was part of a long-established cable copyright paradigm.
The Copyright Office tentatively concludes that the facts and the law do not support replacing the community unit definition with a franchise area definition. Moreover, since the receipt of the Petition, the Office has not noted a practice of fragmentation, and has learned that this issue may be of less interest to stakeholders. The Office invites public comments on whether this issue is still significant to stakeholders.
Under the Copyright Act, the definition of “local service area of a primary transmitter” establishes the difference between “local” and “distant” signals and “therefore the line between signals which are subject to payment under the compulsory license [under section 111] and those that are not.”
Specifically, the parts of the Long Form SOA which reference the “Grade B contour,” an FCC construct used for many years in the context of analog television stations, appear to be obsolete. Section 111 imported this construct, as detailed in FCC rules and regulations, with respect to determining the local service area of certain signals.
Two parts of the form appear to have been overtaken by these technological developments. First, the Long Form SOA asks for certain information related to certain UHF signals within a Grade B contour, for purposes of calculating royalties paid under a 3.75% fee in Part 6, Block B of the form. Under the FCC's old “market quota” rules, which were incorporated by reference into section 111, a cable operator could carry a certain number of distant signals based upon a complex scheme involving the type of the television market and the type of signal available. A cable operator, however, could carry more signals than its market quota of distant signals if the station was considered “permitted” by the FCC's 1976-era rules. The concept of “permitted” stations has been imported into the section 111 license. Under section 111, an operator that carries a non-permitted signal above its market quota is generally subject to a 3.75% fee for carriage of that signal, in lieu of the minimum royalty rate.
The Office, in a 2008 Notice of Proposed Rulemaking concerning digital broadcast signals (“Digital Signals NPRM”) that pre-dated STELA,
As noted, after the Digital Signals NPRM, STELA amended the definition of “local service area of a primary transmitter” in section 111 so that such area would include the area within the noise limited service contour.
To the extent that the “Grade B contour” construct theoretically may continue to apply to analog signals, the Office questions whether it has become obsolete as a practical matter. From running database queries on submitted SOAs, the Office has learned that permitted basis “G” in Part 6/Block B is rarely, if ever, used. Moreover, in the few cases where cable operators have reported the permitted basis of carriage category “G,” the Office believes the cable operators may have used the noise-limited contour (for digital signals) interchangeably with the Grade B contour (for analog signals) because they historically reported “G” in the all-analog world (prior to the mandated FCC digital conversion in 2009), and continue to report the “G” permitted basis out of habit. Accordingly, the Office proposes eliminating permitted basis “G” in Part 6/Block B on the cable SOAs (
Second, the Grade B contour has, in the past, had relevance to other aspects of the statutory license under section 111, including the calculation of a “syndicated exclusivity surcharge.” Cable systems located in whole or in part within a major television market, as defined by FCC rules and regulations, must calculate a syndicated exclusivity surcharge for the carriage of any commercial VHF station that places a Grade B contour, in whole or in part, over the cable system that would have been subject to the FCC's syndicated exclusivity rules in effect on June 24, 1981.
From running database queries on submitted SOAs, however, the Office has learned that the last time Part 7 of the cable SOA was used (
In May 2017, the Copyright Royalty Board (“CRB”) issued a notice of proposed settlement and proposed rule to require covered cable systems to pay a separate per-telecast royalty (a “Sports Surcharge”) in addition to the other royalties that cable systems must pay under section 111.
Assuming the CRB's rule is adopted, the Office intends to amend its cable SOA forms to account for the new Sports Surcharge for semi-annual accounting periods by adding a new Space R that would allow for calculations of this surcharge. No amendments to the Office's regulations are needed to accommodate this change.
The Office's current regulations require cable operators to pay interest on late or underpaid royalty payments.
The Office declines Program Suppliers' suggestion to modify the SOA to state that a payment made after the due date does not bar an infringement action against the cable operator. While section 111(d)(1)(A) directs the Register to issue regulations governing the filing of SOAs, including identification of all secondary retransmissions of broadcast stations, number of subscribers, and gross revenues paid to the cable system, it does not require the Office to determine the scope of liability for copyright infringement; in the Office's view, this question is more properly reserved for the courts in appropriate cases.
After Congress enacted STELA in 2010, the Office issued implementing regulations that, among other things, established the accounting period for which the new cable operator royalty fee rates would take effect.
The Office's current regulations provide a number of instructions to cable operators on how to complete SOAs, many of which duplicate the instructions on the SOA forms themselves.
In addition, the Office's current regulations instruct which information must be provided as part of the electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) to pay royalty fees.
These changes are intended to improve the readability of existing regulations and do not represent substantive changes in policy.
The Office has identified a number of additional issues relating to cable SOA reporting practices, and finds it is administratively efficient to address these new cable reporting practice matters here rather than initiate a new proceeding. Because some of these issues are also pertinent to the filing of SOAs for other statutory licenses, the Office proposes to amend certain reporting rules for cable operators (under section 201.17), satellite carriers (under section 201.11) and digital audio recording equipment manufacturers and importers (under sections 201.27 and 201.28), where applicable, so that there are parallel requirements for all three licenses in the Office's regulations. Each of the following proposed changes are reflected in the updated proposed regulatory language below.
During an initial examination of SOAs, the Office's Licensing Division often makes inquiries of cable system operators regarding the information provided in the SOA.
To streamline the administrative process and encourage timely responses to Office inquiries, the Office proposes to close out SOA examination if a filer fails to reply to an Office correspondence request after 90 days from the date of the last correspondence from the Office. After an SOA is closed, it would be placed with other publicly available SOA records. At that point, a cable operator wishing to submit a reply or pay additional royalties or make necessary corrections would need to file an amended SOA along with a filing fee as prescribed in 37 CFR 201.3(e). But, to
The Office tentatively concludes that 90 days is a reasonable timeframe for operators to reply to any issues arising from examination of an SOA and that the proposed amendments will facilitate the timely disposition of SOAs. The Office proposes harmonizing this practice across regulations affecting SOAs for cable operators, satellite carriers, and digital audio recording equipment manufacturers and importers.
Because the administrative cost of issuing royalty refunds of less than $50.00 can exceed the amount actually refunded, under the Office's proposed rule, refunds for amounts of $50.00 or less will issue only where the refund is specifically requested before the SOA is closed and made available for public inspection. If a refund is not requested before the SOA is closed, the amount will be added to the relevant royalty pool. The proposed rule will harmonize this practice across regulations affecting royalty refunds for cable operators, satellite carriers, and digital audio recording equipment manufacturers and importers.
The Office proposes to amend its regulations to require payment of supplemental royalty fees and filing fees by EFT for cable operators, satellite carriers, and digital audio recording equipment manufacturers and importers, and eliminate the ability to pay by paper check or money order. Use of EFT has enhanced the efficiency of the Office's royalty collection process by avoiding problems associated with a paper check or money order (
Current regulations regarding the treatment of interest assessment for late payments or underpayments of royalties are similar, but not uniform, for cable operators, satellite carriers, and digital audio recording equipment manufacturers and importers. The Office proposes to harmonize these regulations so that interest begins accruing on the first day after the close of the period for filing SOAs for all underpayments or late payments of royalties; the accrual period shall end on the date the payment submitted by the remitter is received by the Office; and the applicable interest rate shall be the Current Value of Funds Rate, established by section 8025.4 of the Treasury Finance Manual. In addition, interest payments shall not be required if the interest charge is less than $5.00.
The Copyright Office hereby seeks comment from the public on the amendments proposed in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.
Cable television, Copyright, Recordings, Satellites.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, the Copyright Office proposes to amend 37 CFR part 201 as follows:
17 U.S.C. 702.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(f) * * *
(1) All royalty fees, including supplemental royalty payments, must be paid by a single electronic funds transfer (EFT), and must be received in the designated bank by the filing deadline for the relevant accounting period. Satellite carriers must provide specific information as part of the EFT and as part of the remittance advice, as listed in the instructions for the Statement of Account form.
(h) * * *
(3) * * *
(iv) All requests for correction or refunds must be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount prescribed in § 201.3(e) for each Statement of Account involved, paid by EFT. No request will be processed until the appropriate filing fees are received, and no supplemental royalty fee will be deposited until an acceptable remittance in the full amount of the supplemental royalty fee has been received.
(vii) A refund payment in the amount of fifty dollars ($50.00) or less will not be refunded unless specifically requested before the statement of account is closed, at which point any excess payment will be treated as part of the royalty fee. A request for a refund payment in an amount of over fifty dollars ($50.00) is not necessary where the Licensing Division, during its examination of a Statement of Account or related document, discovers an error that has resulted in a royalty overpayment. In this case, the Licensing Division will affirmatively send the royalty refund to the satellite carrier owner named in the Statement of Account without regard to the time limitations provided for in paragraph (h)(3)(i) of this section.
(5)
(6) A statement of account shall be considered closed in cases where a licensee fails to reply within ninety days to the request for further information from the Copyright Office or, in the case of subsequent correspondence that may be necessary,
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(b) * * *
(1) Gross receipts for the “basic service of providing secondary transmissions of primary broadcast transmitters” include the full amount of monthly (or other periodic) service fees for any and all services or tiers of services which include one or more secondary transmissions of television or radio broadcast signals. Gross receipts also include fees for non-broadcast tier(s) of services if such purchase is required to obtain tiers of services with broadcast signals, and fees for any other type of equipment or device necessary to receive broadcast signals that is supplied by the cable operator. In no case shall gross receipts be less than the cost of obtaining the signals of primary broadcast transmitters for subsequent retransmission. All such gross receipts shall be aggregated and the distant signal equivalent (DSE) calculations shall be made against the aggregated amount. Gross receipts for secondary transmission services do not include installation (including connection, relocation, disconnection, or reconnection) fees, separate charges for security, alarm or facsimile services, charges for late payments, or charges for pay cable or other program origination services: Provided that, the origination services are not offered in combination with secondary transmission service for a single fee. In addition, gross receipts shall not include any fees collected from subscribers for the sale of Internet services or telephony services when such services are bundled together with cable service; instead, when cable services are sold as part of a bundle of other services, gross receipts shall include fees in the amount that would have been collected if such subscribers received cable service as an unbundled stand-alone product.
(2) A
(i) In contiguous communities under common ownership or control or
(ii) Operating from one headend.
(c)
(3) Statements of Account and royalty fees received before the end of the particular accounting period they purport to cover will not be processed by the Copyright Office except for cases where the cable system has ceased operation before the account period closes. Statements of Account and royalty fees received after the filing deadlines of July 30 or January 30, respectively, will be accepted for
(5) A cable system that changes ownership during an accounting period is obligated to file only a single Statement of Account at the end of the accounting period. Statements of Account and royalty fees received after the filing deadlines of August 29 or March 1, respectively, will be accepted for whatever legal effect they may have, if any.
(d)
(e)
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) The description, the number of subscribers, and the charge or charges made shall reflect the facts existing on the last day of the period covered by the Statement or, in the case of a cable system ceasing operations during the accounting period, the facts existing on the last day of operations; and
(B) Each entity (for example, the owner of a private home, the resident of an apartment, the owner of a motel, or the owner of an apartment house) which is charged by the cable system for the basic service of providing secondary transmissions shall be considered one subscriber. For short-stay multiple dwelling units (
(C) A cable operator shall on its Statement of Account separately report, line by line, for both single and multiple dwelling unit buildings, the number of subscribers served, gross receipts for the sale of each tier containing broadcast programming, any revenue derived from non-broadcast tier(s) of services if such purchase is required to obtain tiers of services with broadcast signals, and fees for any other type of equipment or device necessary to receive broadcast signals that is supplied by the cable operator. Information regarding multiple dwelling units shall not be left blank.
(4) * * *
(iv) A designation as to whether that primary transmitter is a “network station,” an “independent station,” or a “noncommercial educational station.”
(k)
(l) * * *
(1) To amend or request a refund relating to a Statement of Account for an accounting period that includes dates prior to five years from submission of the form, please contact the Licensing Division for instructions.
(4) * * *
(iv) All requests for correction or refunds must be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount prescribed in § 201.3(e) for each Statement of Account involved, paid by EFT. No request will be processed until the appropriate filing fees are received, and no supplemental royalty fee will be deposited until an acceptable remittance in the full amount of the supplemental royalty fee has been received.
(vii) A refund payment in the amount of fifty dollars ($50.00) or less will not be refunded unless specifically requested before the statement of account is closed, at which point any excess payment will be treated as part of the royalty fee. A request for a refund payment in an amount of over fifty dollars ($50.00) is not necessary where the Licensing Division, during its examination of a Statement of Account or related document, discovers an error that has resulted in a royalty overpayment. In this case, the Licensing Division will affirmatively send the royalty refund to the cable system owner named in the Statement of Account.
(5) Interest on late payments or underpayments. Royalty fee payments submitted as a result of late or amended filings shall include interest. Interest shall begin to accrue beginning on the first day after the close of the period for filing statements of account for all underpayments or late payments of royalties for the cable statutory license occurring within that accounting period. The accrual period shall end on the date the payment submitted by a remitter is received by the Copyright Office. The interest rate applicable to a specific accounting period beginning with the 1992/2 period shall be the Current Value of Funds Rate, as established by section 8025.40 of the Treasury Financial Manual and published in the
(6) A statement of account shall be considered closed in cases where a licensee fails to reply within ninety days to the request for further information from the Copyright Office or, in the case of subsequent correspondence that may be necessary, ninety days from the date of the last correspondence from the Office.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(h) * * *
(1) All royalty fees, including supplemental royalty fee payments, must be paid by a single electronic funds transfer (EFT), and must be received in the designated bank by the filing deadline for the relevant accounting period. Remitters must provide specific information as part of the EFT and as part of the remittance
(j) * * *
(3) * * *
(v) All requests for correction or refunds must be accompanied by a filing fee in the amount prescribed in § 201.3(e) for each Statement of Account involved, paid by EFT. No request will be processed until the appropriate filing fees are received, and no supplemental royalty fee will be deposited until an acceptable remittance in the full amount of the supplemental royalty fee has been received.
(viii) A refund payment in the amount of fifty dollars ($50.00) or less will not be refunded unless specifically requested before the statement of account is closed, at which point any excess payment will be treated as part of the royalty fee. A request for a refund payment in an amount of over fifty dollars ($50.00) is not necessary where the Licensing Division, during its examination of a Statement of Account or related document, discovers an error that has resulted in a royalty overpayment. In this case, the Licensing Division will affirmatively send the royalty refund to the manufacturing or importing party named in the Statement of Account.
(4) Interest on late payments or underpayments. Royalty fee payments submitted as a result of late or amended filings shall include interest. Interest shall begin to accrue beginning on the first day after the close of the period for filing statements of account for all underpayments or late payments of royalties for the digital audio recording obligation occurring within that accounting period. The accrual period shall end on the date the payment submitted by a remitter is received by the Copyright Office. The interest rate applicable to a specific accounting period beginning with the 1992/2 period shall be the Current Value of Funds Rate, as established by section 8025.40 of the Treasury Financial Manual and published in the
(5) A statement of account shall be considered closed in cases where a licensee fails to reply within ninety days to the request for further information from the Copyright Office or, in the case of subsequent correspondence that may be necessary, ninety days from the date of the last correspondence from the Office.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Proposed rule; notice of intent.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region 1 is issuing a Notice of Intent to Delete the Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site (Site) located in Mansfield and Foxborough, Massachusetts, from the National Priorities List (NPL) and requests public comments on this proposed action. The NPL, promulgated pursuant to section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, as amended, is an appendix of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). The EPA and the State of Massachusetts, through the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (MassDEP), have determined that all appropriate response actions under CERCLA, other than operation, maintenance, monitoring, and five-year reviews, have been completed. However, this deletion does not preclude future actions under Superfund.
Comments must be received by January 2, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-SFUND-2002-0001, by mail or email to: Kimberly White, Remedial Project Manager for Hatheway & Patterson Superfund Site, Office of Site Remediation and Restoration, Mail Code: OSRR07-1, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 1, 5 Post Office Square, Suite 100, Boston, MA 02109-3912, email:
Kimberly White, Remedial Project Manager, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 1, MC: OSRR07-1 5 Post Office Sq., Boston, MA 02119, phone: (617) 918-1752, email:
In the “Rules and Regulations” Section of today's
For additional information, see the direct final Notice of Deletion which is located in the
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Chemicals, Hazardous substances, Hazardous waste, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water pollution control, Water supply.
33 U.S.C. 1321(d); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 13626, 77 FR 56749, 3 CFR, 2013 Comp., p. 306; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757,
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are required regarding (1) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by January 2, 2018 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the Texas Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 11:30 a.m. (Central Time) Thursday, December 7, 2017. The purpose of the meeting is for the Committee to begin planning for briefing on voting rights.
The meeting will be held on Thursday, December 7, 2017, at 11:30 a.m. CT.
Ana Victoria Fortes (DFO) at
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: 800-263-8506, conference ID number: 3696022. Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments; the comments must be received in the Regional Programs Unit within 30 days following the meeting. Written comments may be mailed to the Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 North Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. They may be faxed to the Commission at (213) 894-0508, or emailed Ana Victoria Fortes at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of proposed performance measures and request for comments.
This notice outlines and solicits public comments on the performance measures that the Economic Development Administration (EDA) has selected to implement the Risk Analysis System to monitor the Revolving Loan Fund (RLF) Program. The Risk Analysis System, which is being implemented by concurrent changes to EDA regulations, is designed to lessen reporting and compliance burdens on RLF Recipients while providing for more efficient and effective oversight of the RLF Program. The Risk Analysis System measures are adapted from the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System and evaluate RLF Recipients based on factors used by that system and data provided by RLF Recipients via the standard RLF Financial Report, Form ED-209. This notice seeks public comment on the measures EDA will use to assess performance under the Risk Analysis System.
Written comments are due on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments on the notice may be submitted through any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Mitchell Harrison, Program Analyst, Performance and National Programs Division, Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Mail Stop 71030, Washington, DC 20230 or via email at
Investments to capitalize or recapitalize RLFs are governed by,
Currently, EDA applies a limited compliance-based approach to determine whether RLF Recipients adhere to regulatory requirements and fulfill the terms of RLF awards. RLF Recipients found to be non-compliant are subject to possible corrective action plans (CAPs), sequestration, and termination.
As part of its most recent amendment to the regulations implementing PWEDA, which are effectuated through a Final Rule published contemporaneously with this notice,
EDA's newly revised regulations include key changes to support this shift to the Risk Analysis System and to ease the transition for RLF Recipients. These changes include the following:
• Replacing the formerly employed Capital Utilization Standard with the new Allowable Cash Percentage (ACP). In the current version of the RLF regulation at 13 CFR 307.16(c), the Capital Utilization Standard was applicable during the revolving phase of an RLF and required RLF Recipients to “provide that at all times at least 75 percent of the RLF Capital is loaned or
• Changing the Reporting Period to align with each RLF Recipient's fiscal year end in order to ensure consistency between RLF financial reports (Form ED-209) submitted to EDA and RLF Recipient annual audit reports. Additionally, EDA revised the regulations to state that the reporting frequency for an RLF Recipient will be determined by EDA. This enables EDA to base reporting frequency on the risk assessment of the RLF Recipient. Those RLF Recipients with a high rating through the Risk Analysis System will be placed on an annual reporting cycle, while RLF Recipients receiving lower ratings will be required to maintain semi-annual reporting.
• Adopting a more tailored approach to remedying non-compliance. The Risk Analysis System will enable EDA to provide targeted assistance to RLF Recipients with identified weaknesses. By reviewing the Recipient's score under the Risk Analysis System, EDA will be able to select from a list of options for intervening with the Recipient to achieve compliance, rather than applying the previous one-size-fits-all approach through sequestration or termination.
The Risk Analysis System rates each RLF according to the performance metrics of the modified CAMELS approach using the data reported by the RLF Recipient through the standard RLF financial report (Form ED-209), audits, and other submissions. Specifically, it uses fifteen defined measures to evaluate a Recipient's administration of each RLF's capital, assets, management, earnings, liquidity, and strategic results. This approach provides EDA with an internal tool for assessing the strengths and weaknesses of each RLF and for identifying RLFs that require additional monitoring, technical assistance, or other corrective action. It also provides RLF Recipients with a set of portfolio management and operational standards to evaluate their RLFs and improve performance. EDA believes this new Risk Analysis System will provide greater flexibility by assessing each RLF's strengths and weaknesses under their own specific and unique circumstances, and that information will be used by EDA to prioritize and focus EDA resources to those RLFs with substantial challenges.
The Risk Analysis System rating will be conducted by EDA annually at the RLF Recipient's fiscal year end and will be based on audits, RLF financial reports (Form ED-209, or a successor electronic system), and other submissions. EDA is revising Form ED-209 to streamline reporting by seeking only information essential to oversight and to make the report more effective by better integrating the Form with other information required from RLF Recipients. This revision of the ED-209 is occurring at the same time that EDA is soliciting public comment on the Risk Analysis System performance measures through this notice, and EDA will publish a notice seeking comments on the revised Form.
Because the Risk Analysis System relies heavily on audit results, all RLF Recipients will be required to submit independent audits. A single audit conducted according to 2 CFR part 200, subpart F, the “Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards,” and the compliance supplement thereto, will satisfy this requirement. Those Recipients that are not required to arrange for a single audit because they expend less than $750,000 in Federal awards annually will be required to submit to EDA an independent audit of the RLF grant in the first year of the Risk Analysis System and as directed by EDA thereafter. RLF Income may be used to pay for such an independent audit of the RLF grant. If an RLF Recipient has insufficient RLF Income to pay for such an audit, the Recipient should seek EDA approval to use RLF Capital Base funds to cover audit costs.
The Risk Analysis System adapts the CAMELS performance metrics to assess RLFs through fifteen performance measures explained in the table below. Each of the measures will be scored on a numerical scale ranging from 3 to 1, where a “3” indicates exceeding the measure, a “2” indicates an acceptable effort, and a “1” indicates a below par performance for the indicated measure. The aggregate score will determine the RLF's risk rating as “A”, “B”, or “C”, with each of the fifteen individual measures weighted equally. EDA will establish criteria for rating RLFs as “A”, “B”, or “C” using data from the first set of reports and audits submitted after implementation of the Risk Analysis System. EDA aims to establish fixed rating criteria such that RLFs are rated against established criteria rather than in relation to the performance of other RLFs; however, EDA may change the rating criteria from time to time.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
The following chart demonstrates the range of scores available for each metric.
Following receipt of an RLF Recipient's fiscal-year end RLF financial report, the EDA RLF Administrator will notify the RLF Recipient of the performance rating,
1.
2.
3.
For each RLF rated at Level C, the RLF Recipient will be required to produce a CAP to address the areas of weakness, which will include, at a minimum, an annual corrective action update report to EDA. The RLF Recipient will have 60 days, running from the day that the RLF Recipient receives notification from EDA of its risk-analysis score, to propose its CAP. The RLF Recipient will have a specified timeframe to implement the CAP, not to exceed three years, which will run from the day that the RLF Recipient receives notification from EDA that EDA concurs with the RLF Recipient's proposed CAP. (
If any Recipient is unable or unwilling to develop and submit a CAP or an annual update report, the RLF Administrator will inform the non-compliant Recipient that EDA may seek to terminate or transfer the RLF award. In addition, if a CAP for a Level C Recipient does not yield the intended results, the RLF Administrator may propose termination or transfer of the RLF award in consultation with the Grants Officer.
EDA has created this transparent and flexible approach to better evaluate and monitor the performance of RLFs. In an effort to ensure that the Risk Analysis System is as effective as possible, EDA seeks feedback from the public on the Risk Analysis System as described in this notice, on the initial measures used to implement the System, and how those measures are assessed by EDA. EDA encourages RLF Recipients and all interested members of the public to send EDA questions, suggestions, and comments on the Risk Analysis System and the measures through any of the methods discussed in the
The Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965, as amended (PWEDA) (42 U.S.C. 3121
First Responder Network Authority (“FirstNet”), U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of open public meetings.
The Board of the First Responder Network Authority (“FirstNet Board”) will convene a meeting of the FirstNet Board and the Committees of the Board of the First Responder Network Authority “Board Committees” that will be open to the public via teleconference and WebEx on December 7, 2017.
A combined meeting of the Board Committees and the FirstNet Board will be held on December 7, 2017, between 9:00 a.m. and 11:30 a.m., Eastern Standard Time (EST). The meeting of the FirstNet Board and the Governance and Personnel, Technology, Consultation and Outreach, and Finance Committees will be open to the public via teleconference and WebEx only from 9:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. EST.
The combined meeting of the FirstNet Board and Board Committees will be conducted via teleconference and WebEx only. Members of the public may listen to the meeting by dialing toll free 1-888-566-5786 and using passcode 5957846. To view the slide presentation, the public may visit the URL:
Karen Miller-Kuwana, Board Secretary, FirstNet, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, M/S 243, Reston, VA 20192; telephone: (571) 665-6177; email:
This notice informs the public that the FirstNet Board and Board Committees will convene a combined meeting open to the public via teleconference and WebEx only on December 7, 2017.
If you experience technical difficulty, please contact the Conferencing Center customer service at 1-866-900-1011. Public access will be limited to listen-only. Due to the limited number of ports, attendance via teleconference will be on a first-come, first-served basis.
The FirstNet Board and Combined Committee Meeting is accessible to people with disabilities. Individuals requiring accommodations are asked to notify Ms. Miller-Kuwana by telephone (571) 665-6177 or email at
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On August 3, 2017, the Department of Commerce (the Department) published the preliminary results of the administrative review of the antidumping duty (AD) order on polyethylene terephthalate film, sheet, and strip (PET Film) from Taiwan. The period of review (POR) is July 1, 2015, through June 30, 2016. We received no comments or requests for a hearing. Therefore, we have made no changes for the final results and continue to find that sales of subject merchandise by Nan Ya Plastics Corporation (Nan Ya) were
Applicable December 1, 2017.
Jacqueline Arrowsmith, AD/CVD Operations, Office VII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5255.
On August 3, 2017, the Department published the preliminary results for this administrative review.
The products covered by the antidumping duty order are all gauges of raw, pretreated, or primed PET film, whether extruded or coextruded. Excluded are metalized films and other finished films that have had at least one of their surfaces modified by the application of a performance-enhancing resinous or inorganic layer of more than 0.00001 inches thick. Imports of polyethylene terephthalate film, sheet, and strip are currently classifiable in the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) under item number 3920.62.00.90. HTSUS subheadings are provided for convenience and customs purposes. The written description of the scope of the antidumping duty order is dispositive.
As noted above, the Department received no comments concerning the
The Department will determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries in this review, in accordance with section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b)(1). The Department intends to issue assessment instructions directly to CBP 15 days after publication of these final results of review. For Nan Ya, we will base the assessment rate for the corresponding entries on the margin listed above.
For entries of subject merchandise produced by Nan Ya for which it did not know its merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate unreviewed entries at the all-others rate established in the less-than fair-value (LTFV) investigation, 2.40 percent,
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for Nan Ya will be 1.34%, the rate established in the final results of this review; (2) for previously reviewed or investigated companies not covered in this review, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recent period; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this or any previous review or in the original less-than-fair-value (LTFV) investigation but the manufacturer is, the cash-deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recent period for the manufacturer of the merchandise; and (4) if neither the exporter nor the manufacturer is a firm covered in this or any previous review or the investigation, the cash-deposit rate will continue to be the all-others rate of 2.40 percent, which is the all-others rate established by the Department in the LTFV investigation.
This notice also serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation, which is subject to sanction.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(h).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (the Department) is rescinding the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on glycine from the People's Republic of China (PRC) for the period March 1, 2016, through February 28, 2017, based on the timely withdrawal of the request for review.
Effective December 1, 2017.
Edythe Artman or Brian Davis, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-3931 or (202) 482-7924, respectively.
On March 6, 2017, the Department published in the
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1), the Secretary will rescind an administrative review, in whole or in part, if a party who requested the review withdraws the request within 90 days of the date of publication of notice of initiation of the requested review. As noted above, GEO withdrew its request for review by the 90-day deadline. Accordingly, we are rescinding the administrative review of the antidumping duty order on glycine from the PRC covering the period March 1, 2016, through February 28, 2017.
The Department will instruct U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) to assess antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. Antidumping duties shall be assessed at rates equal to the cash deposit of estimated antidumping duties required at the time of entry, or withdrawal from warehouse, for consumption, in accordance with 19 CFR 351.212(c)(1)(i). The Department intends to issue appropriate assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after publication of this notice in the
This notice serves as a reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of doubled antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as a reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the return or destruction of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305. Timely written notification of the return/destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and terms of an APO is a violation which is subject to sanction.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with section 751 of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(d)(4).
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce
The Department of Commerce (the Department) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on polyethylene terephthalate film, sheet, and strip (PET Film) from the United Arab Emirates (UAE). The period of review (POR) is November 1, 2015, through October 31, 2016. The review covers two producer/exporters of the subject merchandise, JBF RAK LLC (JBF) and UFlex Limited (UFlex). The Department preliminarily determines that sales of subject merchandise have been made below normal value by JBF. In addition, the Department preliminarily finds that UFlex had no shipments during the POR. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.
Applicable December 1, 2017.
Andrew Huston, AD/CVD Operations, Office VII, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-4261.
The merchandise subject to the order is polyethylene terephthalate film. The product is currently classified under the following Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTSUS) subheading: 3920.62.00.90. Although the HTSUS number is provided for convenience and for customs purposes, the written product description, available in the Preliminary Decision Memorandum, remains dispositive.
The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section
For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions,
On February 1, 2017, UFlex reported that it made no shipments of subject merchandise to the United States during the POR.
Given that UFlex certified that it made no shipments of subject merchandise to the United States during the POR and there is no information calling its claim into question, we preliminarily determine that UFlex made no shipments during the POR. Consistent with the Department's practice, we will not rescind the review with respect to UFlex but, rather, will complete the review and issue instructions to CBP based on the final results.
As a result of our review, we preliminarily determine the following weighted-average dumping margin for the period November 1, 2015, through October 31, 2016:
The Department intends to disclose the calculations used in our analysis to parties in this review within five days of the date of publication of this notice in accordance with 19 CFR 351.224(b). Interested parties are invited to comment on the preliminary results of this review. Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.309(c)(1)(ii), interested parties may submit case briefs not later than 30 days after the date of publication of this notice. Rebuttal briefs, limited to issues raised in the case briefs, may not be filed later than five days after the time limit for filing case briefs.
Pursuant to 19 CFR 351.310(c), any interested party may request a hearing within 30 days of the publication of this notice in the
We intend to issue the final results of this administrative review, including the results of our analysis of issues raised by the parties in the written comments, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results in the
Upon issuing the final results of the review, the Department shall determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries. The Department intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after the date of publication of the final results of review.
For any individually examined respondents whose weighted-average dumping margin is above
The final results of this review shall be the basis for the assessment of antidumping duties on entries of merchandise covered by the final results of this review and for future deposits of estimated duties, where applicable.
In accordance with the Department's “automatic assessment” practice, for entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by JBF for which it did not know that its merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate unreviewed entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
The following deposit requirements will be effective for all shipments of PET Film from the UAE entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the date of publication of the final results of this administrative review, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rate for the companies under review will be the rate established in the final results of this review (except, if the rate is zero or
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this review period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Department's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
These preliminary results of administrative review are issued and published in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Department) is conducting an administrative review of the antidumping duty order on lightweight thermal paper (LWTP) from the People's Republic of China (PRC). The period of review (POR) is November 1, 2015, through October 31, 2016. The review covers three exporters of subject merchandise: Shenzhen Formers Printing Co., Ltd. (Formers), Sailing International Limited (Sailing), and Suzhou Xiandai Paper Production Co (Xiandai). The Department preliminarily finds that Formers, Sailing, and Xiandai have not demonstrated eligibility for a separate rate in this segment of the proceeding, and therefore, for the preliminary results, we are treating Formers, Sailing, and Xiandai as part of the PRC-wide entity. Interested parties are invited to comment on these preliminary results.
Applicable December 1, 2017.
Alex Rosen, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-7814.
On January 13, 2017, the Department initiated the eighth administrative review of the antidumping duty order on LWTP from the PRC on three exporters: Formers, Sailing, and Xiandai.
The merchandise covered by this order includes certain lightweight thermal paper, which is thermal paper with a basis weight of 70 grams per square meter (g/m2) (with a tolerance of ± 4.0 g/m2) or less; irrespective of dimensions;
The Department is conducting this review in accordance with section 751(a)(1)(B) of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (the Act), and 19 CFR 351.213. For a full description of the methodology underlying our conclusions,
Because Sailing and Xiandai did not respond to the Department's antidumping duty questionnaire, the Department preliminarily determines that Sailing and Xiandai did not establish their eligibility for separate rate status.
In its submissions to the Department, Formers submitted information indicating that it made sales to U.S. customers during the POR which includes subject merchandise, but Formers did not provide evidence of a suspended entry of subject merchandise into the United States during the POR. Further, our inquiry of the CBP data reported no suspended AD/CVD entries of subject merchandise associated with Formers during the POR. Accordingly, Formers did not establish its eligibility for separate rate status.
Therefore, the Department preliminarily determines that these three companies are part of the PRC-wide entity. Because no party requested a review of the PRC-wide entity, the entity is not under review, and the PRC-wide entity's rate of 115.29 percent from the investigation is not subject to change.
Interested parties may submit case briefs within 30 days after the date of publication of these preliminary results of review in the
Any interested party may request a hearing within 30 days of publication of this notice.
The Department intends to issue the final results of this administrative review, which will include the results of our analysis of all issues raised in the case briefs, within 120 days of publication of these preliminary results in the
Upon issuance of the final results, the Department will determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries covered by this review. Because all three respondents are found to be ineligible for a separate rate, the Department will instruct CBP to liquidate all appropriate entries at 115.29 percent,
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective upon publication of the final results of this administrative review for all shipments of the subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) For previously investigated or reviewed PRC and non-PRC exporters who are not under review in this segment of the proceeding but who have a separate rate from the completed segment for the most recent period, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the exporter-specific rate published for that most recent period; (2) for all PRC exporters of subject merchandise that have not been found to be entitled to a separate rate, the cash deposit rate will be rate for the PRC-wide entity, 115.29 percent; and (3) for all non-PRC exporters of subject merchandise which have not received their own separate rate, the cash deposit rate will be the rate applicable to the PRC exporter that supplied that non-PRC exporter. These deposit requirements, when imposed, shall remain in effect until further notice.
This notice also serves as a preliminary reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement off antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this period. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in the Secretary's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This administrative review and notice are in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS has received a request from the National Park Service (NPS) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to glaucous-winged gull and climate monitoring research activities in Glacier Bay National Park (GLBA NP), Alaska. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorizations and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
Comments and information must be received no later than January 2, 2018.
Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments should be sent to
Jonathan Molineaux, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
This action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. Accordingly, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review. We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the IHA request.
On August 31 2017, NMFS received a request from the NPS for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to glaucous-winged gull and climate monitoring research activities in GLBA NP, Alaska. The application was considered adequate and complete on February 10 2017. NPS's request is for take of harbor seals by Level B harassment. Neither NPS nor NMFS expect mortality to result from the proposed research and, therefore, an IHA is appropriate.
NMFS previously issued four IHAs to the NPS for similar work (82 FR 24681, May 20 2017; 81 FR 34994, June 1 2016; 80 FR 28229, March 24 2015; 79 FR 56065, September 18 2014). NPS complied with all the requirements (
NPS is proposing to conduct two research projects within GLBA NP, southeast Alaska: (1) Glaucous-winged gull monitoring and (2) the installation and maintenance of a weather station operation for long-term climate monitoring. NPS would conduct ground and vessel surveys at four study sites within GLBA NP for gull monitoring: Boulder Island, Lone Island, Geikie Rock, and Flapjack Island. These sites will be accessed up to five times per year. In addition, NPS is requesting permission to access Lone Island an additional four times per year for weather station installation, maintenance, and operation bringing the total number of site visits to Lone Island to nine. This includes adding one additional trip for any emergency repairs that may be needed. Researchers accessing the islands for gull monitoring and weather station operation may occasionally cause behavioral disturbance (or Level B harassment) of harbor seals. NPS expects that the disturbance to harbor seals from both projects will be minimal and will be limited to Level B harassment.
The purpose for the above-mentioned research activities are as follows. The gull monitoring studies are mandated by a Record of Decision of a Legislative Environmental Impact Statement (LEIS) (NPS 2010) which states that NPS must initiate a monitoring program for glaucous-winged gulls (
The IHA would be valid from March 1 2018 to February 28 2019. Ground and vessel surveys for nesting gulls will be conducted from May 1 through September 30, 2018 on bird nesting islands in GLBA NP (see Figure 1 of application) and other suspected gull colonies. There will be 1-3 ground visits and 1-2 vessel surveys at each site for a maximum of five visits per site. Duration of surveys will be 30 minutes to two hours each.
Installation and maintenance of the Lone Island weather station will begin March 1 2018. Maintenance and emergency repair-related site visits to this location will occur between March 2018 to April 2018, and October 2018 to February 2019 to avoid the gull-nesting period. Unscheduled maintenance that is needed outside of the regularly scheduled October 1 through April 30 time period will require Superintendent authorization to ensure protection of park resources and values. Initial station installation and possible unanticipated station failures requiring emergency repair will require up to eight hours. Two planned maintenance visits will require approximately two hours per visit.
The proposed study sites would occur in the vicinity of the following locations: Boulder, Lone, and Flapjack Islands, and Geikie Rock in GLBA NP, Alaska (see Figure 1 of application). Each of these study sites are located on the eastern side of the park situated near Geikie Inlet and all provide harbor seal habitat throughout the year, however the highest presence of seals occurs during the breeding and molting season (May to October) (Lewis
Glaucous-winged gulls are common inshore residents along the northwestern coast of North America (Hayward and Verbeek, 2008). These gulls nest colonially in small and large aggregations, often on islands. Glaucous-winged gulls are abundant in Southeast AK throughout the year and nest colonially on islands in Glacier Bay from mid-May to August (Patten, 1974). Traditionally the Hoonah Tlingit, whose ancestral homeland encompasses GLBA NP, harvested gull eggs annually during the spring and early summer months (Hunn, 2002). This historic egg harvest in Glacier Bay was an important activity both for cultural and nutritional purposes. Legislation is currently underway (Hoonah Tlingit Traditional Gull Egg Use Act: S. 156 and H. R. 3110) to allow native subsistence harvest of glaucous-winged gulls at up to 15 locations in GLBA NP. A LEIS for gull egg harvest was developed and finalized in 2010 (NPS 2010). The LEIS Record of Decision mandates that the NPS develop a monitoring program to inform a yearly traditional harvest plan and ensure that
Gull monitoring will be conducted using a combination of ground and vessel surveys by landing at specific access points on the islands. NPS proposes to conduct: (1) Ground-based surveys at a maximum frequency of three visits per site; and (2) vessel-based surveys at a maximum frequency of two visits per site from the period of May 1 through September 30, 2018.
The observers would access each island using a kayak, a 32.8 to 39.4-foot (ft) (10 to 12 meter (m)) motorboat, or a 12 ft (4 m) inflatable rowing dinghy. The landing craft's transit speed would not exceed 4 knots (kn) (4.6 miles per hour (mph)). Ground surveys generally last 30 minutes (min) to two hours (hrs) each depending on the size of the island and the number of nesting gulls. During ground surveys, Level B take of harbor seals can occur from either acoustic disturbance from motorboat sounds or visual disturbance from the presence of observers. Past monitoring reports from 2015-2016 show that most takes (flushes or movements greater than one meter) from ground surveys occurred as vessels approached a study site to perform a survey. Takes usually occurred while the vessel was 50-100 meters from the island (NPS 2015b; NPS 2016).
Weather and climate were chosen as priorities for long-term monitoring of the Glacier Bay ecosystem during development of the Southeast Alaska Network Vital Signs Monitoring Plan (Moynahan
Lone Island will be accessed by a 10-20 meter motor vessel to install and maintain the weather station. Materials will be carried by hand to the installation location. The exact location of the weather station on Lone Island has not been determined yet. However, the climate monitoring crew will work with NPS bird and pinniped biologists to place the weather station in an area that will not impact nesting seabirds and harbor seals. Also, it is possible that the weather station can be accessed in a fashion that will not disturb hauled out harbor seals, but NPS is requesting authorization to ensure its ability to install and perform yearly maintenance of the weather station.
Station configuration is typical of Remote Automated Weather Stations (RAWS) operated by land management agencies for weather and climate monitoring, fire weather observation, and other uses. A number of design elements will be modified as mitigation to reduce station visibility along a popular cruise ship route. An 8-ft monopole and associated guy lines will be installed onto which instrumentation and an environmental enclosure will be secured. A fuel cell and sealed 12V battery housed in a watertight enclosure will provide power to the station. Standard meteorological sensors for measuring precipitation, wind, temperature, solar radiation, and snow depth will be used. Data will be housed in internal memory and communicated via satellite telemetry to the Wildland Fire Management Institute where it is relayed to a variety of repositories such as the Western Regional Climate Center in near real-time.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are described in detail later in this document (please see “Proposed Mitigation” and “Proposed Monitoring and Reporting”).
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 1 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence within the survey areas and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and Endangered Species Act (ESA) and potential biological removal (PBR), where known. For taxonomy, we follow the Committee on Taxonomy
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprises that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's U.S. Alaska SARs (Muto
All marine mammal species that could potentially occur in the proposed survey areas are included in Table 1. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of Steller's sea lion is such that take is not expected to occur and researchers would not approach Steller sea lions; therefore, they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here.
A total of five Steller sea lions have been observed during the 2015, 2016, and 2017 GLBA NP gull survey seasons (climate monitoring did not take place during these years) (NPS 2015b; NPS 2016; NPS 2017). However, all Steller sea lions that were spotted were observed outside the study area. Although Steller sea lions may be present in the action area, NPS has proposed to stay at least 100 m away from all Steller sea lions (see Proposed Mitigation). Also, due to their tolerance to vessels and lack of response to humans from a distance, Level B harassment of Steller sea lions at a distance of 100 meters is not likely to occur. Therefore, Steller sea lions are not discussed further in this proposed authorization other than with respect to mitigation.
In addition, sea otters may be found in GLBA NP. However, sea otters are managed by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and are not considered further in this document.
Harbor seals are the most abundant marine mammal species found within the action area and are present year-round. Harbor seals range from Baja California north along the west coasts of Washington, Oregon, California, British Columbia, and Southeast Alaska; west through the Gulf of Alaska, Prince William Sound, and the Aleutian Islands; and north in the Bering Sea to Cape Newenham and the Pribilof Islands. The current statewide abundance estimate for Alaskan harbor seals is 205,090 (Muto
Harbor seals haul out on rocks, reefs, beaches, and drifting glacial ice (Allen and Angliss, 2014). They are non-migratory; their local movements are associated with tides, weather, season, food availability, and reproduction, as well as sex and age class (Allen and Angliss, 2014; Boveng
Harbor seals of Glacier Bay range from Cape Fairweather southeast to Column Point, extending inland to Glacier Bay, Icy Strait, and from Hanus Reef south to Tenakee Inlet (Muto
Long-term monitoring of harbor seals on glacial ice has occurred in Glacier Bay since the 1970s (Mathews and Pendleton, 2006) and has shown this area to support one of the largest breeding aggregations in Alaska (Steveler, 1979; Calambokidis
Results from satellite telemetry studies suggest that harbor seals traveled extensively beyond the boundaries of Glacier Bay during the post-breeding season (September-April); however, harbor seals demonstrated a high degree of inter-annual site fidelity (93 percent) to Glacier Bay the following breeding season (Womble and Gende 2013b). Glacier Bay is also home to the only enforceable regulations in United States waters aimed at protecting harbor seals from vessel and human-related disturbance (Jansen
Harbor seals from the Glacier Bay/Icy Strait stock can be found hauled out at four of the gull monitoring study sites (Table 2). Seal counts from gull monitoring surveys likely represent a minimum estimate due to difficulty observing marine mammals from a vessel. Counts from gull monitoring surveys are conducted during high tide so fewer seals may be present.
As alluded to, there can be greater numbers of seals on the survey islands than what is detected by the NPS during the gull surveys. Aerial survey maximum counts show that harbor seals sometimes haul out in large numbers at all four locations (see Table 2 of the application). However, harbor seals hauled-out at Flapjack Island are generally on the southern end whereas the gull colony is on the northern end. Similarly, harbor seals on Boulder Island tend to haul out on the southern end while the gull colony is located and can be accessed on the northern end without disturbance. Aerial survey counts for harbor seals are conducted during low tide while ground and vessel surveys are conducted during high tide, which along with greater visibility during aerial surveys, may also contribute to why there are greater numbers of seals observed during the aerial surveys because there is more land available to use as a haul-out during low tide.
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The “Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination” section considers the content of this section, the “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section, and the “Proposed Mitigation” section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or stocks.
As previously stated, acoustic and visual stimuli generated by motorboat operations and the presence of researchers have the potential to cause Level B harassment of harbor seals hauled out on Boulder, Lone, and Flapjack Islands, and Geikie Rock within GLBA NP. The following discussion provides further detail on the potential visual and acoustic disturbances harbor seals may encounter during the NPS' gull and climate monitoring activities.
Harbor seals may potentially experience behavioral disruption rising to the level of harassment from monitoring and research activities, which may include brief periods of airborne noise from research vessels and visual disturbance due to the presence and activity of the researchers both on vessels and on land during ground surveys. Disturbed seals are likely to experience any or all of these stimuli, and take may occur due to any in both isolation or combined with one another. Due to the likely constant combination of visual and acoustic stimuli resulting from the presence of vessels and researchers, we do not consider impacts from acoustic and visual stimuli separately.
Disturbances resulting from human activity can impact short- and long-term pinniped haul-out behavior (Renouf
Visual stimuli resulting from the presence of researchers have the potential to result in take of harbor seals on the research islands where seals haul out. As noted, harbor seals can exhibit a behavioral response (
Upon the occurrence of low-severity disturbance (
Numerous studies have shown that human activity can flush pinnipeds off haul-out sites and beaches (Kenyon, 1972; Allen
In 2004, Johnson and Acevedo-Gutierrez (2007) evaluated the efficacy of buffer zones for watercraft around harbor seal haul-out sites on Yellow Island, Washington state. The authors estimated the minimum distance between the vessels and the haul-out sites; categorized the vessel types; and evaluated seal responses to the disturbances. During the course of the seven-weekend study, the authors recorded 14 human-related disturbances, which were associated with stopped powerboats and kayaks. During these events, hauled out seals became noticeably active and moved into the water. The flushing occurred when stopped kayaks and powerboats were at distances as far as 453 and 1,217 ft (138 and 371 m) respectively. The authors note that the seals were unaffected by passing powerboats, even those approaching as close as 128 ft (39 m), possibly indicating that the animals had become tolerant of the brief presence of the vessels and ignored
The probability of vessel and marine mammal interactions (
During the harbor seal breeding (May-June) and molting (August) periods, ~66 percent of seals in Glacier Bay inhabit the primary glacial ice site and ~22 percent of seals are found in and adjacent to a group of islands in the southeast portion of Glacier Bay. At the proposed study sites in 2016, only one pup was observed and in 2017 and 2015, no pups were observed during project activities. Pups have been observed during NPS aerial surveys during the pupping seasons (conducted during low tide), but in few numbers (see Table 4). NMFS does not anticipate that the proposed activities would result in separation of mothers and pups as pups are rarely seen at the study sites.
Based on studies described here and previous monitoring reports from GLBA NP (Discussed further in this proposed IHA's Estimated Take Section), we anticipate that any pinnipeds found in the vicinity of the proposed project could have short-term behavioral reactions (
NMFS does not anticipate that the proposed activities would result in the injury, serious injury, or mortality of pinnipeds. NMFS does not anticipate that vessel strikes would result from the movement of the motorboat. The proposed activities will not result in any permanent impact on habitats used by marine mammals, including prey species and foraging habitat. The potential effects to marine mammals described in this section of the document do not take into consideration the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures described later in this document (see the “Proposed Mitigation” and “Proposed Monitoring and Reporting” sections).
NMFS does not anticipate that the proposed operations would result in any temporary or permanent effects on the habitats used by the marine mammals in the proposed area, including the food sources they use (
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of whether the number of takes is “small” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine
Authorized takes would be by Level B harassment only, in the form of disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals resulting from exposure to motorboats and the presence of NPS personnel. Based on the nature of the activity, Level A harassment is neither anticipated nor proposed to be authorized. As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Harbor seals may be disturbed when vessels approach or researchers go ashore for the purpose of monitoring gull colonies and for the installation and maintenance of the Lone Island weather tower. Nevertheless, harbor seals tend to haul out in small numbers at study sites. Using monitoring report data from 2015 to 2017 (see raw data from Tables 1 of the 2017, 2016 and 2015 Monitoring Reports), the average number of harbor seals per survey visit was calculated to estimate the approximate number of seals observers would find on any given survey day. As a result, the following averages were determined for each island: Boulder Island—average 3.45 seals, Flapjack Island—average 10.10 seals, Geikie Rock—average 9.58 seals, and Lone Island average of 18.63 seals (See Table 5). Estimated take for gull and climate monitoring was calculated by multiplying the average number of seals observed during past gull monitoring surveys (2015-2017) by the number of total site visits. This includes five visits to Boulder Island, Flapjack Island, and Geike Rock and nine visits to Lone Island (to include four site visits for climate monitoring activities). Therefore, the total incidents of harassment equals 283 (See Table 5).
During climate monitoring, which is expected to take place between March 2018 to April 2018, and October 2018 to Febuary 2019, seal numbers are expected to dramatically decline within the action area. Although harbor seal survey data within GLBA NP is lacking during the months of October through February, results from satellite telemetry studies suggest that harbor seals travel extensively beyond the boundaries of GLBA NP during the post-breeding season (September-April) (Womble and Gende, 2013b). Therefore, using observation data from past gull monitoring activities (that occurred from May to September) is applicable when estimating take for climate monitoring activities, as it will provide the most conservative estimates.
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, “and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking” for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned) and;
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on operations.
NPS has based the mitigation measures which they propose to implement during the proposed research, on the following: (1) Protocols used during previous gull research activities as required by our previous authorizations for these activities; and (2) recommended best practices in Womble
To reduce the potential for disturbance from acoustic and visual stimuli associated with gull and climate monitoring activities within GBLA NP, park personnel have proposed to implement the following mitigation measures for marine mammals:
Prior to deciding to land onshore to conduct gull and climate monitoring, the researchers would use high-powered image stabilizing binoculars from the watercraft to document the number, species, and location of hauled-out marine mammals at each island. The vessels would maintain a distance of 328 to 1,640 ft (100 to 500 m) from the shoreline to allow the researchers to conduct pre-survey monitoring. If offshore predators, harbor seal pups of less than one week of age, or Steller sea lions are observed, researchers will follow the protocols for site avoidance discussed below. If neither of these instances occur, researchers will then perform a controlled landing on the survey site.
If a harbor seal pup less than one week old or a harbor seal predator (
The researchers would determine whether to approach the island based on type of animals present. Researchers would approach the island by motorboat at a speed of approximately 2 to 3 kn (2.3 to 3.4 mph). This would provide enough time for any marine mammals present to slowly enter the water without panic (flushing). The researchers would also select a pathway of approach farthest from the hauled-out harbor seals to minimize disturbance.
If the researchers visually observe marine predators (
While onshore at study sites, the researchers would remain vigilant for hauled-out marine mammals. If marine mammals are present, the researchers would move slowly and use quiet voices to minimize disturbance to the animals present.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures, as well as other measures considered by NMFS, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for subsistence uses.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth, requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
NPS proposes to conduct marine mammal monitoring during the present project, in order to implement the mitigation measures that require real-time monitoring and to gain a better understanding of marine mammals and their impacts to the project's activities. The researchers will monitor the area for pinnipeds during all research activities. Monitoring activities will consist of conducting and recording observations of pinnipeds within the vicinity of the proposed research areas. The monitoring notes would provide dates, location, species, the researcher's activity, behavioral state, numbers of animals that were alert or moved greater than one meter, and numbers of pinnipeds that flushed into the water.
The method for recording disturbances follows those in Mortenson (1996). NPS would record disturbances on a three-point scale that represents an increasing seal response to the disturbance (Table 3). NPS will record the time, source, and duration of the disturbance, as well as an estimated distance between the source and haul-out.
NPS has complied with the monitoring requirements under the previous authorizations. NMFS posted the 2017 report on our Web site at
In 2017, of the 86 harbor seals that were observed: 33 flushed in to the water, 0 became alert but did not move >1 m, and 0 moved >1 m but did not flush into the water. In all, no harbor seal pups were observed. On two occasions, harbor seals were flushed into the water when islands were accessed for gull surveys. In these instances, the vessel approached the island at a very slow speed and most of the harbor seals flushed into the water at approximately 150-185 m. On two events, harbor seals were observed hauled out on Boulder Island and not disturbed due to their distance from the survey area. In addition, during two pre-
In 2016, of the 216 harbor seals that were observed: 77 flushed in to the water; 3 became alert but did not move >1 m, and 17 moved >1 m but did not flush into the water. On five occasions, harbor seals were flushed into the water when islands were accessed for gull surveys. In these instances, the vessel approached the island at a very slow speed and most of the harbor seals flushed into the water at approximately 50-100 m. In four instances, fewer than 25 harbor seals were present, but in one instance, 41 harbor seals were observed flushing into the water when NPS first saw them as they rounded a point of land in kayaks accessing Flapjack Island. In five instances, harbor seals were observed hauled out and not disturbed due to their distance from the survey areas.
In 2015, of the 156 harbor seals that were observed: 57 flushed in to the water; 25 became alert but did not move >1 m, and zero moved >1 m but did not flush into the water. No pups were observed. On 2 occasions, harbor seals were observed at the study sites in numbers <25 and the islands were accessed for gull surveys. In these instances, the vessel approached the island at very slow speed and most of the harbor seals flushed into water at approximately 200 m (Geikie 8/5/15) and 280 m (Lone, 8/5/15). In one instance (Lone, 6/11/15), NPS counted 20 harbor seals hauled out during our initial vessel-based monitoring, but once on the island, NPS observed 33 hauled out seals. When NPS realized the number of seals present, they ceased the survey and left the area, flushing 13 seals into the water.
NPS can add to the knowledge of pinnipeds in the proposed action area by noting observations of: (1) Unusual behaviors, numbers, or distributions of pinnipeds, such that any potential follow-up research can be conducted by the appropriate personnel; (2) tag-bearing carcasses of pinnipeds, allowing transmittal of the information to appropriate agencies and personnel; and (3) rare or unusual species of marine mammals for agency follow-up. NPS actively monitors harbor seals at breeding and molting haul-out locations to assess trends over time (
NPS will submit a draft monitoring report to NMFS no later than 90 days after the expiration of the Incidental Harassment Authorization or sixty days prior to the issuance of any subsequent IHA for this project, whichever comes first. The report will include a summary of the information gathered pursuant to the monitoring requirements set forth in the Authorization. NPS will submit a final report to NMFS within 30 days after receiving comments on the draft report. If NPS receives no comments from NMFS on the report, NMFS will consider the draft report to be the final report.
The report will describe the operations conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the proposed project. The report will provide full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The report will provide:
1. A summary and table of the dates, times, and weather during all research activities;
2. Species, number, location, and behavior of any marine mammals observed throughout all monitoring activities;
3. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals exposed to acoustic or visual stimuli associated with the research activities; and
4. A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the monitoring and mitigation measures of the Authorization and full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality (
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Description and location of the incident (including tide level if applicable);
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
NPS shall not resume its activities until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with NPS to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. NPS may not resume their activities until notified by us via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that NPS discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead researcher determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that NPS discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities (
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
Due to the project's minimal levels of visual and acoustic disturbance, NMFS does not expect NPS's specified activities to cause long-term behavioral disturbance, abandonment of the haul-out area, injury, serious injury, or mortality. Additional factors for our Negligible Impact Determination are listed below:
• The takes from Level B harassment would be due to potential behavioral disturbance. The effects of the research activities would be limited to short-term startle responses and localized behavioral changes due to the short and sporadic duration of the research activities;
• The proposed activities would not take place in areas of significance for marine mammal feeding, resting, breeding, or pupping and would not adversely impact marine mammal habitat;
• The proposed activities will affect a small portion of harbor seal habitat within GLBA NP for only a short amount of time. This, combined with a large availability of alternate areas for pinnipeds to haul out enables the seals to effectively avoid disturbances from research operations;
• Anecdotal observations and results from previous monitoring reports show that the pinnipeds returned to the various sites and did not permanently abandon haul-out sites after NPS conducted their research activities; and
• Harbor seals may flush in the water despite researchers best efforts to keep calm and quiet around seals; however, injury or mortality has never been documented nor is anticipated from flushing events. Researchers would approach study sites slowly to provide enough time for any marine mammals present to slowly enter the water without panic.
As stated, NMFS does not anticipate any injuries, serious injuries, or mortalities to result from NPS's proposed activities and we do not propose to authorize injury, serious injury, or mortality. Harbor seals may exhibit behavioral modifications, including temporarily vacating the area during the proposed gull and climate research activities to avoid human disturbance. Further, these proposed activities would not take place in areas of significance for marine mammal feeding, resting, breeding, or pupping and would not adversely impact marine mammal habitat. Due to the nature, degree, and context of the behavioral harassment anticipated, we do not expect the activities to impact annual rates of recruitment or survival.
NMFS does not expect pinnipeds to permanently abandon any area surveyed by researchers, as is evidenced by continued presence of pinnipeds at the sites during annual gull monitoring. In summary, NMFS anticipates that impacts to hauled-out harbor seals during NPS' research activities would be behavioral harassment of limited duration (
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
As mentioned previously, NMFS estimates that NPS' activities could potentially affect, by Level B harassment only, one species of marine mammal under our jurisdiction. For harbor seals, this estimate is small (3.93 percent, see Table 4) relative of the Glacier Bay/Icy Strait stock of harbor seals (7,210 seals, see Table 1). In addition to this, there is a high probability that repetitive takes of the same animal may occur which reduces the percentage of population even further.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. NPS prohibits subsistence harvest of harbor seals within the GLBA NP (Catton, 1995). Therefore, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is proposed for authorization or expected to result from this activity. Therefore, NMFS has determined that formal consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to the National Park Service for conducting gull and climate monitoring activities at GLBA NP from March 1 2018 to February 29 2019, provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
1. This Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) is valid for a period of one year from March 1 2018 to February 28 2019.
2. This Authorization is valid only for research activities that occur at the following locations: Boulder, Flapjack, and Lone Islands, and Geikie Rock in GLBA NP, Alaska.
3. General Conditions
(a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of NPS, its designees, and field crew personnel (including research collaborators) operating under the authority of this IHA at all times.
(b) The species authorized for taking are Alaskan harbor seals (
(c) The taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to 283 harbor seals (
(d) The taking by injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or death of any of the species listed in condition 3(b) of the Authorization or any taking of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
(e) The NPS may conduct a maximum of five days of gull monitoring for each survey location listed in this IHA. In addition, the NPS may conduct a maximum of four days of activities related to climate monitoring on Lone Island.
4. Mitigation Measures
The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation measures:
(a) Conduct pre-survey monitoring before deciding to access a study site;
(b) Prior to deciding to land onshore of Boulder, Lone, or Flapjack Islands or Geikie Rock, the Holder of this Authorization shall use high-powered image stabilizing binoculars before approaching at distances of greater than 500 m (1,640 ft) to determine and document the number, species, and location of hauled-out marine mammals;
(c) During pre-survey monitoring vessels shall maintain a distance of 328 to 1,640 ft (100 to 500 m) from the shoreline;
(d) If the Holder of the Authorization determines that a harbor seal pup less than one week of age is present within or near a study site or a path to a study site, the Holder shall not access the island and nor conduct the study at that time. In addition, if during the activity, a pup less than one week of age is observed, all research activities shall conclude for the day;
(e) Maintain a distance of at least 100 m from any Steller sea lion;
(f) The NPS shall perform controlled and slow ingress to islands where harbor seals are present;
(g) NPS shall select a pathway of approach farthest from the hauled-out harbor seals to minimize disturbance;
(h) The NPS shall monitor for offshore predators at the study sites and shall avoid research activities when killer whales (Orcinus orca) or other predators are present; and
(i) The NPS shall maintain a quiet working atmosphere, avoid loud noises, and shall use hushed voices in the presence of hauled-out pinnipeds.
5. Monitoring
The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct marine mammal monitoring during gull and climate monitoring activities. Monitoring and reporting shall be conducted in accordance with the following: NPS and/or its designees shall record the following:
(a) Species counts (with numbers of adults/juveniles); and Numbers of disturbances, by species and age, according to a three-point scale of intensity (Table 7) including:
(b) Information on the weather, including the tidal state and horizontal visibility;
(c) The observer shall note the presence of any offshore predators (date, time, number, and species); and
(d) The observer shall note observations (1) unusual behaviors, numbers, or distributions of pinnipeds, such that any potential follow-up
6. Reporting
The holder of this Authorization is required to:
(a) Submit a draft report on all monitoring conducted under the IHA within ninety calendar days of the completion of marine mammal monitoring or sixty days prior to the issuance of any subsequent IHA for this project, whichever comes first. A final report shall be prepared and submitted within thirty days following resolution of comments on the draft report from NMFS. This report must contain the informational elements described in Monitoring Section of this IHA;
(b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals;
(i) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this IHA, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality, NPS shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources (301-427-8440), NMFS, and the Alaska Regional Stranding Coordinator (877-925-7773), NMFS. The report must include the following information:
1. Time and date of the incident;
2. Description of the incident;
3. Environmental conditions (
4. Description of all marine mammal observations and active sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
5. Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
6. Fate of the animal(s); and
7. Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS will work with NPS to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. NPS may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS;
(ii) In the event that NPS discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
The report must include the same information identified in 6(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS will work with NPS to determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate; and
(iii) In the event that NPS discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
7. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for the proposed action. Please include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; nominations for shark stock assessment Advisory Panel.
NMFS solicits nominations for the “SEDAR Pool,” also known as the Advisory Panel for Atlantic Highly Migratory Species (HMS) Southeast Data, Assessment, and Review (SEDAR) Workshops. The SEDAR Pool is comprised of a group of individuals who may be selected to consider data and advise NMFS regarding the scientific information, including but not limited to data and models, used in stock assessments for oceanic sharks in the Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, and Caribbean Sea. Nominations are being sought for a 5-year appointment (2018-2023). Individuals with definable interests in the recreational and commercial fishing and related industries, environmental community, academia, and non-governmental organizations will be considered for membership on the SEDAR Pool.
Nominations must be received on or before January 2, 2018.
You may submit nominations and request the SEDAR Pool Statement of Organization, Practices, and Procedures by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional information on SEDAR and the SEDAR guidelines can be found at
Delisse Ortiz, (240-681-9037) or Karyl Brewster-Geisz, (301) 425-8503.
Section 302(g)(2) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), 16 U.S.C. 1801
The primary purpose of the individuals in the SEDAR Pool is to review, at SEDAR workshops, the scientific information (including but not limited to data and models) used in stock assessments that are used to advise NMFS, as a delegate to the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary), about the conservation and management of Atlantic HMS, specifically but not limited to, Atlantic sharks. Individuals in the SEDAR Pool, if selected, may participate in the various data, assessment, and review workshops during the SEDAR process of any HMS stock assessment. In order to ensure that the peer review is unbiased, individuals who participated in a data and/or assessment workshop for a particular stock assessment will not be allowed to serve as reviewers for the same stock assessment. However, these individuals may be asked to attend the review workshop to answer specific questions from the reviewers concerning the data and/or assessment workshops. Members of the SEDAR Pool may serve as members of other Advisory Panels concurrent with, or following, their service on the SEDAR Pool.
The SEDAR Pool is comprised of individuals representing the commercial and recreational fishing communities for Atlantic sharks, the environmental community active in the conservation and management of Atlantic sharks, and the academic community that have relevant expertise either with sharks and/or stock assessment methodologies for marine fish species. Also, individuals who may not necessarily work directly with sharks, but who are involved in fisheries with similar life history, biology and fishery issues may be part of the SEDAR Pool. Members of the SEDAR Pool must have demonstrated experience in the fisheries, related industries, research, teaching, writing, conservation, or management of marine organisms. The distribution of representation among the interested parties is not defined or limited.
Additional members of the SEDAR Pool may also include representatives from each of the five Atlantic Regional Fishery Management Councils, each of the 18 Atlantic states, both the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico, and each of the interstate commissions: The Atlantic States Marine Fisheries Commission and the Gulf States Marine Fisheries Commission.
If NMFS requires additional members to ensure a diverse pool of individuals for data or assessment workshops, NMFS may request individuals to become members of the SEDAR Pool outside of the annual nomination period.
SEDAR Pool members serve at the discretion of the Secretary. Not all members will attend each SEDAR workshop. Rather, NMFS will invite certain members to participate at specific stock assessment workshops dependent on their ability to participate, discuss, and recommend scientific decisions regarding the species being assessed.
NMFS is not obligated to fulfill any requests (
Member tenure will be for 5 years. Nominations are sought for terms beginning early in 2018 and expiring in 2023. Nomination packages should include:
1. The name, address, phone number, and email of the applicant or nominee;
2. A description of the applicant's or nominee's interest in Atlantic shark stock assessments or the Atlantic shark fishery;
3. A statement of the applicant's or nominee's background and/or qualifications; and
4. A written commitment that the applicant or nominee shall participate actively and in good faith in the tasks of the SEDAR Pool, as requested.
Individual members of the SEDAR Pool meet to participate in stock assessments at the discretion of the Office of Sustainable Fisheries, NMFS. Stock assessment timing, frequency, and relevant species will vary depending on the needs determined by NMFS and SEDAR staff. In 2018, NMFS intends to update the Gulf of Mexico blacktip shark stock assessment. In 2019, NMFS intends to conduct a benchmark assessment for Atlantic blacktip sharks. During an assessment year, meetings and meeting logistics will be determined according to the SEDAR Guidelines. All meetings are open for observation by the public.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Additions to and deletions from the Procurement List.
This action adds products and services to the Procurement List that will be provided by nonprofit agency employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products from the Procurement List previously furnished by such agencies.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Amy B. Jensen, telephone: (703) 603-7740, fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 7/1/2016 (81 FR, No. 127), 10/20/2017 (82 FR, No. 202), and 10/27/2017 (82 FR, No. 207), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed addition to the Procurement List.
After consideration of the material presented to it concerning capability of qualified nonprofit agency to provide the products and services and impact of the additions on the current or most recent contractors, the Committee has determined that the products and services listed below are suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in any additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities other than the small organization that will provide the products and services to the Government.
2. The action will result in authorizing small entities to provide the products and services to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products and services proposed for addition to the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products and services are added to the Procurement List:
On 10/10/2017 (82 FR, No. 194), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed deletions from the Procurement List. After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the products and services listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products and services deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products are deleted from the Procurement List:
Assistant Secretary of Defense (Health Affairs), Department of Defense.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Department of Defense is publishing this notice to announce a Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Uniform Formulary Beneficiary Advisory Panel (hereafter referred to as the Panel).
Open to the public on Thursday, January 4, 2018, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
Naval Heritage Center Theater, 701 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004.
Captain Edward C. Norton, United States Navy, Designated Federal Official, Uniform Formulary Beneficiary Advisory Panel, 7700 Arlington Boulevard, Suite 5101, Falls Church, VA 22042-5101. Email Address:
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.140 and 102-3.150.
Written comments or statements must be received by the committee DFO at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting so that they may be made available to the Panel for its consideration prior to the meeting. The DFO will review all submitted written statements and provide copies to all the committee members.
Office of the Secretary, Department of Defense.
Notice of a Pilot Program.
Per Section 726 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year (FY) 2015, the Department of Defense (DoD) is implementing a 2-year Pilot Program, “Pilot Program on Medication Therapy Management Under TRICARE Program”. The Pilot Program will provide Medication Therapy Management (MTM) services to promote adherence and improve medication-related health outcomes for TRICARE beneficiaries (Beneficiaries) with more than one chronic medical condition and taking more than one medication. The Pilot Program will be conducted in three types of pharmacy settings. The intent of this Pilot Program is to evaluate the feasibility and desirability of including MTM as part of the TRICARE Program.
The demonstration began on October 1, 2016, and will continue for no less than two years.
Mr. David W. Bobb, Defense Health Agency,
Medicare Part D plans already provide MTM/clinical pharmacy services to Medicare beneficiaries at high risk of medication-related problems. The design of the DoD Pilot Program will consider best commercial practices in providing MTM services.
The value of including clinical pharmacists on the PCMH care team is well documented in the literature as delivering improved outcomes, better medication adherence, and supports the tenets of healthcare reform including enhanced access, improved quality, reduced cost, and enhanced patient safety.
Clinical pharmacists play a critical role in the success of care provided through the PCMH model. Utilizing clinical pharmacists has clearly shown the relationship between pharmacist involvement and positive patient outcomes especially in the optimization of medication therapy, medication adherence, and the reduction in polypharmacy users.
Services will be offered by pharmacists at three different location types: (1) MTFs with a pharmacist embedded supporting a PCMH, (2) MTF pharmacies for beneficiaries who receive primary care services from providers outside an MTF but bring their prescriptions to the MTF pharmacy, and (3) pharmacies other than an MTF. MTM involves a pharmacist in the review of prescription history where the pharmacist works with the patient and their primary care provider to develop action plans for any medication-related problems. The overall goal of MTM is to open a dialogue with beneficiaries and include them in medication-related decision-making to optimize drug therapy, reduce medication-related problems, improve adherence to therapy, and improve health outcomes. As stated in Section 726, NDAA FY15, the 2-year pilot program's target population will be beneficiaries who have more than one chronic medical condition and are taking more than one medication.
This pilot program will focus specifically on beneficiaries diagnosed with at least three chronic medical conditions and taking multiple medications. The following chronic medical conditions will be considered for this pilot: Alzheimer's disease, Chronic Heart Failure, Diabetes, Dyslipidemia, End-Stage Renal Disease, Hypertension, Respiratory Disease (Asthma, Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease [COPD]), Rheumatoid Arthritis, Post-Traumatic Stress Syndrome, Depression, and Polypharmacy. This is consistent with the intent of Section 726, NDAA FY 2015 of more than one chronic medical condition and taking more than one medication. Each site within the three location types will target an enrollment of 400 beneficiaries over at least 12 months, but not to exceed 24 months, providing up to 6 hours of contact per beneficiary per year.
Selection for Location Type 1 will be from the existing PCMH empaneled population. MTM services will be provided by a pharmacist embedded in the PCMH. The following facilities will be included in the pilot program for Location Type 1: Fort Campbell, Naval Station Mayport, and Hill Air Force Base.
Location Type 2 will include beneficiaries who use MTF pharmacies but receive medical care from providers in the purchased care sector. Beneficiaries will be notified of their eligibility to participate in the Pilot Program, and may choose to accept or decline participation. Beneficiaries participating in the Pilot Program at this location type generally do not receive primary care services from health care providers at MTFs. The following facilities will be included in the pilot program for Location Type 2: Fort Campbell, Marine Corps Base Camp Pendleton, and Patrick Air Force Base.
Location Type 3 will provide MTM services for beneficiaries receiving medical and pharmaceutical care outside of an MTF. Beneficiaries will be notified of their eligibility to participate in the Pilot Program, and may choose to accept or decline participation. The following areas will be included in the pilot program for Location Type 3: Denver, Colorado, Orlando, Florida, and Houston, Texas.
MTM services will be provided by a pharmacist to beneficiaries empaneled in the pilot program. Appointments will be conducted face to face, over the telephone, and/or by video conferencing. MTM services will include a Comprehensive Medication Review (CMR) consisting of an assessment of the beneficiary's medication regimen, a comprehensive record of medications, a collaborative care agreement between the beneficiary and the pharmacist, communication with the beneficiary's healthcare providers, and documentation with follow up. CMR is conducted at the initial visit and annually thereafter. Interim Targeted Medication Reviews are offered quarterly to monitor unresolved issues requiring attention and to determine if new drug therapy problems have arisen. The pharmacist, in consultation with the beneficiary, reviews pertinent medical and prescription history and develops action plans to address medication-related problems.
The effect of MTM services on beneficiary use and outcomes of prescription medications and the cost of health care will be evaluated using established DoD metrics of Per Member Per Month (PMPM) and Pharmacy PMPM. Additional measures may include a review of changes in utilization of the emergency department, hospitalization rates and readmission rates. Beneficiary use and outcomes of prescription medications will assess medication adherence and disease related outcomes measures, when available.
A report to Congress is required not later than 30 months after the start of the Pilot.
Office of the Secretary, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department through the Office of the Secretary's Office of Educational Technology (OET) created the #GoOpen Network in October of 2015, to support the use of openly licensed educational resources, by establishing a network of mentoring relationships with experienced districts and States providing support to those districts that were new to the use of open resources. To support this work, OET is seeking to select and partner with a nonprofit organization or a consortium of nonprofit organizations to further expand and enhance the network. Thus, this notice outlines the criteria to be used for selecting partner organizations; invites statements of interest from nonprofit organizations interested in partnering to build on and expand the #GoOpen network; and
A call for statements of interest was first published in the blog post
Deadline for transmittal of statements of interest: January 16, 2018.
Submit your statement of interest electronically to
Sara Trettin, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Room 11152, Washington, DC 20202-7240. Telephone: (202) 453-6604 or by email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
The Department of Education's #GoOpen movement supports States and districts choosing to transition to the use of openly licensed educational resources by establishing a network of mentoring relationships between experienced districts and States and those new to the use of open educational resources.
OET is interested in working with one or more nonprofit organizations or a consortium of nonprofit organizations to build on and expand the #GoOpen network. In addition to connecting additional States and districts to #GoOpen, the partnership will (1) engage education leaders across a network of States and districts to form regional communities of practice; (2) facilitate the sharing of openly licensed educational resources including those that are accessible (
(a) With experience assisting educators, such as teachers, district leaders, superintendents, and other educational resource and technology staff, in selecting and implementing a variety of digital and non-digital learning strategies. The organization(s) must have specific expertise in providing assistance to stakeholders with respect to sharing, using, and collaborating on the use of open educational resources using a variety of digital learning platforms. In addition, the organization(s) must have a positive record of leading or coordinating discussions on a range of education policy issues, especially related to the promise and perils of digital learning and increasing educational opportunity for an increasingly diverse student population, including children with disabilities who can use or require technology accommodations;
(b) That commits to collaborate with OET in providing leadership in the development of regional communities of practice and building networks of impact comprising a strong and diverse consortium of committed partner organizations. The organization(s) must coordinate with OET to (1) design the structure of the expanded #GoOpen network; (2) in collaboration with OET, design, develop, and lead outreach activities geared toward developing a coalition of local leaders and regional communities of practice; (3) create experiences (
(c) With the resources necessary to support its own activities during this partnership. OET will not provide funding for organization(s) in this partnership.
(a) The organization's experience assisting educators in selecting and implementing digital and non-digital learning strategies;
(b) The organization's expertise in providing assistance to stakeholders with respect to sharing, using, and collaborating on the use of open educational resources using a variety of digital learning platforms;
(c) The organization's record of leading or coordinating discussion on a range of education policy issues;
(d) The organization's commitment to collaborate with OET in providing leadership in the development of regional communities of practice and building networks of impact comprising a strong and diverse consortium of committed partner organizations;
(e) A possible design for the structure of the expanded #GoOpen network;
(f) The organization's role and approach to scaling the #GoOpen movement through regional communities of practice;
(g) The organization's approach to creating experiences that encourage States, districts, and educators to build on initial commitments and capturing and sharing promising practices;
(h) The organization's strategy to integrate evidence of the efficacy of openly licensed resources into the broader education policy dialogue and advance the education policy dialogue on the use of technology to transform learning;
(i) How the organization will support its own activities during this partnership;
(j) Any other information relevant to the organization's experience in education or technology policy; and how it might carry out the activities to
(k) Contact information (name of the organization, address, contact person's name, email address etc.).
Each statement of interest will be evaluated by taking into account the submission requirements listed above.
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a reinstatement of a previously approved information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 30, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Sara Starke, 202-453-7681.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Postsecondary Education (OPE), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a new information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 30, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Sara Starke, 202-453-7681.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice; correction.
EPA issued a notice in the
For further information about this notice, including registration information, contact Karen Fligger, EPA Headquarters, Office of Water, Office of Wastewater Management at tel.: 202-564-2992; or email:
In the
Water Infrastructure Finance and Innovation Act, 33 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.
Based upon the foregoing, the Receiver has determined that the continued existence of the receivership will serve no useful purpose. Consequently, notice is given that the receivership shall be terminated, to be effective no sooner than thirty days after
No comments concerning the termination of this receivership will be considered which are not sent within this time frame.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than December 29, 2017.
1.
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Request for comment.
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention announces the availability of a draft NORA Agenda entitled
Electronic or written comments must be received by January 30, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by CDC-2017-0114 and docket number NIOSH-305, by any of the following methods:
•
•
Emily Novicki (
The National Occupational Research Agenda (NORA) is a partnership program created to stimulate innovative research and improved workplace practices. The national agenda is developed and implemented through the NORA sector and cross-sector councils. Each council develops and maintains an agenda for its sector or cross-sector.
The first National Occupational Research Agenda for TWU was published in 2009 for the second decade of NORA (2006-2016). This draft is an updated agenda for the third decade of NORA (2016-2026). The revised agenda was developed considering new information about injuries and illnesses, the state of the science, and the probability that new information and approaches will make a difference. As the steward of the NORA process, NIOSH invites comments on the draft
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) has determined that METICORTEN (prednisone) tablets, 1 milligram (mg) and 5 mg, were not withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness. This determination means that FDA will not begin procedures to withdraw approval of abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) that refer to this drug product, and it will allow FDA to continue to approve ANDAs that refer to the product as long as they meet relevant legal and regulatory requirements.
Meadow Platt, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6228, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-1830,
In 1984, Congress enacted the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) (the 1984 amendments), which authorized the approval of duplicate versions of drug products under an ANDA procedure. ANDA applicants must, with certain exceptions, show that the drug for which they are seeking approval contains the same active ingredient in the same strength and dosage form as the “listed drug,” which is a version of the drug that was previously approved. ANDA applicants do not have to repeat the extensive clinical testing otherwise necessary to gain approval of a new drug application (NDA).
The 1984 amendments include what is now section 505(j)(7) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 355(j)(7)), which requires FDA to publish a list of all approved drugs. FDA publishes this list as part of the “Approved Drug Products With Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” which is known generally as the “Orange Book.” Under FDA regulations, drugs are removed from the list if the Agency withdraws or suspends approval of the drug's NDA or ANDA for reasons of safety or effectiveness or if FDA determines that the listed drug was withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness (21 CFR 314.162).
A person may petition the Agency to determine, or the Agency may determine on its own initiative, whether a listed drug was withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness. This determination may be made at any time after the drug has been withdrawn from sale, but must be made prior to approving an ANDA that refers to the listed drug (§ 314.161 (21 CFR 314.161)). FDA may not approve an ANDA that does not refer to a listed drug.
METICORTEN (prednisone) tablets, 1 mg and 5 mg, are the subject of NDA 09-766, held by Schering Corporation (Schering), and initially approved on February 21, 1955. METICORTEN is indicated for the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
In a letter dated November 1, 2001, Schering requested withdrawal of NDA 09-766 for METICORTEN (prednisone). In the
Strides Pharma, Inc., submitted a citizen petition dated July 1, 2017 (Docket No. FDA-2017-P-4027), under 21 CFR 10.30, requesting that the Agency determine whether METICORTEN (prednisone) tablets, 1 mg and 5 mg, were withdrawn from sale for reasons of safety or effectiveness.
After considering the citizen petition and reviewing Agency records and based on the information we have at this time, FDA has determined under § 314.161 that METICORTEN (prednisone) tablets, 1 mg and 5 mg, were not withdrawn for reasons of safety or effectiveness. The petitioner
Accordingly, the Agency will continue to list METICORTEN (prednisone) tablets, 1 mg and 5 mg, in the “Discontinued Drug Product List” section of the Orange Book. The “Discontinued Drug Product List” delineates, among other items, drug products that have been discontinued from marketing for reasons other than safety or effectiveness. FDA will not begin procedures to withdraw approval of approved ANDAs that refer to this drug product. Additional ANDAs for this drug product may also be approved by the Agency as long as they meet all other legal and regulatory requirements for the approval of ANDAs. If FDA determines that labeling for this drug product should be revised to meet current standards, the Agency will advise ANDA applicants to submit such labeling.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice; establishment of a public docket; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) announces a forthcoming public advisory committee meeting of the Antimicrobial Drugs Advisory Committee. The general function of the committee is to provide advice and recommendations to the Agency on FDA's regulatory issues. The meeting will be open to the public. FDA is establishing a docket for public comment on this document.
The meeting will be held on January 11, 2018, from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m.
College Park Marriott Hotel and Conference Center, Chesapeake Ballroom, 3501 University Blvd. East, Hyattsville, MD 20783. The conference center's telephone number is 301-985-7300. Answers to commonly asked questions about FDA Advisory Committee meetings may be accessed at:
FDA is establishing a docket for public comment on this meeting. The docket number is FDA-2017-N-6293. The docket will close on January 10, 2018. Submit either electronic or written comments on this public meeting by January 10, 2018. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before January 10, 2018. The
Comments received on or before December 27, 2017, will be provided to the committee. Comments received after that date will be taken into consideration by the Agency.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
•
Lauren D. Tesh, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31, Rm. 2417, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-9001, Fax: 301-847-8533, email:
FDA intends to make background material available to the public no later than 2 business days before the meeting. If FDA is unable to post the background material on its Web site prior to the meeting, the background material will be made publicly available at the location of the advisory committee meeting, and the background material will be posted on FDA's Web site after the meeting. Background material is available at
Persons attending FDAs advisory committee meetings are advised that the Agency is not responsible for providing access to electrical outlets.
FDA welcomes the attendance of the public at its advisory committee meetings and will make every effort to accommodate persons with disabilities. If you require special accommodations due to a disability, please contact Lauren D. Tesh at least 7 days in advance of the meeting.
FDA is committed to the orderly conduct of its advisory committee meetings. Please visit our Web site at
Notice of this meeting is given under the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app. 2).
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is withdrawing approval of 68 abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs) from multiple applicants. The holders of the applications notified the Agency in writing that the drug products were no longer marketed and requested that the approval of the applications be withdrawn.
Approval is withdrawn as of January 2, 2018.
Trang Tran, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 75, Rm. 1671, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 240-402-7945.
The holders of the applications listed in table 1 in this document have informed FDA that these drug products are no longer marketed and have requested that FDA withdraw approval of the applications under the process in § 314.150(c) (21 CFR 314.150(c)). The applicants have also, by their requests, waived their opportunity for a hearing. Withdrawal of approval of an application or abbreviated application under § 314.150(c) is without prejudice to refiling.
Therefore, approval of the applications listed in table 1 of this document, and all amendments and supplements thereto, is hereby withdrawn as of January 2, 2018. Introduction or delivery for introduction into interstate commerce of products without approved new drug applications violates section 301(a) and (d) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 331(a) and (d)). Drug products that are listed in table 1 that are in inventory on the date that this notice becomes effective (see the
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announces the following advisory committee meeting.
The times and topics are subject to change. Please refer to the posted agenda for any updates.
Should you require reasonable accommodation, please contact the CDC Office of Equal Employment Opportunity on (770) 488-3210 as soon as possible.
Office of the Secretary, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
The Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health (OASH) is seeking nominations of qualified individuals to be considered for appointment as members of the Presidential Advisory Council on HIV/AIDS (PACHA). The PACHA is a federal advisory committee within the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS). Management support for the activities of this Council is the responsibility of the Office of HIV/AIDS and Infectious Disease Policy in the OASH. The qualified individuals will be nominated to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for consideration for appointment as members of the PACHA. Members of the Council, including the Chair, are appointed by the Secretary. Members are invited to serve on the Council for up to four-year terms. The Council was established to provide advice, information, and recommendations to the Secretary regarding programs and policies intended to promote effective prevention and care of HIV infection and AIDS. The functions of the Council are solely advisory in nature.
All nominations must be received no later than 5:00 p.m. (ET) on January 2, 2018 to the address listed below.
All nominations should be mailed or delivered to Ms. B. Kaye Hayes, Executive Director, PACHA, Department of Health and Human Services, Office of HIV/AIDS and Infectious Disease Policy, 330 C Street SW., Room L100B, Washington, DC 20024.
Ms. Caroline Talev, Public Health Analyst, Presidential Advisory Council on HIV/AIDS, 330 C Street SW., Room L106B, Washington, DC 20024; (202) 795-7622 or
PACHA was established by Executive Order 12963, dated June 14, 1995, as amended by Executive Order 13009, dated June 14, 1996, and is currently operating under the authority given in Executive Order 13811, dated September 29, 2017. The Council was established to provide advice, information, and recommendations to the Secretary regarding programs and policies intended to promote effective prevention and care of HIV infection and AIDS. The functions of the Council are solely advisory in nature.
The Council consists of not more than 25 members. Council members are selected from prominent community leaders with particular expertise in, or knowledge of, matters concerning HIV and AIDS, public health, global health, philanthropy, marketing or business, as well as other national leaders held in high esteem from other sectors of society. Council members are appointed by the Secretary or designee, in consultation with the White House. Pursuant to advance written agreement, Council members shall receive no stipend for the advisory service they render as members of PACHA. However, as authorized by law and in accordance with federal travel regulations, PACHA members may receive per diem and reimbursement for travel expenses incurred in relation to performing duties for the Council.
This announcement is to solicit nominations of qualified candidates to fill vacancies on the PACHA.
• Name, return address, and daytime telephone number and affiliation(s) of the individual being nominated, the basis for the individual's nomination, and a statement bearing an original signature of the nominated individual that, if appointed, he or she is willing to serve as a member of the Council;
• Name, return address, and daytime telephone number at which the nominator may be contacted. Nominations from organizations must identify a principal contact person; and
• A copy of a current resume or curriculum vitae for the nominated individual.
Individuals can nominate themselves for consideration of appointment to the Council. All nominations must include the required information. Incomplete nominations will not be processed for consideration. The letter from the nominator and certification of the nominated individual must bear original signatures; reproduced copies of these signatures are not acceptable.
The Department is legally required to ensure that the membership of HHS federal advisory committees is fairly balanced in terms of points of view represented and the functions to be performed by the advisory committee. For the PACHA, it is important that the perspectives of people living with HIV, those from groups that are disproportionately affected by HIV infection and AIDS, health care providers, and organizations providing prevention, care and treatment services to these populations be included. Every effort is made to ensure that the views of women, all ethnic and racial groups, and people with disabilities are represented on HHS federal advisory committees and, therefore, the Department encourages nominations of qualified candidates from these groups. The Department also encourages geographic diversity in the composition of the Council. Appointment to the Council shall be made without discrimination on the basis of age, race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, disability, and cultural, religious, or socioeconomic status. The Standards of Ethical Conduct for Employees of the Executive Branch are applicable to individuals who are appointed as members of the Council.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of intent; request for comments.
The Coast Guard announces its intent to enter into a Cooperative Research and Development Agreement (CRADA) with TriaSys Technologies Corp, to investigate the potential operational use of cellular phone direction finding technology. The intent to enter in a potential CRADA with TriaSys Corp is based on market research and visits to vendors with advertised expertise in this unique application of technology in the maritime environment for Search and Rescue. While the Coast Guard is currently considering partnering with TriaSys Technologies Corp, the agency is soliciting public comment on the possible nature of and participation of other parties in the proposed CRADA. In addition, the Coast Guard also invites other potential non-Federal participants to propose similar CRADAs.
Comments must be submitted to the online docket via
Synopses of proposals regarding future CRADAs must reach the Coast Guard (see
Submit comments online at
If you have questions on this notice or wish to submit proposals for future CRADAs, contact Donald Decker, Project Official, C4ISR Branch, U.S. Coast Guard Research and Development Center, 1 Chelsea Street, New London, CT 06320, telephone 860-271-2701, email
We request public comments on this notice. Although we do not plan to respond to comments in the
Comments should be marked with docket number USCG-2017-1032 and should provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation. You should provide personal contact information so that we can contact you if we have questions regarding your comments; but please note that all comments will be posted to the online docket without change and that any personal information you include can be searchable online (see the
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Do not submit detailed proposals for future CRADAs to the Docket Management Facility. Instead, submit them directly to the Coast Guard (see
CRADAs are authorized under 15 U.S.C. 3710(a).
CRADAs are not procurement contracts. Care is taken to ensure that CRADAs are not used to circumvent the contracting process. CRADAs have a specific purpose and should not be confused with procurement contracts, grants, and other type of agreements.
Under the proposed CRADA, the R&D Center will collaborate with one non-Federal participant. Together, the R&D Center and the non-Federal participant will collect information/data for performance, reliability, maintenance requirements, human systems
We anticipate the Coast Guard's contributions under the proposed CRADA will include the following:
(1) Develop the Demonstration Pilot Assessment Plan to meet the objectives of the CRADA with a diverse set of real-life mission scenarios.
(2) Provide the pilot demonstration support in and around Charleston, SC.
(3) Coordinate Pilot demonstration from onboard a USCG cutter.
(4) Collaborate with non-Federal partners to prepare demonstration documentation including equipment assessments, final report(s), and briefings.
We anticipate that the non-Federal participant's contributions under the proposed CRADA will include the following:
(1) Assist the R&D Center in the development and drafting of all CRADA documents, including the pilot demonstration assessment plan, equipment assessments, final report(s), and briefings.
(2) Provide and maintain the direction finding equipment to ensure the system is usable.
(3) Secure, with R&D Center assistance, Special Temporary Authority (STA) to employ the equipment within the desired frequency bands.
(4) Provide technical support, training and maintenance throughout the period of performance to ensure maximum availability and utility of the networks.
The Coast Guard reserves the right to select for CRADA participants all, some, or no proposals submitted for this CRADA. The Coast Guard will provide no funding for reimbursement of proposal development costs. Proposals and any other material submitted in response to this notice will not be returned. Proposals submitted are expected to be unclassified and have no more than five single-sided pages (excluding cover page, DD 1494, JF-12, etc.).
The Coast Guard will select proposals at its sole discretion on the basis of:
(1) How well they communicate an understanding of, and ability to meet, the proposed CRADA's goal; and
(2) How well they address the following criteria:
(a) Technical capability to support the non-Federal party contributions described; and
(b) Resources available for supporting the non-Federal party contributions described.
Currently, the Coast Guard is considering TriaSys Technologies Corp for participation in this CRADA. This consideration is based on the fact that TriaSys Systems has demonstrated its technical ability as the developer, manufacturer, and integrator of cellular direction finding equipment. However, we do not wish to exclude other viable participants from this or future similar CRADAs.
The USCG's intent to enter in a potential CRADA with TriaSys Corp is based on market research and visits to vendors with advertised expertise in this unique application of technology in the maritime environment for Search and Rescue. The research includes employment of their antennas, equipment and graphical user interface (GUI) to establish direction and geo-location of cellular phones in an open-ocean environment. Specifically, the equipment will provide both a Line of Bearing (LOB) and a Global Positioning System (GPS) location to a cellular phone in a search and rescue scenario. The equipment will be setup in locations with use in the open ocean environment. A Pilot Demonstration schedule has been proposed in which TriaSys Systems will provide their equipment. The Coast Guard Research and Development Center (R&D Center) will prepare a Pilot Demonstration Assessment Plan and TriaSys Systems will operate the equipment for exploratory development over a one week period to collect information on suitability, reliability, maintenance requirements, and ease of use.
This is a technology assessment effort. The goal for the Coast Guard of this CRADA is to better understand the advantages, disadvantages, required technology enhancements, performance, costs, and other issues associated with cellular direction finding technologies. Special consideration will be given to small business firms/consortia, and preference will be given to business units located in the U.S. This document is issued under the authority of 5 U.S.C. 552(a).
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation of Intertek USA, Inc. (Baytown, TX), as a commercial laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that Intertek USA, Inc. (Baytown, TX), has been accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of August 30, 2016.
Intertek USA, Inc. (Baytown, TX) was approved, as a commercial laboratory as of August 30, 2016. The next triennial inspection date will be scheduled for August 2019.
Dr. Justin Shey, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1300 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12, that Intertek USA, Inc., 8500 West Bay Road MS #20A, Baytown, TX 77523 has been accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12. Intertek USA, Inc., is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test this entity is accredited to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of approval of Inspectorate America Corporation (Baton Rouge, LA), as a commercial gauger.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that Inspectorate America Corporation (Baton Rouge, LA), has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of May 24, 2017.
Inspectorate America Corporation (Baton Rouge, LA) was approved as a commercial gauger as of May 24, 2017. The next triennial inspection date will be scheduled for May 2020.
Dr. Justin Shey, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1300 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.13, that Inspectorate America Corporation, 11346 Pennywood Ave., Baton Rouge, LA 70809 has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.13. Inspectorate America Corporation is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products from the American Petroleum Institute (API):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of accreditation and approval of Intertek USA, Inc. (Harvey, LA), as a commercial gauger and laboratory.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to CBP regulations, that Intertek USA, Inc. (Harvey, LA), has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes for the next three years as of June 14, 2017.
Intertek USA, Inc. (Harvey, LA) was accredited and approved, as a commercial gauger and laboratory as of June 14, 2017. The next triennial inspection date will be scheduled for June 2020.
Dr. Justin Shey, Laboratories and Scientific Services Directorate, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, 1300 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 1500N, Washington, DC 20229, tel. 202-344-1060.
Notice is hereby given pursuant to 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13, that Intertek USA, Inc., 2604 Moss Lane, Harvey, LA 70058 has been approved to gauge petroleum and certain petroleum products and accredited to test petroleum and certain petroleum products for customs purposes, in accordance with the provisions of 19 CFR 151.12 and 19 CFR 151.13. Intertek USA, Inc., is approved for the following gauging procedures for petroleum and certain petroleum products from the American Petroleum Institute (API):
Intertek USA, Inc., is accredited for the following laboratory analysis procedures and methods for petroleum and certain petroleum products set forth by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection Laboratory Methods (CBPL) and American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
Anyone wishing to employ this entity to conduct laboratory analyses and gauger services should request and receive written assurances from the entity that it is accredited or approved by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection to conduct the specific test or gauger service requested. Alternatively, inquiries regarding the specific test or gauger service this entity is accredited or approved to perform may be directed to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection by calling (202) 344-1060. The inquiry may also be sent to
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice and request for comments.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public to take this opportunity to comment on a revision of a currently approved information collection. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice seeks comments concerning a list of hotels, motels, and similar places of public accommodations meeting minimum fire-safety requirements. The information collected is voluntary; if approved for listing, the lodging establishment may be used by Federal employees on government related travel and for Federal agency conferences. As the list is open to use by the public, non-government travelers may use the list to identify lodging meeting minimum life-safety criteria from fire.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 30, 2018.
To avoid duplicate submissions to the docket, please use only one of the following means to submit comments:
(1)
(2)
All submissions received must include the agency name and Docket ID. Regardless of the method used for submitting comments or material, all submissions will be posted, without change, to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Teressa Kaas, Fire Program Specialist, FEMA/U.S. Fire Administration, 301-447-1263 for additional information. You may contact the Records Management Division for copies of the proposed collection of information at email address:
Public Law 101-391 requires FEMA to establish and maintain a list of hotels, motels, and similar places of public accommodation meeting minimum requirements for protection of life from fire; the list is known as the National Master List (NML). This law resulted from a series of deadly fires in hotels and motels, occurring in the late 70's and 80's, with high loss of life. The legislative intent of this public law is to provide all travelers the assurance of fire-safety in accommodations identified on the National Master List. Public Law 101-391 further stipulates that Federal employees on official travel stay in properties approved by the authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and listed on the current NML. For statutory reference see Title 15 U.S.C. 2224-26.
Comments may be submitted as indicated in the
Federal Emergency Management Agency; Department of Homeland Security.
Notice.
As a result of recent unprecedented hurricanes, disasters have been declared for areas affected by Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Maria, and Nate. Due to the catastrophic damages caused by these hurricanes, FEMA must have a more efficient and streamlined procedure for achieving compliance under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) during multiple, simultaneous, recovery missions for the provision of disaster assistance under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, including Individual Assistance, Public Assistance, and Hazard Mitigation Assistance. After assessing the scale of current recovery operations, and identifying the critical need for timely rebuilding of the affected communities, FEMA, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security, determined that exigent circumstances exist. As a result of these exigent circumstances, FEMA may utilize the streamlined procedures outlined in this notice for those activities that require an Environmental Assessment.
For access to the docket to read background documents, go to the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Ms. Katherine Zeringue,
As a result of unprecedented damages from 2017 Hurricane Season, federal disasters were declared for multiple areas affected by Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Maria and Nate. Due to the catastrophic damages caused by these hurricanes, it is critical that FEMA create a more efficient and streamlined procedure for NEPA compliance for multiple, simultaneous, recovery missions and the provision of disaster assistance under the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act, 42 U.S.C. 4121
(1) The public involvement process for EAs associated with Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Maria, and Nate may be condensed to more efficiently complete NEPA review [DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01, Rev 1 Section V.C (7)]. Public review and comment periods may vary depending upon the urgency of the action. FEMA may provide for a 3-day comment period for the following actions:
• Group Housing Sites
• Interim and/or temporary facilities for:
○ Hospitals and health care facilities;
○ schools and day care centers;
○ utilities and wastewater treatment plants;
○ police and fire stations;
○ government and court facilities;
○ detention centers and jailhouses; and
○ transportation facilities.
(2) FEMA may favor electronic media rather than other forms of media for notifications to the public because traditional media may no longer be available to affected communities, take longer to prepare, or add additional cost. Electronic notifications may reach a broader audience, since affected communities may be displaced or away from their traditional access points for local information (such as the U.S. Postal Service or local libraries that may be affected by the disaster). FEMA will continue use of the Unified Federal Review for notification to Other Federal Agencies that may have an interest in a relevant project.
(3) Unless other action alternatives are readily available, FEMA may focus EA level analysis and documentation on the “No Action” and “Proposed Action” alternatives (40 CFR 1508.9, Sec. 102; 42 U.S.C. 4332). FEMA's action is often to approve or deny requests for federal disaster assistance, from affected communities. This means that FEMA's “Proposal” or proposed action occurs when FEMA is considering a grant application or application for assistance.
(4) FEMA may discuss resource areas in detail only if it determines that there is a potential impact to the resources, rather than following the procedure outlined in FEMA Instruction 108-1 Section 3.4(C)(4) that requires FEMA to address in detail the Endangered Species Act (ESA), the National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA), Executive Order 11988, Executive Order 11990, and Executive Order 12898 in its EAs regardless of the potential for impact to these resources. These streamlined procedures will supersede the requirement in FEMA's Instruction and allow FEMA to identify, and eliminate from detailed study, the issues that are not significant (40 CFR 1501.7).
The above changes, along with other internal efficiencies that FEMA may employ to comply with NEPA, such as document templates and analysis and reference tools, will allow FEMA to balance concise environmental reviews with open communication and the opportunity for meaningful public input in the decision making process. It also allows the public the opportunity to participate in FEMA's NEPA process and receive timely assistance and grants. FEMA acknowledges that the
The changes FEMA may employ for the recovery efforts for Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Maria and Nate do not affect the requirements of any other environmental or historic preservation laws, regulations, or executive orders. This notice addresses FEMA's requirements under DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01 Rev 1 Sections V. C (7) and VII M (1-3) and provides the public with sufficient notice of FEMA's intent to expedite federal assistance by reducing typical, but not required, public input timeframes. The Streamlined Procedures for Environmental Assessments under NEPA is available for reviewing at
National Protection and Programs Directorate (NPPD), Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
60-Day notice and request for comments; revised collection, 1670-0017.
The DHS NPPD Office of Cybersecurity and Communications (CS&C) will submit the following Information Collection Request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until January 30, 2018. This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR part 1320.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number DHS-2017-0059, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Comments submitted in response to this notice may be made available to the public through relevant Web sites. For this reason, please do not include in your comments information of a confidential nature, such as sensitive personal information or proprietary information. If you send an email comment, your email address will be automatically captured and included as part of the comment that is placed in the public docket and made available on the Internet. Please note that responses to this public comment request containing any routine notice about the confidentiality of the communication will be treated as public comments that may be made available to the public notwithstanding the inclusion of the routine notice.
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Richard Tenney at 703-705-6281 or at
The DHS NPPD CS&C Office of Emergency Communications (OEC), formed under Title XVIII of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, 6 U.S.C. 571
OEC will use the information from the SCIP Template and Annual SCIP Snapshot to track the progress States are making in implementing milestones and demonstrating goals of the NECP, as required through the Homeland Security Act of 2002, 6 U.S.C. 572. The SCIP Template and Annual SCIP Snapshot will provide OEC with broader capability data across the lanes of the Interoperability Continuum, which are key indicators of consistent success in response-level communications.
In addition, the SCIP Template and the SCIP Snapshot will assist States in their strategic planning for interoperable and emergency communications while demonstrating each State's achievements and challenges in accomplishing optimal interoperability for emergency responders. Moreover, certain government grants may require States to update their SCIP Templates and SCIP Snapshot to include broadband efforts in order to receive funding for interoperable and emergency communications.
Statewide Interoperability Coordinators (SWICs) will be responsible for collecting this information from their respective stakeholders and governance bodies, and will complete and submit the SCIP Snapshots directly to OEC through unclassified electronic submission.
The SCIP Template and Annual SCIP Snapshot may be submitted through unclassified electronic submission to OEC by each State's SWIC in addition to being able to submit their respective SCIP Template and Annual SCIP Snapshot via email to
OEC streamlined its annual SCIP reporting process to obtain standard data to understand progress and challenges in emergency communications planning. OEC replaced the lengthier Annual Progress Report with the SCIP Snapshot as a reporting mechanism for States and territories for submitting SCIP progress, achievements and challenges. The data collected is based on calendar year reporting. The SCIP Snapshot also includes sections for States and territories to report on the status of governance structures, progress towards SCIP goals and initiatives, and overall successes and challenges in advancing interoperable emergency communications.
This is a revised information collection. OMB is particularly interested in comments which:
1. Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including
2. Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
3. Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
4. Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
30-day notice.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The purpose of this notice is to allow an additional 30 days for public comments.
The purpose of this notice is to allow an additional 30 days for public comments. Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until January 2, 2018. This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10.
Written comments and/or suggestions regarding the item(s) contained in this notice, especially regarding the estimated public burden and associated response time, must be directed to the OMB USCIS Desk Officer via email at
You may wish to consider limiting the amount of personal information that you provide in any voluntary submission you make. For additional information please read the Privacy Act notice that is available via the link in the footer of
USCIS, Office of Policy and Strategy, Regulatory Coordination Division, Samantha Deshommes, Chief, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2140, Telephone number (202) 272-8377 (This is not a toll-free number; comments are not accepted via telephone message.). Please note contact information provided here is solely for questions regarding this notice. It is not for individual case status inquiries. Applicants seeking information about the status of their individual cases can check Case Status Online, available at the USCIS Web site at
The information collection notice was previously published in the
You may access the information collection instrument with instructions, or additional information by visiting the Federal eRulemaking Portal site at:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
30-Day notice.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS), U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The purpose of this notice is to allow an additional 30 days for public comments.
The purpose of this notice is to allow an additional 30 days for public comments. Comments are encouraged and will be accepted until January 2, 2018. This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR 1320.10.
Written comments and/or suggestions regarding the item(s) contained in this notice, especially regarding the estimated public burden and associated response time, must be directed to the OMB USCIS Desk Officer via email at
You may wish to consider limiting the amount of personal information that you provide in any voluntary submission you make. For additional information please read the Privacy Act notice that is available via the link in the footer of
USCIS, Office of Policy and Strategy, Regulatory Coordination Division, Samantha Deshommes, Chief, 20 Massachusetts Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20529-2140, Telephone number (202) 272-8377 (This is not a toll-free number; comments are not accepted via telephone message.). Please note contact information provided here is solely for questions regarding this notice. It is not for individual case status inquiries. Applicants seeking information about the status of their individual cases can check Case Status Online, available at the USCIS Web site at
The information collection notice was previously published in the
You may access the information collection instrument with instructions, or additional information by visiting the Federal eRulemaking Portal site at:
(1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
(3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), have received an application from the Lalamilo Wind Company, LLC (applicant), for an incidental take permit (ITP) under the
To ensure consideration, please send your written comments by January 16, 2018.
To request further information or submit written comments, please use one of the following methods, and note that your information request or comments are in reference to the Lalamilo Wind Farm HCP, draft EA, and the proposed issuance of the ITP:
•
•
•
•
•
Michelle Bogardus (Maui Nui and Hawaii Geographic Team Manager), U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service by mail at the address in
The Service has received an ITP application from the Lalamilo Wind Company, LLC in accordance with the requirements of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
Section 9 of the ESA prohibits the take of fish and wildlife species listed as endangered or threatened under section 4 of the ESA. Under the ESA, the term “take” means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct (16 U.S.C. 1532(19)). The term “harm,” as defined in our regulations, includes significant habitat modification or degradation that results in death or injury to listed species by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns, including breeding, feeding, or sheltering (50 CFR 17.3).
However, under specified circumstances, the Service may issue permits that authorize take of federally listed species, provided the take is incidental to, but not the purpose of, an otherwise lawful activity. Regulations governing permits for endangered and threatened species are at 50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32, respectively. Section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA contains provisions for issuing such incidental take permits to non-Federal entities for the take of endangered and threatened species, provided the following criteria are met:
(1) The taking will be incidental;
(2) The applicant will prepare a conservation plan that, to the maximum extent practicable, identifies the steps the applicant will take to minimize and mitigate the impact of such taking;
(3) The applicant will ensure that adequate funding for the plan will be provided;
(4) The taking will not appreciably reduce the likelihood of the survival and recovery of the species in the wild; and
(5) The applicant will carry out any other measures that the Service may require as being necessary or appropriate for the purposes of the plan.
The applicant proposes to operate the project to provide electricity to eight existing water wells in the Lalamilo-Parker well system, which is located near the town of Kamuela, South Kohala District, Island of Hawaii, Hawaii. The Lalamilo Wind Farm was originally constructed in the mid-1980s with 120 wind turbines, with an installed generating capacity of 2.7 megawatts (MW). It was decommissioned in 2010 in anticipation of repowering the site. In 2013, the County of Hawaii Department of Water Supply (DWS) awarded the applicant a contract to design, build, and operate the wind farm and associated facilities for the project. Construction was completed in 2016, and the applicant is currently curtailing the wind turbine generators so that only two turbines are operational at a time. The wind farm is located on approximately 126 acres of State-owned land leased by the DWS from the State of Hawaii's Department of Land and Natural Resources (DLNR) in South Kohala. The project area is zoned “agriculture” and is surrounded on all sides by agricultural pastoral lands principally used for cattle (
The project consists of five Vestas 660-kilowatt V47 wind turbines with a combined generating capacity of up to approximately 3.3 MW and an updated monitoring and control system to optimize the operations of the water well pumping system. Power is provided to Parker Wells 1 through 4 and Lalamilo Wells A through D. The maximum blade tip height of the five turbines is 198.5 feet above ground level. Associated infrastructure includes a 197-foot-tall meteorological guyed tower, two 88-foot-tall free-standing lattice radio towers, 1.3 miles of roads
The project is located on the island of Hawaii, where Hawaiian hoary bats are known to collide with wind turbine structures at the existing Pakini Nui 21-MW wind energy facility. The Hawaiian petrel and the Hawaiian hoary bat are also known to collide with wind turbine structures at the existing 30-MW Kaheawa Wind Power, the 21-MW Kaheawa Wind Power II, and the 21-MW Auwahi wind energy facilities on Maui. Acoustic monitoring indicates that the Hawaii hoary bat flies in the area occupied by the project's wind turbines. Hawaiian petrels may transgress over the project and may be affected by the applicant's activities associated with operation and maintenance of the project.
The applicant has developed a draft HCP that addresses the incidental take of the two covered species that may occur as a result of the operation of the project over a period of 20 years. The draft HCP includes proposed measures the applicant will implement to avoid, minimize, mitigate, and monitor incidental take of the covered species. It is expected that only up to three of the five turbines will be in operation at any one time. All turbines blades will be curtailed (not rotating or rotating extremely slowly) from sunset to dusk, until wind speeds of 5.5 meters per second (m/s) are sustained for 10 minutes, at which time the blades would be pitched into the wind and begin rotating to generate power when needed for the water pumps. The applicant has also applied for a State of Hawaii incidental take license under Hawaii State law.
To offset anticipated take impacts, the applicant is proposing mitigation measures on the island of Hawaii that include: (1) A combination of native forest restoration and management in the Kahuku section of Hawaii Volcanoes National Park to increase and improve Hawaiian hoary bat habitat; (2) acoustic surveys to document the occupancy of the Hawaiian hoary bat; and (3) funding of fence maintenance and predator control to protect the Hawaiian petrel in a vulnerable area of Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. The HCP incorporates adaptive management provisions to allow for modifications to the mitigation and monitoring measures as knowledge is gained during implementation of the HCP.
The Service proposes to approve the HCP and to issue an ITP with a term of 20 years to the applicant for incidental take of the covered species caused by activities associated with the operation of the project, if permit issuance criteria are met.
The development of the draft HCP and the proposed issuance of an ITP under this plan is a Federal action that triggers the need for compliance with NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321
Under the no-action alternative, the Service would not authorize incidental take of the covered species. All facility turbines would be non-operational from sunset to sunrise—
The proposed action alternative is operation of the project, implementation of the HCP, and issuance of the ITP, as proposed. Under this alternative, all facility turbines would be non-operational (curtailed) from sunset to sunrise until winds of 5.5 m/s were sustained for 10 minutes, at which time the turbine blades would be pitched into the wind and begin rotating to generate power. It is expected that no more than three turbines would be operating simultaneously. The applicant would provide compensatory mitigation to offset the impacts of the taking on the covered species.
Under the no curtailment alternative, the applicant would not implement curtailment from sunset to sunrise. This alternative would produce the most renewable energy. This alternative would result in an increase in the time during which the turbine blades would be rotational, particularly at lower wind speeds, and would present a greater risk of collision-related mortality to the covered species. The applicant would provide compensatory mitigation to offset the higher take of the covered species.
Under the increased cut-in speed alternative, all facility turbines would be non-operational from sunset to sunrise until winds of 6.5 m/s were sustained for 10 minutes, at which time the turbine blades would be pitched into the wind and begin rotating to generate power. This alternative would produce less renewable energy than the proposed alternative. There is no certainty that incidental take of covered species would be reduced with the higher cut-in speed. The applicant would provide compensatory mitigation to offset the impacts of the taking on the covered species.
You may submit your comments and materials by one of the methods listed in the
All comments and materials we receive become part of the public record associated with this action. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personally identifiable information in your comments, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personally identifiable information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personally identifiable information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. All submissions from organizations or businesses, and from individuals identifying themselves as representatives or officials of organizations or businesses, will be made available for public disclosure in their entirety. Comments and materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we use in preparing the EA, will be available for public inspection by appointment, during normal business hours, at our Pacific Islands Field Office (see
We will evaluate the ITP application, associated documents, and public comments in reaching a final decision on whether the application meets the requirements of section 10(a) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
We provide this notice in accordance with the requirements of section 10(c) of the ESA and its implementing regulations (50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32) and NEPA and its implementing regulations (40 CFR 1506.6).
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, have received an application from Orange County Waste & Recycling for a 5-year incidental take permit for the threatened coastal California gnatcatcher pursuant to the Endangered Species Act. We are requesting comments on the permit application and on our preliminary determination that the applicant's accompanying proposed habitat conservation plan qualifies as low effect, eligible for a categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act. The basis for this determination is discussed in our environmental action statement and associated low-effect screening form, which are also available for public review.
Written comments should be received on or before January 2, 2018.
•
•
•
Ms. Karen Goebel, Assistant Field Supervisor, Carlsbad Fish and Wildlife Office (see
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), have received an application from Orange County Waste & Recycling (applicant) for a 5-year incidental take permit for one covered species pursuant to section 10(a)(1)(B) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
We are requesting comments on the permit application and on our preliminary determination that the proposed HCP qualifies as a low-effect HCP, eligible for a categorical exclusion under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Section 9 of the ESA and its implementing Federal regulations prohibit the take of animal species listed as endangered or threatened. “Take” is defined under the ESA as to “harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect listed animal species, or to attempt to engage in such conduct” (16 U.S.C. 1538). “Harm” includes significant habitat modification or degradation that actually kills or injures listed wildlife by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns such as breeding, feeding, or sheltering (50 CFR 17.3). However, under section 10(a) of the ESA, the Service may issue permits to authorize incidental take of listed species. “Incidental taking” is defined by the ESA implementing regulations as taking that is incidental to, and not the purpose of, carrying out an otherwise lawful activity (50 CFR 17.3). Regulations governing incidental take permits for endangered and threatened species, respectively, are found in the Code of Federal Regulations at 50 CFR 17.22 and 50 CFR 17.32.
The applicant requests a 5-year permit under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA. If we approve the permit, the applicant anticipates taking gnatcatcher as a result of permanent impacts to 5.78 acres (ac) of coastal sage scrub habitat that the species uses for breeding, feeding, and sheltering, as well as 2.85 ac of nonnative grassland habitat that may support gnatcatcher foraging and/or dispersal. The take would be incidental to the applicant's activities associated with the construction of the Olinda Alpha Landfill projects in the City of Brea, California, and includes restoration and in-perpetuity
The Olinda Alpha Landfill projects propose to construct a desilting basin, perform a partial cap closure, install screening trees for the Brea Power Plant, and construct a winch concrete pad on 12.56 ac located on the 565-ac Olinda Alpha Landfill property in the City of Brea. The project will permanently impact 5.78 ac of coastal California gnatcatcher-occupied coastal sage scrub habitat as a result of clearing and grading activities.
To minimize take of coastal California gnatcatcher by the Olinda Alpha Landfill projects and to offset impacts to its habitat, the applicant proposes to mitigate for permanent impacts to 5.78 ac of occupied gnatcatcher coastal sage scrub habitat through the restoration, conservation, and in-perpetuity management of 11.56 ac of coastal sage scrub suitable for the gnatcatcher by a Service-approved restoration contractor and the Puente Hills Habitat Preservation Authority. The applicant's proposed HCP also contains the following proposed measures to minimize the effects of construction activities on the gnatcatcher:
• Prior to the initiation of work activities on the project sites, grading limits will be clearly delineated with flagging and/or temporary fencing and silt fencing, as necessary, to help guide work activities and avoid impacts to areas beyond the project boundaries.
• Prior to the initiation of work activities on the project sites, a Service-approved biologist will conduct a brief training session for all project personnel regarding the conservation measures and regulations described herein, as well as general information and methods that will help avoid and minimize disturbance to the gnatcatcher in the vicinity of project activities.
• A Service-approved biologist will monitor grading of the site daily (or as determined necessary by the monitoring biologist) and provide a letter summarizing compliance with this HCP and the construction limits of the proposed projects to the Service within 1 month of completion of grading.
• Vegetation clearing will take place outside of the bird nesting season (February 15 through August 31) to the fullest extent practicable. Clearing may only occur during this period once a Service-approved biologist has conducted at least three surveys of the impact areas for nesting birds, with each survey taking place 1 week apart, and the last survey conducted within 24 hours prior to clearing. The qualified biologist will document compliance with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and other applicable regulations that protect nesting birds. If an active bird nest is observed, a 300-foot buffer must be established, within which no project activities will occur until the nest is no longer active. A reduced buffer may be established by the monitoring biologist if it is deemed appropriate and will not result in the alteration of nesting behaviors. To fulfill this measure, all project activities that are deemed necessary to occur during the bird nesting season will be monitored by the qualified biologist, as well as any active nest detected in the vicinity of project activities.
• Project sites will be kept as clean as possible to avoid attracting predators. All food-related trash will be placed in sealed bins or removed from the site regularly.
• Staging areas for each project will be limited to developed or previously disturbed areas.
The Proposed Action consists of the issuance of an incidental take permit and implementation of the proposed HCP, which includes measures to avoid, minimize, and mitigate impacts to the gnatcatcher. If we approve the permit, take of gnatcatcher would be authorized for the applicant's activities associated with the construction of the Olinda Alpha Landfill projects. In the proposed HCP, the applicant considers alternatives to the taking of gnatcatcher under the proposed action. Alternative development configurations for each project component were considered; however, because of site-specific regulatory requirements and the topography of the site, further avoidance of impacts to coastal California gnatcatcher habitat could not be achieved. The applicant also considered the No Action Alternative. Under the No Action Alternative, no incidental take of coastal California gnatcatcher resulting from habitat modification would occur, and no long-term protection and management would be afforded to the species.
The Service has made a preliminary determination that approval of the HCP and issuance of an incidental take permit qualify for categorical exclusion under NEPA (42 U.S.C. 4321
We base our determination that a HCP qualifies as a low-effect plan on the following three criteria:
(1) Implementation of the HCP would result in minor or negligible effects on federally listed, proposed, and candidate species and their habitats;
(2) Implementation of the HCP would result in minor or negligible effects on other environmental values or resources; and
(3) Impacts of the HCP, considered together with the impacts of other past, present, and reasonably foreseeable similarly situated projects, would not result, over time, in cumulative effects to environmental values or resources that would be considered significant.
Based upon this preliminary determination, we do not intend to prepare further NEPA documentation. We will consider public comments in making the final determination on whether to prepare such additional documentation.
We will evaluate the proposed HCP and comments we receive to determine whether the permit application meets the requirements and issuance criteria under section 10(a) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
If you wish to comment on the permit application, proposed HCP, and associated documents, you may submit comments by any of the methods noted in the
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
We provide this notice under section 10 of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
On June 12, 2017, the Assistant Administrator, Diversion Control Division, Drug Enforcement Administration (hereinafter, DEA or Government), issued an Order to Show Cause to Kofi E. Shaw-Taylor, M.D. (hereinafter, Respondent) of Baltimore, Maryland. GX 1. The Show Cause Order proposed the revocation of Respondent's Certificate of Registration on the ground that Respondent does “not have authority to handle controlled substances in the State of Maryland,” the State in which he is registered. GX 1, at 1 (citing 21 U.S.C. 823(f) and § 824(a)(3)).
As to the Agency's jurisdiction, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent holds DEA Certificate of Registration No. AS2145476 which authorizes him to dispense controlled substances in schedules II through V as a practitioner at the registered address of 4419 Falls Road, Suite C, Baltimore, Maryland 21211. GX 1, at 1.
As the substantive ground for the proceeding, the Show Cause Order alleged that Respondent is “without authority to handle controlled substances in Maryland, the state in which . . . [he is] registered with the DEA.” GX 1, at 1. It further alleged that, on May 9, 2017, Respondent's “authority to prescribe and administer controlled substances in the State of Maryland was suspended.” GX 1, at 1.
The Show Cause Order notified Respondent of his right to request a hearing on the allegations or to submit a written statement while waiving his right to a hearing, the procedures for electing each option, and the consequences for failing to elect either option. GX 1, at 2 (citing 21 CFR 1301.43). The Show Cause Order also notified Respondent of the opportunity to submit a corrective action plan. GX 1, at 2 (citing 21 U.S.C. 824(c)(2)(C)).
By letter dated July 17, 2017 addressed to the Office of the [DEA] Administrative Law Judges, Respondent, by his counsel, requested a hearing. GX 5, at 1. The letter admitted that the Maryland State Board of Physicians issued an Order of Summary Suspension of Respondent's license to practice medicine on May 9, 2017.
On July 24, 2017, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, John J. Mulrooney, II, ordered the Government to file proof of service and evidence in support of its allegation that Respondent lacked State authority to practice medicine. GX 6, at 1 (Order Directing the Filing of Proof of Service and Government Evidence of Lack of State Authority Allegation and Briefing Schedule). The Order also established a briefing schedule “if the Government files a motion based on timeliness of the hearing request and/or a motion for summary disposition based on its allegation that the Respondent lacks state authority to handle controlled substances.”
By submission dated July 28, 2017, Respondent, by his counsel, submitted an “Order to Show Cause Waiver of Hearing and Statement on the Matter.” GX 7. According to that submission, Respondent's counsel stated that Respondent was served with the Show Cause Order on June 20, 2017. GX 7, at 1. He also stated that Respondent was waiving a hearing on the Show Cause Order.
By Order dated August 2, 2017, the Chief Administrative Law Judge terminated the proceedings based on Respondent's “Order to Show Cause Waiver of Hearing and Statement on the Matter.” GX 8, at 1 (Order Terminating Proceedings).
On August 2, 2017, the Government submitted a Request for Final Agency Action and an evidentiary record to support the Show Cause Order's allegation.
I find that the Government's service of the Show Cause Order on Respondent was legally sufficient. I find that, by letter from his counsel dated July 17, 2017, Respondent requested a hearing. I find that, by submission of his counsel dated July 28, 2017, Respondent sought to file an “Order to Show Cause Waiver of Hearing and Statement on the Matter.” Respondent was entitled to waive his right to a hearing and to fail to follow up on his request for a hearing.
Respondent currently holds DEA practitioner registration AS2145476 authorizing him to dispense controlled substances in schedules II through V at the address of Westside Medical Group, 4419 Falls Road, Suite C, Baltimore, Maryland 21211. GX 1, at 1; GX 2. This registration expires on February 29, 2020.
On May 9, 2017, the Executive Director of the Maryland State Board of Physicians signed a 34-page Order summarily suspending Respondent's license to practice medicine. GX 3. The Order of Summary Suspension discussed numerous complaints against Respondent, including complaints about Respondent's controlled substance prescribing practices, the conclusions of an independent peer review agency that Respondent did not meet quality standards for pain medicine, and allegations concerning Respondent's unprofessional conduct.
On July 11, 2017, the DEA Diversion Investigator assigned to the investigation of Respondent (hereinafter, DI) signed a Declaration. GX 4. In that Declaration, the DI stated that Respondent's license to practice medicine in Maryland was suspended effective May 9, 2017 and that Respondent “currently has no authority to practice medicine in Maryland.”
Respondent's hearing request admitted that the Maryland State Board of Physicians summarily suspended Respondent's Maryland medical license. GX 5, at 1. Respondent did not submit any evidence that his Maryland medical license was reinstated. Respondent, thus, admitted that he currently is not authorized to practice medicine in Maryland.
Accordingly, I find that Respondent currently is without authority to engage in the practice of medicine in Maryland, the State in which he is registered.
Pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(3), the Attorney General is authorized to suspend or revoke a registration issued under section 823 of the Controlled Substances Act (hereinafter, CSA), “upon a finding that the registrant . . . has had his State License or registration suspended [or] revoked by competent State authority and is no longer authorized by State law to engage in the . . . dispensing of controlled substances.” With respect to a practitioner, the DEA has also long held that the possession of authority to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which a practitioner engages in professional practice is a fundamental condition for obtaining and maintaining a practitioner's registration.
This rule derives from the text of two provisions of the CSA. First, Congress defined the term “ ‘practitioner' [to] mean[ ] a physician . . . or other person licensed, registered, or otherwise permitted, by . . . the jurisdiction in which he practices . . ., to distribute, dispense, . . . [or] administer . . . a controlled substance in the course of professional practice.” 21 U.S.C. 802(21). Second, in setting the requirements for obtaining a practitioner's registration, Congress directed that “[t]he Attorney General shall register practitioners . . . if the applicant is authorized to dispense . . . controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he practices.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f). Because Congress has clearly mandated that a practitioner possess State authority in order to be deemed a practitioner under the CSA, the DEA has held repeatedly that revocation of a practitioner's registration is the appropriate sanction whenever he is no longer authorized to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he practices.
According to Maryland Department of Health regulations, a “prescription for a controlled dangerous substance may be issued only by an individual practitioner who is . . . [a]uthorized to prescribe controlled dangerous substances in the State of Maryland, in which the practitioner is licensed to practice the practitioner's profession.” MD Code Regs. 10.19.03.07B(1)(a) (2017). The Maryland Department of Health regulations define an “individual practitioner” to be a “physician . . . or other individual licensed, registered, or otherwise permitted by . . . the jurisdiction in which the individual practitioner practices, to dispense a controlled dangerous substance in the course of professional practice.” MD Code Regs. 10.19.03.02C(7)(a) (2017). Under Maryland law, a “physician” is “an individual who practices medicine,” and a “licensed physician” is a physician “who is licensed by the Board [of Physicians] to practice medicine.” West's MD Code Ann., Health Occupations, § 14-101(m) and (i) (2017). Further, in Maryland, to “practice medicine” means “to engage . . . in medical (i) Diagnosis; (ii) Healing; (iii) Treatment; or (iv) Surgery.”
In this case, the Maryland State Board of Physicians suspended Respondent's license to practice medicine. Consequently, Respondent is not currently eligible to handle controlled substances in the State of Maryland, the State in which he is registered with the Agency and, therefore, he is not entitled to maintain his DEA registration.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by 21 U.S.C. 824(a), as well as 28 CFR 0.100(b), I order that DEA Certificate of Registration AS2145476 issued to Kofi E. Shaw-Taylor, M.D., be, and it hereby is, revoked. I further order that any pending application of Kofi E. Shaw-Taylor, M.D., to renew or modify this registration, as well as any other pending application by him for registration in the State of Maryland, be, and it hereby is, denied. This order is effective immediately.
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration on or before January 30, 2018.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/DRW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated his authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Assistant Administrator of the DEA Diversion Control Division (“Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R.
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.33(a), this is notice that on August 11, 2017, Nanosyn, Inc., Nanoscale Combinatorial Synthesis, 3331-B Industrial Drive, Santa Rosa, California 95403 applied to be registered as a bulk manufacturer for the basic classes of controlled substances:
The company is a contract manufacturer. At the request of the company's customers, it manufactures derivatives of controlled substances in bulk form.
Notice of application.
Registered bulk manufacturers of the affected basic classes, and applicants therefore, may file written comments on or objections to the issuance of the proposed registration on or before January 2, 2018. Such persons may also file a written request for a hearing on the application on or before January 2, 2018.
Written comments should be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attention: DEA Federal Register Representative/DRW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing must be sent to: Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Administrator, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152. All requests for hearing should also be sent to: (1) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: Hearing Clerk/LJ, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152; and (2) Drug Enforcement Administration, Attn: DEA Federal Register Representative/DRW, 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152.
The Attorney General has delegated his authority under the Controlled Substances Act to the Administrator of the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), 28 CFR 0.100(b). Authority to exercise all necessary functions with respect to the promulgation and implementation of 21 CFR part 1301, incident to the registration of manufacturers, distributors, dispensers, importers, and exporters of controlled substances (other than final orders in connection with suspension, denial, or revocation of registration) has been redelegated to the Assistant Administrator of the DEA Diversion Control Division (“Assistant Administrator”) pursuant to section 7 of 28 CFR part 0, appendix to subpart R
In accordance with 21 CFR 1301.34(a), this is notice that on October 27, 2016, ABBVIE, LTD, Carr. #2, KM 58.0 Cruce Davila, C/O PO Box 278, Barceloneta, Puerto Rico 00617 applied to be registered as an importer of tapentadol (9780), a basic class of controlled substance in schedule II.
The company plans to import an intermediate form of tapentadol (9780) to bulk manufacture tapentadol (9780) for distribution to its customers. Placement of this drug code onto the company's registration does not translate into automatic approval of subsequent permit applications to import controlled substances. Approval of permit applications will occur only when the registrant's business activity is consistent with what is authorized under 21 U.S.C 952(a)(2). Authorization will not extend to the import of FDA approved or non-approved finished dosage forms for commercial sale.
Laboratory Division Federal Bureau of Investigation Laboratory Division Survey of Forensic Science Services, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Department of Justice.
60-Day Notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), Laboratory Division (LD) will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The proposed information collection is published to obtain comments from the public and affected agencies.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until January 30, 2018.
If you have additional comments, especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Cary Oien, United States Department of Justice, Federal Bureau of Investigation, Laboratory Division, 2501 Investigation Parkway, Quantico, VA 22135
This process is conducted in accordance with 5 CFR. Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should
Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
Evaluate whether and if so how the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected can be enhanced; and
Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
(1)
(2)
(3)
(3)
(4)
(5)
If additional information is required contact: Melody Braswell, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., 3E.405A, Washington, DC 20530.
U.S. Marshals Service, Department of Justice.
60-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), U.S. Marshals Service (USMS), will submit the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until January 30, 2018.
If you have additional comments, particularly with respect to the estimated public burden or associated response time, have suggestions, need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions, or desire any additional information, please contact Nicole Timmons either by mail at CG-3, 10th Floor, Washington, DC 20530-0001, by email at
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
1.
2.
3.
•
•
4.
5.
6.
If additional information is required contact: Melody Braswell, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., 3E.405A, Washington, DC 20530.
Employment and Training Administration, Labor.
Notice.
Sections 3302(c)(2)(A) and 3302(d)(3) of the FUTA provide that employers in a State that has an outstanding balance of advances under Title XII of the Social Security Act at the beginning of January 1 of two or more consecutive years are subject to a reduction in credits otherwise available against the FUTA tax for the calendar year in which the most recent such January 1 occurs, if a balance of advances remains at the beginning of November 10 of that year. Further, section 3302(c)(2)(C) of FUTA provides for an additional credit reduction for a year if a State has outstanding advances on five or more consecutive January firsts and has a balance at the beginning of November 10 for such years. Section 3302(c)(2)(C) also provides for waiver of this additional credit reduction and substitution of the credit reduction provided in section 3302(c)(2)(B) if a state meets certain conditions.
California and Virgin Islands were potentially liable for the additional credit reduction and applied for a waiver of the 2017 additional credit reduction under section 3302 (c)(2)(C) of FUTA. It has been determined that each one met all of the criteria of that section necessary to qualify for the waiver of the additional credit reduction. Further, the additional credit reduction of section 3302(c)(2)(B) is zero for California and Virgin Islands for 2017. Therefore, employers in California and Virgin Islands will have no additional credit reduction applied for calendar year 2017.
As a result of having passed eight consecutive January 1's with an outstanding Title XII advances and not having repaid the balance as of November 10, 2017, both California and Virgin Islands are subject to a FUTA credit reduction of 2.1 percent.
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the RegInfo.gov Web site at
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for revisions to the Consumer Expenditure Surveys: Quarterly Interview and Diary. The BLS uses the Consumer Expenditure Surveys to gather information on expenditures, income, and other related subjects. The data is updated periodically in the national Consumer Price Index. In addition, the data is used by a variety of researchers in academia, government agencies, and the private sector. The data is collected from a national probability sample of households designed to represent the total civilian non-institutional population. The purpose of this revision request is to make changes to the two Consumer Expenditure (CE) Surveys: The Quarterly Interview Survey (CEQ) and the Diary Survey (CED) as part of an ongoing effort to improve data quality, maintain or increase response rates, and reduce data collection costs. The Census Authorizing Statute and BLS Authorizing Statute authorize this information collection.
The ICR has been characterized as a revision for several reasons. More specifically, three major changes are proposed for the CED. (1) In an effort to alleviate burden and improve response rates, an alternative version of the paper CED has been developed. The new version consolidates the four main diary categories into two, facing, diary pages so that all expenses for a single day can be entered without flipping pages. An effort was also made to reduce the amount of instructions and examples so that respondents are not confused or intimidated. (2) The earliest placement date and last placement date restrictions for the Diary will be removed allowing
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “Annual Refiling Survey,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995. Public comments on the ICR are invited.
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation, including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064 (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
This ICR seeks OMB approval for revisions to the Annual Refiling Survey (ARS). The ARS is used in conjunction with the BLS Quarterly Census of Employment and Wages (QCEW) program. The primary purpose of the ARS is to verify or to correct the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code assigned to establishments as well as to obtain accurate mailing and physical location addresses of establishments. As a result, changes in the industrial and geographical compositions of the economy are captured in a timely manner and reflected in BLS statistical programs. The QCEW program provides data necessary to administer State Unemployment Insurance systems. QCEW data accurately reflect the extent of coverage of the State UI laws and are used for determining UI total and taxable wages rates and for other purposes. Federal, State, and local government officials as well as private researchers depend on accurate geographical and industrial coding based on the NAICS Manual. This ICR has been classified as a revision because BLS will increase efforts to collect information from more establishments that are in NAICS Code 999999. These are unclassified establishments (NCA) for which there is no information
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “Quarterly Census of Employment and Wages,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for continued use, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). Public comments on the ICR are invited.
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064 (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
This ICR seeks to extend PRA authority for the Quarterly Census of Employment and Wages information collection. The BLS uses QCEW data provided by State Workforce Agencies as a sampling frame for establishment surveys; for publishing accurate current estimates of employment for the U.S., States, counties, and metropolitan areas; and for publishing quarterly census totals of local establishment counts, employment, and wages. The Bureau of Economic Analysis uses the data to produce accurate personal income data in a timely matter for the U.S., States, and local areas. Finally, the data is critical to the Employment Training Administration in administrating unemployment insurance program. BLS Authorizing Statute and the Wagner-Peyser Act of 1933 section 15 authorizes this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “Current Population Survey—Displaced Worker, Job Tenure, and Occupational Mobility Supplement,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for reinstatement, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation, including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-6881 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at
This ICR seeks to reinstate a previously approved information collection. BLS conducts the Current Population Survey Displaced Worker, Job Tenure, and Occupational Mobility supplement biennially, and the supplement was last collected in January 2016. This supplement gathers information on workers who have lost or left their jobs because their plant or company closed or moved, there was insufficient work for the workers to perform, or their position or shift was abolished. The BLS will collect data on the extent to which displaced workers received advance notice of job cutbacks or the closing of their plant or business. The supplement also gathers data on the types of jobs reemployed workers have found and will compare current earnings with those from the lost job. In addition, the supplement will query for the incidence and nature of occupational changes in the preceding year. The survey also probes for the length of time workers, including those who have not been displaced, have been with their current employer. The BLS will collect additional data on the receipt of unemployment compensation, the loss of health insurance coverage, and the length of time spent without a job.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “Leave Supplement to the American Time Use Survey,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for continued use, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA). Public comments on the ICR are invited.
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
This ICR seeks to extend PRA authority for the Leave Supplement to the American Time Use Survey information collection. The information collected will be published as a public use data set to facilitate research on numerous topics, such as: Characteristics of people with paid and unpaid leave; occupations with the greatest and least access to paid leave; reasons workers are able to take leave from their jobs; how many workers have access to job flexibilities such as working from home and flexible hours, and the relationship between workers' time use and access to job flexibilities. The BLS Authorizing Statute authorizes this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal, and the current approval for this collection is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2018; however, the prior approval did not specifically mention a 2018 data collection. The DOL seeks to extend PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) more years, without any change to existing requirements. The DOL notes that existing information collection requirements submitted to the OMB receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review. For additional substantive information about this ICR, see the related notice published in the
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
Notice of availability; request for comments.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) proposal titled, “Quick Business Survey Operations Test,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995. Public comments on the ICR are invited.
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before January 2, 2018.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation, including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden, may be obtained free of charge from the
Submit comments about this request by mail to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for the proposed information collection titled, Quick Business Survey Operations Test (QBS). BLS will conduct the test to evaluate QBS survey processes and operations in a possible production environment. A QBS would allow the BLS to collect information about the U.S. economy in a more efficient manner than is currently possible and would allow data users to understand the impacts of specific events on the economy in a timely manner. The BLS Authorizing Statute authorizes this information collection.
This proposed information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information if the collection of information does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).
Notice of advisory committee meeting.
We are announcing the following committee meeting of the State, Local, Tribal, and Private Sector Policy Advisory Committee (SLTPS-PAC).
The meeting will be held on January 24, 2017, from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m.
National Archives and Records Administration, 700 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Jefferson Room, Washington, DC 20408.
Robert J. Skwirot, Senior Program Analyst, by mail at ISOO, National Archives Building; 700 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20408, by telephone at (202) 357-5398, or by email at
We announce advisory committee meetings in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. app 2) and implementing regulation 41 CFR 101-6.
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss matters relating to the Classified National Security Information Program for state, local, tribal, and private sector entities.
The meeting will be open to the public. However, due to space limitations and access procedures, you must submit the name and telephone number of individuals planning to attend to the Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO) no later than Wednesday, January 17, 2017. ISOO will provide additional instructions for accessing the meeting's location.
National Science Foundation.
Notice of permit applications received.
The National Science Foundation (NSF) is required to publish a notice of permit applications received to conduct activities regulated under the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978. NSF has published regulations under the Antarctic Conservation Act in the Code of Federal Regulations. This is the required notice of permit applications received.
Interested parties are invited to submit written data, comments, or views with respect to this permit application by January 2, 2018. This application may be inspected by interested parties at the Permit Office, address below.
Comments should be addressed to Permit Office, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 2415 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, Virginia 22314.
Nature McGinn, ACA Permit Officer, at the above address, 703-292-8030, or
The National Science Foundation, as directed by the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978 (Pub. L. 95-541, 45 CFR part 671), as amended by the Antarctic Science, Tourism and Conservation Act of 1996, has developed regulations for the establishment of a permit system for various activities in Antarctica and designation of certain animals and certain geographic areas a requiring special protection. The regulations establish such a permit system to designate Antarctic Specially Protected Areas.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended), the National Science Foundation (NSF) announces the following meeting:
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, as amended), the National Science Foundation (NSF) announces the following meeting:
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Exemption and combined license amendment; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is granting an exemption to allow a departure from the certification information of Tier 1 of the generic design control document (DCD) and is issuing License Amendment Nos. 93 and 92 to Combined Licenses (COL), NPF-91 and NPF-92, respectively. The COLs were issued to Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., and Georgia Power Company, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, MEAG Power SPVM, LLC, MEAG Power SPVJ, LLC, MEAG Power SPVP, LLC, Authority of Georgia, and the City of Dalton, Georgia (the licensee); for construction and operation of the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 3 and 4, located in Burke County, Georgia.
The granting of the exemption allows the changes to Tier 1 information asked for in the amendment. Because the acceptability of the exemption was determined in part by the acceptability of the amendment, the exemption and amendment are being issued concurrently.
The exemption and amendment were issued on October 20, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Chandu Patel, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3025; email:
The NRC is granting an exemption from paragraph B of section III, “Scope and Contents,” of appendix D, “Design Certification Rule for the AP1000,” to part 52 of title 10 of the
Part of the justification for granting the exemption was provided by the review of the amendment. Because the exemption is necessary in order to issue the requested license amendment, the NRC granted the exemption and issued the amendment concurrently, rather than in sequence. This included issuing a combined safety evaluation containing the NRC staff's review of both the exemption request and the license amendment. The exemption met all applicable regulatory criteria set forth in §§ 50.12, 52.7, and section VIII.A.4 of appendix D to 10 CFR part 52. The license amendment was found to be acceptable as well. The combined safety evaluation is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML17208A163.
Identical exemption documents (except for referenced unit numbers and
Reproduced below is the exemption document issued to VEGP Units 3 and Unit 4. It makes reference to the combined safety evaluation that provides the reasoning for the findings made by the NRC (and listed under Item 1) in order to grant the exemption:
1. In a letter dated April 27, 2017, as supplemented by letter dated August 3, 2017, Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., (licensee) requested from the NRC an exemption to allow departures from Tier 1 information in the certified Design Control Document (DCD) incorporated by reference in part 52 of title 10 of the
For the reasons set forth in Section 3.1 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation, which can be found in ADAMS under Accession No. ML17208A163, the Commission finds that:
A. The exemption is authorized by law;
B. the exemption presents no undue risk to public health and safety;
C. the exemption is consistent with the common defense and security;
D. special circumstances are present in that the application of the rule in this circumstance is not necessary to serve the underlying purpose of the rule;
E. the special circumstances outweigh any decrease in safety that may result from the reduction in standardization caused by the exemption; and
F. the exemption will not result in a significant decrease in the level of safety otherwise provided by the design.
2. Accordingly, the licensee is granted an exemption from the certified DCD Tier 1 information, with corresponding changes to Appendix C of the Facility Combined License, as described in the licensee's request dated April 27, 2017, as supplemented by letter dated August 3, 2017. This exemption is related to, and necessary for the granting of License Amendment Nos. 93 (Unit 3) and 92 (Unit 4), which is being issued concurrently with this exemption.
3. As explained in Section 6.0 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation (ADAMS Accession No. ML17208A163), this exemption meets the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment needs to be prepared in connection with the issuance of the exemption.
4. This exemption is effective as of the date of its issuance.
By letter dated April 27, 2017 (ADAMS Accession No. ML17118A049), as supplemented by letter dated August 3, 2017 (ADAMS Accession No. ML17215B187), the licensee requested that the NRC amend the COLs for VEGP, Units 3 and 4, COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92. The proposed amendment is described in Section I of this
The Commission has determined for these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or COL, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
The Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments.
Using the reasons set forth in the combined safety evaluation, the staff granted the exemption and issued the amendment that the licensee requested on April 27, 2017, as supplemented by letter dated August 3, 2017.
The exemption and amendment were issued on October 20, 2017, as part of a combined package to the licensee (ADAMS Accession No. ML17205A473).
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Confirmatory order; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing a Confirmatory Order to Dominion Energy Nuclear Connecticut, Inc. (Dominion) to memorialize the agreement reached during an alternative dispute resolution mediation session held on September 20, 2017. This Order will resolve the issue that was identified during an NRC investigation of actions by a (former) contractor security officer at Dominion's Millstone Power Station whom the NRC determined did not: (1) Perform required maintenance of site weapons; and (2) properly conduct monthly inventories of out of service weapons. The Confirmatory Order is effective upon issuance.
The Order was issued on November 21, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2017-0224 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Marjorie M. McLaughlin, Region I, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, 2100 Renaissance Blvd. King of Prussia, PA 19140; telephone: 610-337-5240, email:
The text of the Order is attached.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Dominion Nuclear Connecticut, Inc. (Dominion)
This Confirmatory Order is the result of an agreement reached during an Alternative Dispute Resolution (ADR) mediation session conducted on September 20, 2017.
On August 31, 2016, the NRC Office of Investigations (OI), Region I Field Office opened an investigation (OI Case No. 1-2016-019) to evaluate whether a contract security officer working for G4S Secure Solutions USA, Inc. as an Armorer at Millstone deliberately failed to perform assigned duties pertaining to the accountability, testing, and maintenance of site response weapons and falsified related records. The investigation was completed on April 27, 2017, and the results documented in OI Report No. 1-2016-019. Based on the evidence developed during the investigation, the NRC concluded that the contract security officer: (1) Deliberately failed to perform assigned duties pertaining to the testing, maintenance, and accountability of site response weapons; and (2) deliberately falsified related records.
Specifically, OI identified numerous discrepancies on a number of weapons maintenance records from between January 2015 and June 2016, where the contract security officer indicated that (s)he had performed test-firing, cleaning, or maintenance activities for weapons on dates when (s)he, in fact, either had not worked or had not accessed the site Protected Area to retrieve the weapons from their staged locations.
The contract security officer indicated to OI that (s)he had been unable to keep up with his/her increasing workload, which led to his/her decision to not perform required tasks and to falsify related records. The contract officer testified to OI that (s)he had requested help with the Armorer function. The contract officer admitted to OI that (s)he had falsified some records to indicate that (s)he was meeting the required maintenance timeframes, without having performed the maintenance activities. The contract officer stated that (s)he usually performed the maintenance at some later point, but admitted that this may not have always happened. OI concluded that the contract officer deliberately failed to perform the required activities during this timeframe and created false records to indicate that (s)he had performed them.
OI also identified discrepancies with the out-of-service weapons inventory records for January 2016, March 2016, April 2016, and May 2016. Specifically, OI identified that the recorded dates on which the January, March, and April inventories were completed were dates on which the contract security officer did not work. Additionally, OI identified that the April and May inventories listed weapons as being present at Millstone that were no longer on site.
The contract security officer testified to OI that (s)he must have made a mistake when (s)he documented the wrong dates. The contract officer also acknowledged to OI that (s)he had not individually reviewed the serial numbers of all out-of-service weapons when conducting the inventories and had just assumed the weapons were still onsite. The contract officer said this assumption had been based on the fact that the weapons had been packaged for shipment, and had been stored in a locked room to which only the contract officer possessed a key. However, the contract officer was the individual who had transported the weapons offsite, and should have known that they were no longer there. The contract officer acknowledged to OI that (s)he should have taken the time to account for the weapons that had already been transferred, but that (s)he had not done that. OI concluded that the contract officer deliberately failed to perform the inventories for those months and created false records when (s)he prepared the inventory logs.
The NRC determined that the contract security officer's deliberate actions caused Dominion to be in violation of 10 CFR 73, Appendix B, Section VI.G, “Weapons, Personal Equipment, and Maintenance,” and the Millstone Security Plan. Specifically, 10 CFR 73, Appendix B, Section VI.G, “Weapons, Personal Equipment, and Maintenance,” Section 3(a), “Firearms maintenance program,” requires that each licensee shall implement a firearms maintenance and accountability program in accordance with the Commission regulations and the Commission-approved training and qualification plan. The Millstone Training and Qualification Plan is Appendix B to the site's Physical Security Plan. Section 20, “Maintenance, Testing, and Calibration,” part 20.5, “Firearms,” states that a testing and maintenance program for all assigned firearms is established to ensure that the firearms and related accessories function as intended. The program is described in facility procedures. In particular, Dominion Security General Order GO-MP-0215, Rev. 5, “Weapons Maintenance Program,” constitutes the
The NRC determined that the contract security officer's deliberate actions also caused Dominion to be in violation of 10 CFR 50.9, which requires, in part, that information required by the Commission's regulations, orders, or license conditions to be maintained by the licensee shall be complete and accurate in all material respects. Specifically, 10 CFR 73.70(e) requires that nuclear power reactor licensees shall keep documentation of all tests, inspections, and maintenance performed on required security related equipment for three years from the date of documenting the event. Information related to tests, inspections, and maintenance performed on weapons is material to the NRC because it is relied upon as documentation that they are in acceptable working condition. Information relating to the accountability of out of service weapons is material to the NRC because the proper accounting of weapons helps to ensure that these items have not been stolen or misplaced such that they could be used to defeat the Licensee's protective strategy.
By letter dated July 20, 2017, the NRC notified the Licensee of the results of the investigation with an opportunity to: (1) Provide a response in writing; (2) attend a pre-decisional enforcement conference; or (3) participate in an ADR mediation session in an effort to resolve these concerns.
In response to the NRC's offer, the Licensee requested the use of the NRC's ADR process. On September 20, 2017, the NRC and the Licensee met in an ADR session mediated by a professional mediator, arranged through Cornell University's Institute on Conflict Resolution. The ADR process is one in which a neutral mediator, with no decision-making authority, assists the parties in reaching an agreement on resolving any differences regarding the dispute. This Confirmatory Order is issued pursuant to the agreement reached during the ADR process.
During the ADR session, the Licensee and the NRC reached a preliminary settlement agreement. The elements of the agreement include the following:
1. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall prepare a full inventory of all in-service and out-of-service weapons on-site. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the inventory list available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall prepare a report of the maintenance status of all in-service weapons that are on-site as of the date of the Confirmatory Order. The report shall specify the dates on which each weapon was last test-fired, cleaned, serviced, and inspected. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the report available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall communicate this issue to all personnel at Millstone and other Dominion Energy, Inc. nuclear sites. The communication (which may be verbal or via written communication) shall specify that falsification of records is unacceptable and shall also explain the specific actions staff are expected to take when unable to fulfill NRC requirements. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the content of the communication available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 10 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall ensure that Dominion's records related to the former contract security officer's entry in the Personnel Access Data System includes information related to this case. Within 10 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by notifying the Chief, Plant Support Branch 1, NRC Region I via telephone.
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall perform an evaluation of its oversight of the security contract organization. The evaluation shall review reporting relationships, Licensee and contractor responsibilities for individual performance management, and the means in place to verify that regulatory requirements are being met. The evaluation shall consider what improvements can be made in these areas and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 90 days of completing the evaluation described in Item C.1, Dominion shall administer training to Dominion Security management staff at Millstone that focuses on roles and expectations for managing contractor staff and that reinforces Dominion's responsibility for assuring regulatory compliance. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the training materials available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
3. Within 120 days of the date of this Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall administer a safety culture survey to the Millstone security organization. Prior to administering the survey, Dominion shall retain a safety culture expert, external to the Dominion Energy Inc. organization, to review Dominion's root cause evaluation of this issue and evaluate the need to append to the survey additional questions to assess the current state of individual and organizational behaviors related to the root cause evaluation. The survey questions and results shall be retained by Dominion for one year after administration of the survey and shall be made available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
4. Within 240 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall perform an organizational effectiveness evaluation of the Millstone security organization. The evaluation team shall be comprised of no more than 50% Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear employees, and the remaining
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall evaluate its implementation of the Armorer function at Millstone. The evaluation shall include review of the staffing and responsibilities of the position, the methodology for tracking weapons maintenance status and activities, and supervisory involvement in verifying completion of required activities. The evaluation shall also include a comparison of Millstone's weapons maintenance processes (including the process for performing functionality checks and the standards for identifying degradation) versus other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites and a sample of non-Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites. The evaluation shall identify best practices and consider any changes needed at Millstone and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 90 days of completing the evaluation described in Item D.1, Dominion shall communicate (which may be verbal or in writing) to Dominion Security management staff at Millstone the results of the evaluation and any completed or pending corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the content of the communication available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall review its process for performing and recording in-service and out-of-service weapons inventory. The review shall include a comparison of Millstone's process versus other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites and a sample of non-Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites. The evaluation shall identify best practices and consider any changes needed at Millstone and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 90 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall complete the first of four quarterly reviews of the effectiveness of the weapons maintenance program and of the corrective actions implemented in response to this issue. Within 30 days of completing the first such review, Dominion shall inform the NRC of the completion of the review by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator.
2. The effectiveness reviews discussed in Item F.1 shall be conducted by a team that includes an individual from outside the Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear fleet. For a period of one year after completion of the fourth review, the documented effectiveness reviews shall be made available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. By December 31, 2019, Dominion shall discuss this issue, including the results of all of the above-listed evaluations and resulting corrective actions, to the following industry working groups: (a) The Nuclear Security Working Group; and (b) the 2019 National Nuclear Security Conference. The discussion shall include reference to any identified organizational weaknesses that Dominion determined contributed to the issue. Within 30 days of completing each discussion, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the presentation materials available to the NRC for one year after the presentation for review during an inspection.
1. In consideration of the above actions, the NRC agrees not to pursue any further enforcement action (including issuance of a civil penalty) relating to the notice of apparent violations (Case no. EA-17-077, Inspection Report Nos. 05000336/2017405 & 05000423/2017405, Office of Investigations Report No. 1-2016-019), dated July 20, 2017.
2. The NRC agrees that the Confirmatory Order documenting the above items will not be considered an escalated enforcement action by the NRC for future assessment of violations occurring at Millstone Power Station Units 2 and 3.
3. In the event of the transfer of the operating licenses of Millstone Power Station Units 2 and 3 to another entity, the commitments hereunder shall survive any transfer of ownership and will be binding on the new Licensee.
On November 13, 2017, Dominion consented to issuing this Order with the commitments, as described in Section V below. Dominion further agreed that this Order is to be effective upon issuance, the agreement memorialized in this Confirmatory Order settles the matter between the parties, and that it has waived its right to a hearing.
I find that Dominion's commitments as set forth in Section V are acceptable and necessary, and conclude that with these commitments the public health and safety are reasonably assured. In view of the foregoing, I have determined that public health and safety require that Dominion's commitments be confirmed by this Confirmatory Order. Based on the above and Dominion's consent, this Confirmatory Order is effective upon issuance.
Accordingly, pursuant to Sections 104b, 161b, 161i, 161o, 182 and 186 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and the Commission's regulations in 10 CFR 2.202 and 10 CFR part 50 and 10 CFR part 73, IT IS HEREBY ORDERED, EFFECTIVE UPON ISSUANCE, THAT LICENSE NO. DPR-65 AND LICENSE NO. NPF-49 ARE MODIFIED AS FOLLOWS:
1. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall prepare a full inventory of all in-service and out-of-service weapons on-site. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the inventory list available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall prepare a report of the maintenance status of all in-service weapons that are on-site as of the date of the Confirmatory Order. The report shall specify the dates on which each weapon was last test-fired, cleaned, serviced, and inspected. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the report available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 30 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall communicate this issue to all personnel at Millstone and other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites. The communication (which may be verbal or via written communication) shall specify that falsification of records is unacceptable and shall also explain the specific actions staff are expected to take when unable to fulfill NRC requirements. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the content of the communication available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 10 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall ensure that Dominion's records related to the former contract security officer's entry in the Personnel Access Data System includes information related to this case. Within 10 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by notifying the Chief, Plant Support Branch 1, NRC Region I via telephone.
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall perform an evaluation of its oversight of the security contract organization. The evaluation shall review reporting relationships, Licensee and contractor responsibilities for individual performance management, and the means in place to verify that regulatory requirements are being met. The evaluation shall consider what improvements can be made in these areas and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 90 days of completing the evaluation described in Item C.1, Dominion shall administer training to Dominion Security management staff at Millstone that focuses on roles and expectations for managing contractor staff and that reinforces Dominion's responsibility for assuring regulatory compliance. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the training materials available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
3. Within 120 days of the date of this Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall administer a safety culture survey to the Millstone security organization. Prior to administering the survey, Dominion shall retain a safety culture expert, external to the Dominion Energy Inc. organization, to review Dominion's root cause evaluation of this issue and evaluate the need to append to the survey additional questions to assess the current state of individual and organizational behaviors related to the root cause evaluation. The survey questions and results shall be retained by Dominion for one year after administration of the survey and shall be made available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
4. Within 240 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall perform an organizational effectiveness evaluation of the Millstone security organization. The evaluation team shall be comprised of no more than 50% Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear employees, and the remaining participants shall be from an outside organization (such as another utility or an industry group). The safety culture expert retained as described in Item C.3 shall be part of the evaluation team. The evaluation shall include a review of the results of the safety culture survey, including trending within the Millstone security organization and benchmarking with other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites, along with the root cause evaluation, with particular emphasis on the traits of a healthy nuclear safety culture. It shall also include a review of the clarity for the security staff about lines of responsibility and reporting, and the performance and quality of how individual job performance results are evaluated, documented, and communicated. The evaluation shall result in an Action Plan that includes measures of effectiveness. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation and a copy of the Action Plan available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall evaluate its implementation of the Armorer function at Millstone. The evaluation shall include review of the staffing and responsibilities of the position, the methodology for tracking weapons maintenance status and activities, and supervisory involvement in verifying completion of required activities. The evaluation shall also include a comparison of Millstone's weapons maintenance processes (including the process for performing functionality checks and the standards for identifying degradation) versus other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites and a sample of non-Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites. The evaluation shall identify best practices and consider any changes needed at Millstone and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
2. Within 90 days of completing the evaluation described in Item D.1, Dominion shall communicate (which may be verbal or in writing) to Dominion Security management staff at Millstone the results of the evaluation and any completed or pending corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the content of the communication available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 180 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall review its process for performing and recording in-service and out-of-service weapons inventory. The review shall include a comparison of Millstone's process versus other Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites and a sample of non-Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear sites. The evaluation shall identify best practices and consider any changes needed at Millstone and specify any identified corrective actions. Within 30 days of completing this action, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the results of the evaluation available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. Within 90 days of the date of the Confirmatory Order, Dominion shall complete the first of four quarterly reviews of the effectiveness of the weapons maintenance program and of the corrective actions implemented in response to this issue. Within 30 days of completing the first such review, Dominion shall inform the NRC of the completion of the review by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator.
2. The effectiveness reviews discussed in Item F.1 shall be conducted by a team that includes an individual from outside the Dominion Energy Inc. nuclear fleet. For a period of one year after completion of the fourth review, the documented effectiveness reviews shall be made available to the NRC for review during an inspection.
1. By December 31, 2019, Dominion shall discuss this issue, including the results of all of the above-listed evaluations and resulting corrective actions, to the following industry working groups: (a) The Nuclear Security Working Group; and (b) the 2019 National Nuclear Security Conference. The discussion shall include reference to any identified organizational weaknesses that Dominion determined contributed to the issue. Within 30 days of completing each discussion, Dominion shall inform the NRC that the action is complete by sending a letter to the Region I Administrator and shall make the presentation materials available to the NRC for one year after the presentation for review during an inspection.
In the event of the transfer of the operating licenses of Millstone Power Station Units 2 and 3 to another entity, the commitments set forth hereunder shall continue to apply to the new entity and accordingly survive any transfer of ownership or license. The Regional Administrator, Region I may, in writing, relax or rescind any of the above conditions upon demonstration by the Licensee of good cause.
In accordance with 10 CFR 2.202 and 10 CFR 2.309, any person adversely affected by this Confirmatory Order, other than Dominion, may request a hearing within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of issuance of this Confirmatory Order. Where good cause is shown, consideration will be given to extending the time to request a hearing. A request for extension of time must be made in writing to the Director, Office of Enforcement, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555, and include a statement of good cause for the extension.
All documents filed in NRC adjudicatory proceedings, including a request for hearing, a petition for leave to intervene, any motion or other document filed in the proceeding prior to the submission of a request for hearing or petition to intervene (hereinafter “petition”), and documents filed by interested governmental entities participating under 10 CFR 2.315(c), must be filed in accordance with the NRC's E-Filing rule (72 FR 49139; August 28, 2007, as amended at 77 FR 46562, August 3, 2012). The E-Filing process requires participants to submit and serve all adjudicatory documents over the internet, or in some cases to mail copies on electronic storage media. Participants may not submit paper copies of their filings unless they seek an exemption in accordance with the procedures described below.
To comply with the procedural requirements of E-Filing, at least ten (10) days prior to the filing deadline, the participant should contact the Office of the Secretary by email at
Information about applying for a digital ID certificate is available on the NRC's public Web site at
A person filing electronically using the NRC's adjudicatory E-Filing system may seek assistance by contacting the NRC's Electronic Filing Help Desk through the “Contact Us” link located on the NRC's Public Web site at
Participants who believe that they have good cause for not submitting documents electronically must file an exemption request, in accordance with 10 CFR 2.302(g), with their initial paper filing stating why there is good cause for not filing electronically and requesting authorization to continue to submit documents in paper format. Such filings must be submitted by: (1) First class mail addressed to the Office of the Secretary of the Commission, U.S.
Documents submitted in adjudicatory proceedings will appear in the NRC's electronic hearing docket which is available to the public at
The Commission will issue a notice or order granting or denying a hearing request or intervention petition, designating the issues for any hearing that will be held and designating the Presiding Officer. A notice granting a hearing will be published in the
If a person (other than Dominion) requests a hearing, that person shall set forth with particularity the manner in which his interest is adversely affected by this Confirmatory Order and shall address the criteria set forth in 10 CFR 2.309(d) and (f).
If a hearing is requested by a person whose interest is adversely affected, the Commission will issue an order designating the time and place of any hearing. If a hearing is held, the issue to be considered at such hearing shall be whether this Confirmatory Order should be sustained.
In the absence of any request for hearing, or written approval of an extension of time in which to request a hearing, the provisions specified in Section V above shall be final 30 days from the date of this Confirmatory Order without further order or proceedings. If an extension of time for requesting a hearing has been approved, the provisions specified in Section V shall be final when the extension expires if a hearing request has not been received.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Exemption and combined license amendment; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is granting an exemption to allow a departure from the certification information of Tier 1 of the generic design control document (DCD) and is issuing License Amendment Nos. 88 and 87 to Combined Licenses (COL), NPF-91 and NPF-92, for the Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 3 and 4, respectively. The COLs were issued to Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., and Georgia Power Company, Oglethorpe Power Corporation, MEAG Power SPVM, LLC, MEAG Power SPVJ, LLC, MEAG Power SPVP, LLC, Authority of Georgia, and the City of Dalton, Georgia (the licensee); for construction and operation of the VEGP Units 3 and 4, located in Burke County, Georgia.
The granting of the exemption allows the changes to Tier 1 information asked for in the amendment. Because the acceptability of the exemption was determined in part by the acceptability of the amendment, the exemption and amendment are being issued concurrently.
The exemption and amendment were issued on September 27, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0252 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may access information related to this document, which the NRC possesses and is publicly-available, using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
William (Billy) Gleaves, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-5848; email:
The NRC is granting an exemption from paragraph B of section III, “Scope and Contents,” of appendix D, “Design Certification Rule for the AP1000,” to
With the requested amendment, dated March 8, 2017, (ADAMS Accession No. ML17067A517), Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., (SNC/licensee) requested that the NRC amend the COL for VEGP Units 3 and 4, COL Numbers NPF-91 and NPF-92, respectively. The amendment requested changes to the VEGP COL appendix C, Table 3.3-6 (and associated plant-specific Tier 1 table) to capture additional raceway separation configurations for the Main Control Room and Remote Shutdown Room as discussed in the VEGP Updated Final Safety Analysis Report. In addition to those changes, the licensee proposed editorial changes to improve the readability of the text by deleting one particular extraneous period that appears only in the plant-specific Tier 1 Table 3.3-6 and the word “except” in certain parts of the COL Appendix C Table 3.3-6 (and associated plant-specific Tier 1 table).
Part of the justification for granting the exemption was provided by the review of the amendment. Because the exemption is necessary in order to issue the requested license amendment, the NRC granted the exemption and issued the amendment concurrently, rather than in sequence. The exemption met all applicable regulatory criteria set forth in §§ 50.12, 52.7, and Section VIII.A.4 of appendix D to 10 CFR part 52. This included issuing a combined safety evaluation containing the NRC staff's review of both the exemption request and the license amendment. The license amendment was found to be acceptable as well. The safety evaluation is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML17206A414.
Identical exemption documents (except for referenced unit numbers, license numbers and amendment numbers) were issued to the licensee for VEGP Units 3 and 4 (COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92). The exemption documents for VEGP Units 3 and 4 can be found in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML17206A416 and ML17206A415, respectively. The exemption is reproduced (with the exception of abbreviated titles and additional citations) in Section II of this document. The amendment documents for COLs NPF-91 and NPF-92 are available in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML17206A418 and ML17206A417, respectively. A summary of the amendment documents is provided in Section III of this document.
Reproduced below is the exemption document issued to VEGP Unit 3 and Unit 4. It makes reference to the combined safety evaluation that provides the reasoning for the findings made by the NRC (and listed under Item 1) in order to grant the exemption:
1. In a letter dated March 8, 2017, Southern Nuclear Operating Company requested from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC or Commission) an exemption to allow departures from Tier 1 information in the certified Design Control Document (DCD) incorporated by reference in 10 CFR part 52, appendix D, “Design Certification Rule for the AP1000 Design,” as part of license amendment request (LAR) 17-007, “Consistency Update to the Raceway Separation Requirements in the Main Control Room and Remote Shutdown Room.”
For the reasons set forth in Section 3.1 of the NRC staff's safety evaluation, which can be found at ADAMS Accession No. ML17206A414, the Commission finds that:
A. The exemption is authorized by law;
B. the exemption presents no undue risk to public health and safety;
C. the exemption is consistent with the common defense and security;
D. special circumstances are present in that the application of the rule in this circumstance is not necessary to serve the underlying purpose of the rule;
E. the special circumstances outweigh any decrease in safety that may result from the reduction in standardization caused by the exemption; and
F. the exemption will not result in a significant decrease in the level of safety otherwise provided by the design.
2. Accordingly, the licensee is granted an exemption from the certified DCD Tier 1 information, with corresponding changes to Appendix C of the Facility Combined Licenses as described in the licensee's request dated March 8, 2017. This exemption is related to, and necessary for, the granting of License Amendment [Nos. 88 and 87 for Units 3 and 4, respectively], which is being issued concurrently with this exemption.
3. As explained in Section 6.0 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation (ADAMS Accession No. ML17206A414), this exemption meets the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment needs to be prepared in connection with the issuance of the exemption.
4. This exemption is effective as of the date of its issuance.
By letter dated March 8, 2017, (ADAMS Accession No. ML17067A517), Southern Nuclear Operating Company, Inc., (SNC/licensee) requested that the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) amend the combined licenses (COL) for Vogtle Electric Generating Plant (VEGP) Units 3 and 4, COL Numbers NPF-91 and NPF-92, respectively. The proposed amendment is described in Section I of this
The Commission has determined for these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR Chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or COL, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
The Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments.
Using the reasons set forth in the combined safety evaluation, the staff granted the exemption and issued the amendment that the licensee requested by letter dated March 8, 2017. The exemption and amendment were issued on September 27, 2017, as part of a combined package to the licensee (ADAMS Accession No. ML17206A413).
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC).
Notice and request for comments.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, agencies are required to publish a Notice in the
Comments must be received within thirty (30) calendar days of publication of this Notice.
Mail all comments and requests for copies of the subject form to OPIC's Agency Submitting Officer: James Bobbitt, Overseas Private Investment Corporation, 1100 New York Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20527. See
OPIC Agency Submitting Officer: James Bobbitt, (202) 336-8558.
OPIC received no comments in response to the sixty (60) day notice published in
Postal Regulatory Commission.
Notice.
The Commission is noticing recent Postal Service filings for the Commission's consideration concerning negotiated service agreements. This notice informs the public of the filing, invites public comment, and takes other administrative steps.
Submit comments electronically via the Commission's Filing Online system at
David A. Trissell, General Counsel, at 202-789-6820.
The Commission gives notice that the Postal Service filed request(s) for the Commission to consider matters related to negotiated service agreement(s). The request(s) may propose the addition or removal of a negotiated service agreement from the market dominant or the competitive product list, or the modification of an existing product currently appearing on the market dominant or the competitive product list.
Section II identifies the docket number(s) associated with each Postal Service request, the title of each Postal Service request, the request's acceptance date, and the authority cited by the Postal Service for each request. For each request, the Commission appoints an officer of the Commission to represent the interests of the general public in the proceeding, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 505 (Public Representative). Section II also establishes comment deadline(s) pertaining to each request.
The public portions of the Postal Service's request(s) can be accessed via the Commission's Web site (
The Commission invites comments on whether the Postal Service's request(s) in the captioned docket(s) are consistent with the policies of title 39. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern market dominant product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3622, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3010, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. For request(s) that the Postal Service states concern competitive product(s), applicable statutory and regulatory requirements include 39 U.S.C. 3632, 39 U.S.C. 3633, 39 U.S.C. 3642, 39 CFR part 3015, and 39 CFR part 3020, subpart B. Comment deadline(s) for each request appear in section II.
1.
2.
3.
This notice will be published in the
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rules 2.220(a)(7) and 11.410(a) to reflect the name change of Bats BZX Exchange, Inc. to Cboe BZX,
IEX believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 6(b)
IEX does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange believes that the proposed correction does not impact competition in any respect since it is designed to simply update away market names.
Written comments were neither solicited nor received.
Because the foregoing rule does not (i) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate if consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, provided that the self-regulatory organization has given the Commission written notice of its intent to file the proposed rule change at least five business days prior to the date of filing of the proposed rule change or such shorter time as designated by the Commission,
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice.
Notice of an application for an order under section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Act”) for an exemption from sections 12(d)(1)(A), (B), and (C) of the Act and under sections 6(c) and 17(b) of the Act for an exemption from sections 17(a)(1) and (2) of the Act. The requested order would permit certain registered unit investment trusts (“UITs”) to acquire shares of certain registered open-end investment companies, registered closed-end investment companies and registered UITs (collectively, the “Underlying Funds”) that are within and outside the same group of investment companies as the acquiring UITs, in excess of the limits in section 12(d)(1) of the Act.
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants, 3250 Lacey Road, Suite 130, Downers Grove, IL 60515, and Morrison C. Warren, Walter L. Draney and Suzanne M. Russell, Chapman and Cutler LLP, 111 West Monroe Street, Chicago, IL 60603.
Laura L. Solomon, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6915 or David J. Marcinkus, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. Applicants request an order to permit (a) a Series
2. Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in the application. Such terms and conditions are designed to, among other things, help prevent any potential (i) undue influence over an Underlying Fund that is not in the same “group of investment companies” as the UIT through control or voting power, or in connection with certain services, transactions, and underwritings, (ii) excessive layering of fees, and (iii) overly complex fund structures, which are the concerns underlying the limits in sections 12(d)(1)(A), (B), and (C) of the Act.
3. Section 12(d)(1)(J) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction, or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions, from any provision of section 12(d)(1) if the exemption is consistent with the public interest and the protection of investors. Section 17(b) of the Act authorizes the Commission to grant an order permitting a transaction otherwise prohibited by section 17(a) if it finds that (a) the terms of the proposed transaction are fair and reasonable and do not involve overreaching on the part of any person concerned; (b) the proposed transaction is consistent with the policies of each registered investment company involved; and (c) the proposed transaction is consistent with the general purposes of the Act. Section 6(c) of the Act permits the Commission to exempt any persons or transactions from any provision of the Act if such exemption is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and the purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, pursuant to delegated authority.
82 FR 56089, November 27, 2017.
Friday, December 1, 2017.
The following matter will also be considered during the 12 p.m. Closed Meeting scheduled for Friday, December 1, 2017: Formal orders of investigation.
For further information and to ascertain what, if any, matters have been added, deleted or postponed, please contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
This proposed rule change by the OCC would (1) revise OCC's By-Laws to adopt a new minimum cash requirement for the Clearing Fund; (2) revise OCC's By-Laws to provide for the pass-through of interest earned on Clearing Fund cash held in OCC's Federal Reserve bank account; (3) enact changes to OCC's Fee Policy that reflect the pass-through of interest earned on Clearing Fund cash held in OCC's Federal Reserve bank account; and (4) make certain conforming changes to OCC's Rules and By-Laws to affect the aforementioned changes.
In its filing with the Commission, OCC included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. OCC has prepared summaries, set forth in sections (A), (B), and (C) below, of the most significant aspects of these statements.
OCC proposes to establish a minimum cash contribution requirement for its Clearing Fund in order to increase the amount of qualifying liquid resources available to OCC to account for extreme scenarios that may result in liquidity demands exceeding OCC's current Cover 1 liquidity resources, as calculated under the current historically-based methodology, and provide for a more consistent level of cash resources in its available prefunded financial resources. The proposed rule change also would provide for the pass-through of interest income earned on such deposits to its Clearing Members. OCC's current practices and the proposed changes to such practices are described in more detail below.
Presently, Article VIII, Section 3(a) of OCC's By-Laws provides that Clearing Fund contributions shall be in the form of cash and Government securities, but neither OCC's By-Laws nor Rules provides a minimum cash requirement for contributions in the Clearing Fund. Article VIII, Section 4(a) of OCC's By-Laws allows for OCC to invest cash contributions to the Clearing Fund, partially or wholly, in OCC's account in Government securities, and to the extent that such contributions are not so invested they shall be deposited by OCC in a separate account or accounts for Clearing Fund contributions in approved custodians. Article VIII, Section 4(a) of OCC's By-Laws, however, presently does not account for the treatment of interest earned on cash deposits held in the OCC's Federal Reserve bank account.
OCC proposes to establish a minimum cash contribution requirement for its Clearing Fund in order to increase the amount of highly liquid resources available to OCC to account for extreme scenarios that may result in liquidity demands exceeding OCC's current Cover 1 liquidity resources, as calculated under the current historically-based methodology, and provide for a more consistent level of cash resources in its available prefunded financial resources.
OCC has historically sized its liquidity resources based on historically observed liquidity demands and analysis of potential large forecasted liquidity demands over at least the next twelve months. OCC forecasts its future daily settlement activity under normal market conditions (
OCC has performed an analysis of its stress liquidity demands based on a 1-in-70 year hypothetical market event. OCC started its analysis by selecting the largest historical peak monthly settlements that occurred over the historical look back period of data generated by the stress test system. It then also selected certain large non-expiration days to supplement the analysis. From this it estimated the mark-to-market and cash settled exercise and assignment obligations for the members driving the historical peak demand under the proposed stress tests scenario to determine the stressed peak demand. Through this analysis, OCC observed that peak stressed liquidity demands of the largest 1 or 2 members, which normally occur in conjunction with certain monthly expirations, can exceed the size OCC's committed liquidity facilities (which currently total $3 billion). In these cases, while OCC did have cash in the Clearing Fund to supplement its liquidity resources, and the total of credit facilities and cash in the Clearing Fund did cover these peak stressed liquidity demands, OCC is unable to rely on these cash contributions to be present at any given time since there is no obligation on members to maintain any amount of their contribution in cash. As a result, OCC believes it is necessary to increase or otherwise ensure the availability of highly liquid resources in the Clearing Fund to account for extreme scenarios that may result in liquidity demands exceeding OCC's Cover 1 liquidity resources, as calculated under the current historically-based methodology. The proposed Cash Clearing Fund Requirement, when taken together with OCC's $3 billion in committed liquidity facilities, would provide liquidity resources sufficient to cover 100% of
In addition, the proposed changes would allow OCC's Executive Chairman, Chief Administrative Officer (“CAO”), or Chief Operating Officer (“COO”), upon providing notice to the Risk Committee, to temporarily increase the amount of cash required to be maintained in the Clearing Fund up to an amount that includes the size of the Clearing Fund as determined in accordance with Rule 1001 for the month in question for the protection of OCC, clearing members or the general public. Any determination by the Executive Chairman, CAO and/or COO to implement a temporary increase in Clearing Fund size would (i) be based upon then-existing facts and circumstances, (ii) be in furtherance of the integrity of OCC and the stability of the financial system, and (iii) take into consideration the legitimate interests of Clearing Members and market participants.
The proposed rule change would require that any temporary increase in the Cash Clearing Fund Requirement be reviewed by the Risk Committee as soon as practicable, but in any event within 20 calendar days of the increase. In its review, the Risk Committee shall determine whether (1) the increase in the minimum Cash Clearing Fund Requirement is no longer required or (2) OCC's Clearing Fund contribution requirements and other related rules should be modified to ensure that OCC continues to maintain sufficient liquid resources to cover its largest aggregate payment obligations in extreme but plausible market conditions. In the event that the Risk Committee would determine to permanently increase the Cash Clearing Fund Requirement, OCC would initiate any regulatory approval process required to effect such a change.
These changes would be reflected in new paragraph (a)(i) of Section 3 of Article VIII of OCC's By-Laws, as well as in new Interpretation and Policy .04 to Section 3 of Article VIII.
In connection with the proposed Cash Clearing Fund Requirement, substantially all of OCC's Clearing Fund deposits consisting of cash would be held in an account established by OCC at a Federal Reserve Bank.
In order to accommodate the pass through of interest income, OCC would also amend its Fee Policy to add definitions for “Pass-Through Interest Revenue” and “Operating Expenses” to exclude from the calculation of the Business Risk Buffer projected interest revenue and expense, respectively, related to the pass-through of earned interest from OCC to Clearing Members.
In conjunction with the aforementioned changes, OCC is also proposing to make four related conforming changes. First, OCC proposes to revise Interpretation and Policy .01 of Rule 1001 to reflect that the new minimum Clearing Fund size is $3 billion (instead of $1 billion) plus 110% of the size of OCC's committed liquidity facilities, which conforms to the proposed new minimum cash requirement for the Clearing Fund. Second, OCC proposes to amend the definition of “Approved Custodian” in Article I, Section 1 of the By-Laws to clarify that the Federal Reserve Bank may also be an Approved Custodian, to the extent it is available to OCC. Third, OCC is proposing to delete existing Article VIII, Section 4(b), regarding the establishment of a segregated funds account for cash contributions to the Clearing Fund. The segregated funds account allows a Clearing Member to contribute cash to a bank or trust company account maintained in the name of OCC, subject to OCC's exclusive control, but the account also includes the name of the Clearing Member and any interest accrues to the Clearing Member rather than OCC. OCC proposes to eliminate the account type because Clearing Members have not expressed interest in using such an account, no such accounts are in use today, and moving forward, substantially all cash Clearing Fund contributions will be held in OCC's account at the Federal Reserve Bank. Fourth, OCC proposes to introduce new language to Article VIII, Section 4(a) to clarify that cash contributions to the Clearing Fund that are deposited at approved custodians may be commingled with the Clearing Fund contributions of different Clearing Members.
Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act,
Additionally, Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)
Further, Rule 17Ad-22(e)(7)(viii)
The proposed rule change is not inconsistent with the existing rules of OCC, including any other rules proposed to be amended.
Section 17A(b)(3)(I) of the Act
Written comments were not and are not intended to be solicited with respect to the proposed rule change, and none have been received.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
All comments received will be posted without change. Persons submitting comments are cautioned that we do not redact or edit personal identifying information from comment submissions. You should submit only information that you wish to make available publicly. All submissions should refer to File Number SR-OCC-2017-019 and should be submitted on or before December 22, 2017.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
The following is a notice of applications for deregistration under section 8(f) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for the month of November 2017. A copy of each application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
The Commission: Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Jill Ehrlich, Senior Counsel, at (202) 551-6819 or Chief Counsel's Office at (202) 551-6821; SEC, Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-8010.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission Investor Advisory Committee will hold a meeting on Thursday, December 7, 2017 at 9:30 a.m. (ET).
The meeting will be held in Multi-Purpose Room LL-006 at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549.
This meeting will begin at 9:30 a.m. (ET) and will be open to the public. Seating will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Doors will open at 9:00 a.m. Visitors will be subject to security checks. The meeting will be webcast on the Commission's Web site at
On November 9, 2017, the Commission issued notice of the Committee meeting (Release No. 33-10435), indicating that the meeting is open to the public (except during that portion of the meeting reserved for an administrative work session during lunch), and inviting the public to submit written comments to the Committee. This Sunshine Act notice is being issued because a quorum of the Commission may attend the meeting.
The agenda for the meeting includes: Remarks from Commissioners; a discussion of a recommendation of the Investor as Purchaser Subcommittee regarding electronic delivery of information to retail investors; a discussion regarding retail investor protections and transparency in municipal and corporate bond markets; a discussion regarding cybersecurity risk disclosures (which may include a recommendation of the Investor as Owner Subcommittee); a discussion regarding dual-class share structures (which may include a recommendation of the Investor as Owner Subcommittee); a discussion regarding retail investor disclosure: What works, what doesn't, and best practices; subcommittee reports; and a nonpublic administrative work session during lunch.
For further information and to ascertain what, if any, matters have been added, deleted or postponed; please contact Brent J. Fields from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Amendment 3.
This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for the US Virgin Islands (FEMA-4340-DR), dated 09/20/2017.
Issued on 11/22/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for the US Virgin Islands, dated 09/20/2017, is hereby amended to establish the incident period for this disaster as beginning 09/16/2017 through 09/22/2017.
All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Amendment 1.
This is an amendment of the Presidential declaration of a major disaster for Public Assistance Only for the US Virgin Islands (FEMA-4340-DR), dated 10/05/2017.
Issued on 11/22/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
The notice of the President's major disaster declaration for Private Non-Profit organizations in the US Virgin Islands, dated 10/05/2017, is hereby amended to establish the incident period for this disaster as beginning 09/16/2017 through 09/22/2017.
All other information in the original declaration remains unchanged.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a Notice of the Presidential declaration of a major
Issued on 11/22/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the President's major disaster declaration on 11/22/2017, Private Non-Profit organizations that provide essential services of a governmental nature may file disaster loan applications at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 153998 and for economic injury is 154000.
Norfolk Southern Railway Company (NSR) and Cleveland Commercial Railroad Company, LLC (CCR) (collectively, Applicants), have jointly filed a verified notice of exemption under 49 CFR part 1152 subpart F—
Applicants have certified that: (1) No local traffic has moved over the Line for at least two years; (2) no overhead traffic has moved over the Line for at least two years and that overhead traffic, if there were any, could be rerouted over other lines; (3) no formal complaint filed by a user of rail service on the Line (or by a state or local government entity acting on behalf of such user) regarding cessation of service over the Line either is pending with the Surface Transportation Board (Board) or with any U.S. District Court or has been decided in favor of complainant within the two-year period; and (4) the requirements at 49 CFR 1105.7(c) (environmental report), 49 CFR 1105.11 (transmittal letter), 49 CFR 1105.12 (newspaper publication), and 49 CFR 1152.50(d)(1) (notice to governmental agencies) have been met.
As a condition to these exemptions, any employee adversely affected by the abandonment shall be protected under
Provided no formal expression of intent to file an offer of financial assistance (OFA) has been received, these exemptions will be effective on January 2, 2018, unless stayed pending reconsideration. Petitions to stay that do not involve environmental issues,
A copy of any petition filed with the Board should be sent to William A. Mullins, Baker & Miller PLLC, 2401 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Suite 300, Washington, DC 20037.
If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemptions are void ab initio.
Applicants have filed a combined environmental and historic report that addresses the effects, if any, of the abandonment on the environment and historic resources. OEA will issue an environmental assessment (EA) by December 8, 2017. Interested persons may obtain a copy of the EA by writing to OEA (Room 1100, Surface Transportation Board, Washington, DC 20423-0001) or by calling OEA at (202) 245-0305. Assistance for the hearing impaired is available through the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339. Comments on environmental and historic preservation matters must be filed within 15 days after the EA becomes available to the public.
Environmental, historic preservation, public use, or trail use/rail banking conditions will be imposed, where appropriate, in a subsequent decision.
Pursuant to the provisions of 49 CFR 1152.29(e)(2), NSR shall file a notice of consummation with the Board to signify that it has exercised the authority granted and fully abandoned the Line. If consummation has not been effected by NSR's filing of a notice of consummation by December 1, 2018, and there are no legal or regulatory
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at
By the Board, Scott M. Zimmerman, Acting Director, Office of Proceedings.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of petition for exemption received.
This notice contains a summary of a petition seeking relief from specified requirements of Federal Aviation Regulations. The purpose of this notice is to improve the public's awareness of, and participation in, this aspect of the FAA's regulatory activities. Neither publication of this notice nor the inclusion or omission of information in the summary is intended to affect the legal status of the petition or its final disposition.
Comments on this petition must identify the petition docket number involved and must be received on or before December 11, 2017.
Send comments identified by docket number FAA-2017-1132 using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Deana Stedman, AIR-673, Federal Aviation Administration, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356, email
This notice is published pursuant to 14 CFR 11.85.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2017-0188. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel ZENYATTA is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2017-0188 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
49 CFR 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55103, 46 U.S.C. 12121.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2017-0187. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel LA PAVO REAL is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2017-0187 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2017-0185. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453,
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel LA VIDA LOCA is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2017-0185 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2017-0189. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel DAKOTA is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2017-0189 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
49 CFR 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55103, 46 U.S.C. 12121.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2017-0186. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel SEA PIRATE is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2017-0186 at
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT/MARAD solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT/MARAD posts these comments, without edit, to
49 CFR 1.93(a), 46 U.S.C. 55103, 46 U.S.C. 12121.
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), Treasury. ACTION: Notice and request for comment.
The OCC, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on continuing information collections as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA).
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and the respondent is not required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number.
The OCC is soliciting comment concerning the revision of its information collections titled “Regulation C” and “Fair Housing Home Loan Data System Regulation.” The OCC also is giving notice that it has sent the collections to OMB for review.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 2, 2018.
Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments by email, if possible. Comments may be sent to: Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Attention: 1557-0176; 1557-0159, 400 7th Street SW., Suite 3E-218, Washington, DC 20219. In addition, comments may be sent by fax to (571) 465-4326 or by electronic mail to
All comments received, including attachments and other supporting materials, are part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Do not include any information in your comment or supporting materials that you consider confidential or inappropriate for public disclosure.
Additionally, please send a copy of your comments by mail to: OCC Desk Officer, 1557-0159; 1557-0176, U.S. Office of Management and Budget, 725 17th Street NW., #10235, Washington, DC 20503 or by email to
Shaquita Merritt, OCC Clearance Officer, (202) 649-5490 or, for persons who are deaf or hearing impaired, TTY, (202) 649-5597, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219.
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the OMB for each collection of information that they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) to include agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. The OCC proposes to revise the following collections:
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010
The CFPB published a final rule on October 28, 2015 that expanded the data collected and reported under HMDA, as implemented by Regulation C, and published a final rule on September 13, 2017, with additional corrections and clarifications (final rules). The final rules also modified the types of lenders and loans covered under Regulation C. First, for data collected in 2017, and reported in 2018, the rule simply reduces the number of institutions covered under Regulation C because only depositories originating more than 25 closed end loans must report. Then, starting January 1, 2018, an institution will collect expanded data under HMDA if it either originates 25 or more closed-end mortgage loans or 500 or more open-end lines of credit secured by a dwelling in each of the two preceding years, in addition to meeting other criteria. These institutions will begin reporting the expanded HMDA data in 2019. Starting in 2020, an institution will collect data on open-end lines of credit if it originates more than 100 open-end lines of credit secured by a dwelling in each of the two preceding years (and report that open-end lines of credit data beginning in 2021). An institution also will collect and report covered loans and applications quarterly if it received a total of at least 60,000 covered loans and applications in the preceding calendar year. A covered institution must report a covered loan if it has met the loan origination volume threshold for that loan category (open-end or closed-end); an institution that is not required to report data may voluntarily do so subject to the limitations enumerated in 12 CFR 1002.5(b).
In addition, the types of loans covered under Regulation C will change under the final rules beginning in 2018. Covered institutions will be required to collect and report any mortgage loan secured by a dwelling, including open-end lines of credit, regardless of the loan's purpose. Dwelling-secured loans that are made principally for a commercial or business purpose, as well as agricultural-purpose loans and other specified loans will be excluded.
HMDA requires covered institutions to collect, record, report, and disclose information about their mortgage lending activity. Currently, Regulation C requires a covered institution to collect and report data about:
• Each application or loan, including the application date; the action taken and the date of that action; the loan amount; the loan type (for example, government guaranteed or not) and purpose (for example, home purchase); and, if the loan is sold, the type of purchaser;
• Each applicant or borrower, including ethnicity, race, sex, and income; and
• Each property, including location and occupancy status.
Beginning in 2018, the final rules will require collection of additional data, which covered institutions will report in 2019:
• Additional information about the applicant or borrower, such as age and credit score;
• Information about the loan pricing, such as the borrower's total cost to obtain a mortgage, temporary introductory rates, and borrower-paid origination charges;
• Information about loan features, such as the loan term, prepayment penalties, or non-amortizing features (such as interest only or balloon payments); and
• Additional information about property securing the loan, such as property value and property type.
In addition, existing requirements, including the requirements for collection and reporting of information regarding an applicant's or borrower's ethnicity, race and sex are being amended.
The Fair Housing Act
The OCC uses the data collected pursuant to part 27 to determine whether an institution treated applicants consistently and made credit decisions commensurate with the applicants' qualifications and in compliance with the ECOA and the Fair Housing Act.
The information collection requirements in part 27 are as follows:
• 12 CFR 27.3(a) requires national banks that are required to collect data on home loans under Regulation C
• 12 CFR 27.3(b) lists the information national banks shall attempt to obtain from an applicant as part of a home loan application and sets forth the information that banks must disclose to an applicant.
• 12 CFR 27.3(c) sets forth additional information national banks must maintain in the loan file.
• 12 CFR 27.4 states that the OCC may require a national bank to maintain a Fair Housing Inquiry/Application Log found in Appendix III to part 27 if there is reason to believe that the bank is engaging in discriminatory practices or if analysis of the data compiled by the bank under the Home Mortgage
• 12 CFR 27.5 requires a national bank to maintain the information required by § 27.3 for 25 months after the bank notifies the applicant of action taken on an application or after withdrawal of an application.
• 12 CFR 27.7 requires a national bank to submit the information required by §§ 27.3(a) and 27.4 to the OCC upon its request prior to a scheduled examination using the Monthly Home Loan Activity Format form in Appendix I to part 27 and the Home Loan Data Form in Appendix IV to part 27. Section 27.7(c)(3) states that a bank with fewer than 75 home loan applications in the preceding year will not be required to submit such forms unless the home loan activity is concentrated in the few months preceding the request for data, indicating the likelihood of increased activity over the subsequent year, or there is cause to believe that a bank is not in compliance with the fair housing laws based on prior examinations and/or complaints, among other factors.
• § 27.7(d) provides that if there is cause to believe that a bank is in noncompliance with fair housing laws, the Comptroller may require submission of additional Home Loan Data Submission Forms. The Comptroller may also require submission of the information maintained under § 27.3(a) and Home Loan Data Submission Forms at more frequent intervals.
OCC-regulated institutions have access to a CFPB-developed web-based data submission and edit-check system (the HMDA Platform) that may be used to process HMDA data. Some institutions, typically those with small volumes of reported loans or those that do not use a vendor or other software to prepare their HMDA data for submission, still need to use a software solution for integrating HMDA data from paper records or electronic systems. Therefore, the CFPB created a prototype “LAR Formatting Tool” which will allow financial institutions with small volumes of reported loans, or those that do not use a vendor or other software to prepare their HMDA data for submission.
(a) Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the OCC, including whether the information has practical utility;
(b) The accuracy of the OCC's estimates of the information collection burden;
(c) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
(d) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
(e) Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
United States Mint, Treasury.
Notice and request for comments; extension of comment period.
This document extends the comment period for a notice and request for comments that was published in the
The comment period for the notice and request for comments published on Monday, November 6, 2017, (82 FR 51472, FR Doc. 2017-24087), is extended. Comments must be received on or before Friday, January 5, 2018.
Direct all written comments to Mary Ann Scharbrough, Records Officer, Office of the Director, United States Mint, 801 9th Street NW., Washington, DC 20220; (202) 384-5805 (this is not a toll-free number)
Mary Ann Scharbrough, Records Officer, Office of the Director, United States Mint, 801 9th Street NW., Washington, DC 20220; (202) 384-5805 (this is not a toll-free number)
A notice and request for comments that appeared in the
Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 5111, 5112, 5135, 5136, and 31 CFR part 92.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administrations, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521; U.S.C. 1904 and 1942.
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administrations, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521.
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administrations, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521; 38 CFR Sections 6.48 and 8.36.
By direction of the Secretary.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act that a meeting of the Veterans' Advisory Committee on Rehabilitation (VACOR) will be held on Thursday, January 4, 2018, via teleconference, from 1:00 p.m. (EST) until 3:00 p.m. (EST). The meeting is open to the public.
The purpose of the Committee is to provide advice to the Secretary on the rehabilitation needs of Veterans with disabilities and on the administration of VA's rehabilitation programs.
During the meeting, Committee members will participate in new members' orientation and review administrative guidelines. The primary agenda topics will be to discuss the purpose, vision and direction of VACOR.
Although no time will be allocated for receiving oral presentations from the public, members of the public may submit written statements for review by the Committee to Sabrina Barry, Designated Federal Officer, Veterans Benefits Administration (28), 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, or via email at
Individuals who wish to call into the meeting should RSVP to Sabrina Barry at (202) 461-9618, no later than close of business, December 28, 2017. The dial in number to attend the conference is 1-800-767-1750. At the prompt, enter access code 78160 then press #. During the day of the meeting, please call in at least 15 minutes prior to the start of the meeting; callers will not be given access after 1:00 p.m. Any member of the public seeking additional information should contact Sabrina Barry at the phone number or email address noted above.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veteran's Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
38 U.S.C. 1121, 1310, 5121.
VBA uses 21P-535 to collect the information necessary to determine a surviving parent's eligibility to Parents' DIC benefits.
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 96-342.
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administrations, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 30, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521 and 38 CFR 8.8.
By direction of the Secretary.
Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Final rule.
The Economic Development Administration (“EDA”), U.S. Department of Commerce (“DOC”), is issuing this final rule amending the agency's regulations implementing the Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965, as amended (“PWEDA”). The changes incorporate current best practices and strengthen EDA's efforts to evaluate, monitor, and improve performance within the agency's Revolving Loan Fund (“RLF”) program by establishing the Risk Analysis System, a risk-based management framework, to evaluate and manage the RLF program. To make RLF awards more efficient for Recipients to administer and EDA to monitor, EDA is also reorganizing the RLF regulations and making changes to improve readability and clarify those requirements that apply to the distinct phases of an RLF award. In addition, EDA is updating other parts of its regulations, including revising definitions, replacing references to superseded regulations to reflect the promulgation of the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards (“Uniform Guidance”), streamlining the provisions that outline EDA's application process, and clarifying EDA's property management regulations.
This rule is effective on January 2, 2018.
EDA posted all public comments received on the
Ryan Servais, Attorney Advisor, Office of the Chief Counsel, Economic Development Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Suite 72023, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-5325.
The Department notes that the President's Fiscal Year 2018 Budget calls for the elimination of EDA. The Department considers this final rule important to implement because the Department would need to continue to administer and monitor RLF grants in perpetuity under current statutory authorities. The regulatory changes in this final rule will enable the Department to more efficiently manage the residual RLF portfolio going forward. Likewise, additional changes made by this final rule to EDA's general PWEDA implementing regulations would enable the Department to more effectively oversee the non-RLF residual grant portfolio to ensure that grantees continue to use projects for the purpose originally funded and to eventually execute releases of the federal interest in the property at the expiration of the useful life, often 20 years after the date of the grant award.
EDA leads the Federal economic development agenda by promoting innovation and competitiveness, preparing American regions for growth and success in the worldwide economy. Through strategic investments that foster job creation and attract private investment, EDA supports development in economically distressed areas of the United States.
Authorized under section 209 of the Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965 (“PWEDA”) (42 U.S.C. 3149) the RLF program serves as an important pillar of EDA's investment programs by helping communities and regions transform their economies and propel them towards economic prosperity through innovation, entrepreneurship, and public-private partnerships. Through the RLF program, EDA provides grants to eligible Recipients, which include State and local governments, political subdivisions, and non-profit organizations, to operate a lending program that makes loans to businesses that cannot obtain traditional bank financing and to governmental entities for public infrastructure. These loans enable small businesses to expand and lead to new employment opportunities that pay competitive wages and benefits. They also help retain jobs that might otherwise be lost, create wealth, and support minority and women-owned businesses.
Each RLF Recipient contributes matching funds in accordance with EDA's statutory requirements to capitalize an RLF. As loans made from this original pool of EDA and Recipient funds are repaid, the RLF is replenished and new loans are extended to qualified businesses. Loans can also be provided to governmental entities for eligible public infrastructure. Each RLF Recipient must develop and maintain an RLF Plan to demonstrate how the fund fits specific economic development goals and how it will adequately administer the RLF throughout its lifecycle. The RLF Recipient's obligation to manage the RLF continues in perpetuity because, absent statutory authority providing otherwise, under current law the Federal Interest in the RLF never expires.
Since February 1, 2011, EDA has taken a critical and comprehensive look-back at its regulations to reduce burdens by removing outmoded provisions and streamlining and clarifying requirements. On December 19, 2014, EDA published a final rule that became effective on January 20, 2015 (79 FR 76108) (“January 2015 Final Rule”) revising the agency's regulations and reflecting the agency's contemporaneous practices and policies in administering its economic development assistance programs. Through the January 2015 Final Rule, EDA reorganized part 307 to help clarify award requirements and incorporate all RLF program requirements under subpart B to part 307.
On October 3, 2016, EDA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (“NPRM”) in the
In response to the NPRM, EDA received a total of 103 submissions, inclusive of 73 comments received during a November 15, 2016 informational webinar about the NPRM. The 103 submissions addressed a total of 29 discrete issues. After careful consideration of the comments received, EDA has made seven changes to the proposed regulations contained in the NPRM. EDA's responses to the comments and the specific changes made to the final rule are summarized below.
In the NPRM, EDA added language to § 303.6(b)(3)(ii) that a Planning Organization, in connection with the required submission of a revised CEDS at least every five years, “must obtain renewed commitments from participating counties or other areas within the District to support the economic development activities of the District.” One non-profit commenter suggested that the last sentence should instead read, “The Planning Organization shall use its best efforts to obtain renewed commitments from participating counties or other areas within the District. . . .” The commenter also wanted EDA to add another sentence at the end “that states that the inability to secure renewed commitments shall not be a disqualifying event for preparation or approval of the CEDS.”
The intent of the new language was to emphasize that for an Economic Development District (EDD) to be successful, participating counties or other areas should be active contributors to the development and implementation of the CEDS. Unfortunately, involvement by these counties and areas in the CEDS process and awareness of its associated implementation efforts may wane over time. EDA views these possible scenarios as both detrimental to regional economic development and to the value and importance of the CEDS itself. However, because the intent of this new language is to make sure all jurisdictions are aware of the CEDS and its value, not to necessarily disqualify a CEDS, EDA is modifying the proposed § 303.6(b)(3)(ii) language to incorporate the requester's suggestions. The final rule now provides that in connection with the submission of a new or revised CEDS, the Planning Organization shall use its best efforts to obtain renewed commitments from participating counties or other areas within the District to support the economic development activities of the District. Provided the Planning Organization can document a good faith effort to obtain renewed commitments, the inability to secure renewed commitments shall not disqualify a CEDS update.
Two comments request that we add language to the proposed definition of “RLF Capital Base” to clarify that the RLF Capital Base excludes eligible administrative expenses. While the second sentence of the definition addresses administrative costs associated with RLF operations, it does so in the context of the two forms in which the RLF Capital Base is maintained (RLF Cash Available for Lending and outstanding loan principal).
EDA agrees that additional language in the second sentence of this definition would help clarify the fact that RLF Income used for eligible and reasonable administrative expenses is excluded from the definition although it is further explained in § 307.12(a). Accordingly, EDA has revised the definition in § 307.8 to state that RLF Capital Base means the total value of RLF Grant assets administered by the RLF Recipient. It is equal to the amount of Grant funds used to capitalize (and recapitalize, if applicable) the RLF, plus Local Share, plus RLF Income less any eligible and reasonable administrative expenses, plus Voluntarily Contributed Capital, less any loan losses and disallowances. Except as used to pay for eligible and reasonable administrative costs associated with the RLF's operations, the RLF Capital Base is maintained in two forms at all times: As RLF Cash Available for Lending and as outstanding loan principal.
One non-profit commenter requested that EDA add language to the new definition of “RLF Cash Available for Lending” in § 307.8 to ensure that loans that have been committed or approved but not yet funded are not counted as RLF Cash Available for Lending when calculating the Allowable Cash Percentage for each regional portfolio.
EDA agrees with this comment and is revising the definition of “RLF Cash Available for Lending” in the final rule to exclude loans that have been committed or approved but not yet funded.
EDA received one comment from a professional organization regarding the ongoing requirement for auditor certification of a Recipient's accounting system. In the NPRM, we proposed to move from § 307.15(b) to § 307.11(a) (“
The comment EDA received regarding this requirement expressed concern that this requirement is unclear regarding the level of effort that would be needed by an accountant to issue a certification that an accounting system is “adequate.” The comment asserted that without clearer guidance as to the meaning of this standard, accountants would be unable to comply with their obligation to “obtain sufficient relevant data to afford a reasonable basis for conclusions or recommendations in relation to any professional services performed.”
EDA is persuaded that the language, as proposed, is not sufficiently clear to enable accountants to meet their mandate. However, EDA also believes that it is important to ensure that RLF Recipients are aware of their Federal financial management requirements and responsibilities. As such, EDA is revising § 307.11(a)(i) to require self-certification from the Recipient that the Recipient's accounting system meets the established criteria. This change will serve to increase the awareness of the need to maintain proper accounting systems to account for Federal funds while addressing the concerns raised regarding accountants' ability to meet their mandate under the proposed language. In addition, the adoption of the Risk Analysis System will increase EDA's ability to monitor Recipients' financial controls throughout the life of the RLF grant, providing an additional tool for ensuring compliance with these requirements.
EDA received one comment expressing confusion regarding the change in the language related to the use of RLF Income earned during the
EDA believes this comment may be conflating the Disbursement and Revolving Phases. Immediately following the initial award of an RLF Grant, RLF Recipients may request drawdowns from EDA and submit appropriate evidence documenting the basis for those requests. This is known as the Disbursement Phase and is described in the Definitions section of the regulations (§ 307.8) and in § 307.11 (“
The previous regulations specified that RLF Income held to reimburse administrative costs did not need to be disbursed in order to draw additional Grant funds, but they did not address how to handle RLF Income not used for administrative costs. As such, the NPRM proposed revising § 307.11(c) to clarify that RLF Income earned during the Disbursement Phase must be placed in the RLF Capital Base and may be used to reimburse eligible and reasonable administrative costs but need not be disbursed to support new loans, unless otherwise specified in the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant. EDA felt that this revision was clear that it applied to the Disbursement Phase and not to the Revolving Phase, the phase in which most RLF Recipients are currently operating and during which they are no longer requesting drawdowns for a specific RLF Grant.
Nevertheless, EDA feels that it can provide additional clarity to this section by also addressing how repaid loan principal should be handled during the Disbursement Phase and stressing that, like RLF Income earned during this Phase, it need not be used for new loans unless otherwise specified. As a result, EDA added the words, “and principal repaid” to the fourth sentence of § 307.11(c).
Eleven commenters requested that the Allowable Cash Percentage be applied to RLF Recipients on a cycle that matches their Fiscal Year instead of the schedule proposed in the NPRM of notifying Recipients by January 1 of each year of the Allowable Cash Percentage to be applied during the ensuing calendar year.
EDA is sympathetic to this concern in light of the differences between Recipients with varying Fiscal Years. In order to ensure that all Recipients have sufficient amount of time to comply with the Allowable Cash Percentage for their individual regions, EDA has changed proposed § 307.17(b) to now state that EDA shall notify each RLF Recipient by January 1 of each year of the Allowable Cash Percentage to be applied to lending during the Recipient's ensuing fiscal year, rather than calendar year, beginning on or after January 1.
EDA received one comment regarding a regulatory provision for which no substantive change was recommended in the NPRM. Section 307.17(d), which was re-lettered from § 307.17(c), allows EDA to require an independent third party to conduct a compliance and loan quality review for an RLF Grant every three years. If required, this review is considered an administrative cost in accordance with the requirements set forth in § 307.12. The commenter suggests that this requirement creates redundancy, adds to the demands of what are already limited funds, and should be unnecessary with implementation of the Risk Analysis System.
EDA agreed with this comment and believes that this type of review can be accomplished through other mechanisms that are currently available, such as through a desk audit, site visit, or the regular audit process. Further, this provision has rarely been invoked in recent years, and so EDA identified this dormant section of the RLF regulations as appropriate for removal in an effort to further streamline EDA's regulations. As a result, EDA has removed this paragraph in its entirety.
Aside from the issues described above, EDA received comments on 22 issues that did not result in changes to the proposed regulations. The comments received on these issues are presented below along with our responses.
One non-profit commenter requested that EDA address in the § 300.3 definition of “Subrecipient” whether the Investment Assistance requirements that apply to a Recipient flow down to a Subrecipient. The commenter also argued that the “Recipient and Subrecipient should have the flexibility to define the obligations of each other in their own contract/agreement documentation.”
The Uniform Guidance defines the Recipient-Subrecipient relationship in 2 CFR 200.330-200.332. Generally, a Subrecipient is bound by the same terms and conditions that bind the Recipient plus any additional requirements the Recipient imposes. See 2 CFR 200.331. Because the issue raised by the commenter is already addressed in the Uniform Guidance, EDA will not make any changes to the definition of “Subrecipient,” as proposed.
EDA proposed language modifying § 303.7(c)(1) to clarify that EDA would accept a non-EDA funded CEDS that does not meet the four foundational elements of a CEDS in particular circumstances, such as a natural disaster or sudden and severe economic dislocation. A non-profit commenter requests further clarification in the final rule on what specific types of plans would be accepted in these circumstances.
While EDA understands the desire for more specificity, EDA has determined that the flexibility provided by the proposed language should be maintained in the final version of the regulations. In times of natural or man-made disasters or other sudden or severe events, EDA needs to be responsive to economic recovery needs. EDA's experience demonstrates that time is of the essence in these circumstances and EDA needs the flexibility to move forward quickly with whatever documentation is available at the time. In such situations EDA would also typically notify an applicant of any areas in their plan that might need to be included to meet the CEDS equivalent requirement and allow the entity to subsequently make changes to their planning document (if applicable).
EDA proposed a simplified definition of Real Property and new definition of Project Property in the NPRM. One non-profit commenter felt that both definitions in § 314.1 are over broad and could lead to takings in violation of the Fifth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. The commenter specifically proposed that the Real Property definition be limited to those Properties directly, as opposed to consequentially, benefitted by EDA Investment Assistance so non-participating Property is not encumbered. The commenter went on to argue that, “[a]lthough the definition may work for certain off-site improvements (wastewater plant), and
EDA disagrees with the commenter's position. Application of these definitions would not result in takings under the Fifth Amendment because EDA is not physically seizing or devaluing private property without just compensation. In fact, quite the opposite is happening: EDA is benefitting the Property (likely resulting in an increase in value). However, because the funds involved are Federal, EDA must protect the Investment by way of an encumbrance that reflects the value of EDA's Investment. The definition of “Real Property” in § 314.1 supports this proposition because EDA only encumbers Property “. . . where the infrastructure contributes to the value of such land as a specific purpose of the Project”, not Properties that might be “consequentially” benefitted by Investment Assistance. Further, the proposed definition of “Real Property” is not substantially different than EDA's prior definition, just simpler, and EDA has not had taking issues in the past. Land that is integral to the specific purpose of the Project, and thus would benefit from the Investment, is meticulously defined in the application and contemplated by the Recipient at the time of award. In no event would this result in a taking given these circumstances.
Additionally, EDA cannot narrow the definition of Real Property in the manner proposed by the commenter for two reasons. First, EDA has to ensure that the definition appropriately captures all types of Property (
In a similar vein, EDA has determined that the amount of discretion provided by the definition of Project Property is appropriate given the need to appropriately define the scope of EDA's Investment and to then protect that Investment. Identifying those components that are required for the successful completion and operation of a Project and/or serve as the economic justification of a Project, is a necessary step to ensuring the success of a Project over its entire useful life. The applicant is protected from any takings because these elements are, again, identified in the application and contemplated by the Recipient at the time of award.
In light of the above considerations, EDA is not making any changes to the definitions of Real Property or Project Property in the final rule.
One commenter states that our current RLF regulations create what is in effect a niche lending program that constrains loan applicant eligibility. The commenter cites leveraging, job creation, and portfolio allocation requirements as examples of these constraints. The comment expresses the opinion that it would be good to revise these criteria to ensure that more money reaches borrowers.
EDA disagrees that the RLF regulations unduly constrain loan applicant eligibility. EDA affords RLF Recipients a great deal of flexibility in the design of their RLF Plans. Within the RLF Plan, Recipients dictate the appropriate job creation/retention criteria, portfolio allocation, and other portfolio standards and loan selection criteria. The leveraging requirement of $2 of additional investment for each dollar of EDA RLF funding is dictated by EDA regulation and applies to the Recipient's RLF portfolio as a whole. Nevertheless, through this final rule, EDA is actually broadening the types of funds that may be used to meet this requirement by enabling Recipients to use funds from State and local lending programs, and the non-guaranteed portions and 90 percent of the guaranteed portions of Federal loan programs.
EDA received eight comments asking when these regulatory changes would become effective, particularly with regard to the RLF program. Some of the commenters queried whether there should or would be a delay as a result of the transition to a new Presidential Administration. Others asked if the changes would be implemented in phases, whether they would become effective in Fiscal Year 2017, and when the first round of risk analysis ratings would be assigned.
As indicated above, these regulatory changes are the result of a long-term effort by EDA to update and streamline all of our regulations and to adopt industry best practices in an effort to strengthen and improve the RLF program. It is our view that these efforts are critical to the continued vitality of EDA's programs and, as such, any delay would jeopardize our ability to provide effective oversight over programs that have historically helped to create jobs and spur economic growth, especially in distressed areas.
As is the normal time frame for most regulations, these regulations will become effective 30 days after publication. EDA has issued a separate
As is described in that notice and in the NPRM, the Risk Analysis System is modeled on the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System, commonly known as the capital adequacy, assets, management capability, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity (“CAMELS”) rating system, which has been used since 1979 to assess financial institutions on a uniform basis and to identify those in need of additional attention. EDA's proposed measures reflect the categories underlying the CAMELS approach for assessing the health of financial institutions but are based on data currently submitted by Recipients in their semi-annual reporting. Through the notice, EDA is soliciting feedback from the public on those measures. EDA will consider that feedback as it finalizes the measures to be used for scoring and determines the timeline for implementing the Risk Analysis approach. EDA will then
Fourteen commenters requested that EDA release the Federal interest in an RLF after a specified period of time. Many of our Recipients express concern with the cost and time required to continue to comply with EDA regulations, especially auditing and reporting requirements, even after they have established a lengthy record of demonstrable competence and success in meeting the goals of the RLF program. The commenters note that continued compliance after such a long period of time can be a particularly heavy burden on small non-profit organizations.
EDA understands the challenges presented by the perpetual nature of EDA's interest in RLF assets. EDA also recognizes that many of our Recipients have been effective stewards of their RLF assets and that the RLF program has grown in value and in its ability to impact communities in distress due in large part to the efforts of our Recipients. However, while EDA has statutory authority to release its interest in Real Property and tangible Personal Property acquired with EDA grant funds after a certain period of time has elapsed, there is no such authority for EDA to release its interest in RLF assets. As such, EDA continues to pursue legislative solutions that would address this concern. In the interim, through this final rule, EDA is significantly revising its regulations to make compliance easier for our RLF Recipients, especially those demonstrating effective performance as determined through the Risk Analysis System.
EDA received 14 comments remarking that the costs of compliance with RLF program requirements are generally high, especially for audits and attorney reviews of loan documentation. Many of these commenters also indicated that some of the regulatory changes proposed would cause these costs to rise.
Audits are required by the Uniform Guidance for Federal grant recipients and, as a result, are generally fixed costs. In addition, as explained in more detail in the below discussion of this issue, EDA believes that legal review of Recipients' loan documents is an essential element to ensuring appropriate oversight of Recipients' use of RLF award funds. Nevertheless, as noted previously, the regulatory revisions in this final rule are designed to streamline requirements and minimize costs throughout the transition of the program to a risk-based approach to program oversight. While a few additional requirements are being added to support this new approach, other requirements are being relaxed. Examples include the allowance of alternatives to a bank turn-down letter, more options for loan leveraging, and the end to automatic sequestration. In addition, nothing in these regulatory revisions would affect the Recipients' ability to use RLF Income for administrative expenses. In fact, EDA has sought to make this process easier for Recipients by no longer requiring the Recipient to complete an RLF Income and Expense Statement (former ED-209I) and by extending the period during which RLF Income may be withdrawn from the RLF Capital Base for a purpose other than lending.
Twenty-five comments were received on various aspects of the Risk Analysis System.
One commenter stated that the Risk Analysis System runs counter to the purpose and intent of the RLF program. EDA disagrees. EDA designed the Risk Analysis System to help measure, address, and monitor risk. This system reflects current best practices and will strengthen EDA's efforts to evaluate, monitor, and improve RLF performance. In this way, it will help EDA and its RLF Recipients to fulfill the goals of the RLF program by ensuring that RLF grants continue to bring economic prosperity to communities in need.
Another comment on the Risk Analysis System expressed concern about the system possibly creating an administrative burden on Recipients and EDA regional staff through additional monitoring, financial controls, and reporting requirements. EDA anticipates that the changes made by this final rule will help ease the administrative burden on both Recipients and EDA program staff. For example, the final rule would change the reporting frequency to either annual or semi-annual, depending on each Recipient's score in the Risk Analysis System. Further, EDA is changing the reporting period to follow each Recipient's fiscal year end.
One comment stated that it is premature to adopt a Risk Analysis System until factors and rating criteria are identified. The commenter also took the position that the provisions establishing the system should be removed from the regulations unless or until the measures are identified. EDA also received a comment that suggested that EDA use Aeris ratings as a substitute for the Risk Analysis System scores for those Recipients that are already Aeris rated. Aeris is an independent organization that provides third party assessments of community development financial institution loan funds by using a proprietary methodology based on CAMELS factors. While Recipients are not prohibited from using Aeris ratings for their own operational purposes, at this time EDA will not accept or use Aeris ratings as a substitute for its own Risk Analysis System assessments because, at this initial stage, EDA is seeking to ease the transition to this new approach for our Recipients by basing our measures on the data that is already provided through RLF reporting. Nevertheless, in a separate notice that EDA has issued concurrently with this final rule, EDA is soliciting feedback from the public on EDA's proposed Risk Analysis System performance measures and will consider that feedback, including any feedback EDA receives regarding parallels between the two approaches, as EDA launches our risk-based scoring.
Along those same lines, EDA received a comment that asked EDA to develop the framework for the Risk Analysis System in consultation with RLF Recipients. In response, EDA encourages our Recipients to review the
With regards to the specific measures that will be used, EDA received one comment regarding percentage of RLF Income used for administrative expenses. In § 307.12(a)(4), EDA is revising the regulations on the use of RLF Income by clarifying that Recipients may not use funds in excess of RLF Income for administrative expenses unless directed to do so by EDA. EDA is also revising that provision by clarifying that the percentage of RLF Income used for administrative expenses will be one of the measures used in the Risk Analysis System to evaluate Recipients. The Risk Analysis System will thus incentivize Recipients to prudently manage administrative
Another comment asserted that EDA should be able to determine poorly performing RLF Recipients based on the current reporting system. EDA does not believe that maintaining the status quo would represent a best practice in the loan-making community. As stated in the NPRM, since the RLF program's inception, EDA has funded over 800 RLFs nationwide, investing $500 million in RLFs that have a combined capital base of more than $813 million. A move to a risk-based assessment system is critical to properly managing a program of this size with limited resources and thereby ensuring the program's continued success. Moreover, the Risk Analysis System is not designed to determine which Recipients are performing poorly but rather to improve performance for the program as a whole.
EDA received a comment regarding § 307.16(b), which as proposed states, “An RLF Recipient generally will be allowed a reasonable period of time to achieve compliance with risk factors as defined by EDA.” The commenter requests EDA define “reasonable period of time” in this context. EDA has chosen not to define this phrase because it will likely vary from Recipient to Recipient, depending on the identified risk factors. EDA's regional staff will work with each Recipient to determine what is “reasonable” based on that entity's individual circumstances.
Another comment sought clarification as to whether Recipients that currently have sequestered funds will be relieved of that obligation upon implementation of the final rule. The answer is yes. These Recipients with sequestered funds will be provided guidance asking them to return their sequestered funds to their RLF Capital Base and notifying them that they will be managed from that point forward using the Allowable Cash Percentage and the Risk Analysis System.
One commenter asks if EDA would consider providing additional grant funding to Recipients that have been rated “A” through the Risk Analysis System and that have loaned out all of their funds. While the regulations do not provide for additional funding to be made automatically available to “A” rated RLFs, EDA takes a wide variety of factors into consideration when considering Investment decisions, including historical performance by specific applicants.
EDA received four comments that asked us to form a committee of EDA representatives, economic development practitioners, and RLF Recipients to vet the proposed changes to the regulations before final adoption. Similarly, EDA received ten comments from individuals and organizations requesting that EDA consult with RLF practitioners in developing the Risk Analysis System and prior to finalizing these regulations, requesting outreach regarding the revised reporting form, stating that the final regulations appear different from what had previously been discussed, indicating apparent similarities between the RLF program and the Small Business Administration's Microloan program, and asking whether EDA's RLF staff would remain with EDA after the change of Administration.
EDA recognizes the tremendous value of soliciting the opinions of stakeholders when undertaking changes to our regulations and programs. EDA prides ourselves on our close working relationship with communities and organizations across the nation. Two years ago, EDA developed an internal RLF Working Group with representatives from each of our Regional offices, legal counsel, and our national performance programs division. EDA also reached out to other Federal agencies for insight and best practices. While EDA appreciates the interest in forming a committee to provide input, EDA feels that the publication of the NPRM and the November 15, 2016 webinar conducted to discuss the proposed regulatory changes provided us with even broader access to the views of stakeholders than would have been the case with a committee limited to select members of the public. In addition, as EDA has noted previously, EDA intends to continue our outreach to and discussions with our Recipients and other stakeholders as EDA implements these changes, including those regarding our reporting form and the Risk Analysis System measures, and pursue other tools for improving the RLF program. As indicated during our informational webinar, our commitment to our Recipients and the nation will not change.
EDA received 15 comments on the newly introduced Allowable Cash Percentage definition, including two that were addressed above (Issues Two and Three), and one that was supportive of this new approach as a replacement for the capital utilization standard.
Another comment submitted from an entity in American Samoa expressed its view that regional calculations are not the fairest approach to calculating the Allowable Cash Percentage. EDA acknowledges this concern and intends to review the relevant data and refine its measures as appropriate. In the meantime, failure to comply with the Allowable Cash Percentage will be one factor among many that will be used to assess risk and performance within a Recipient's RLF portfolio, so it alone is not determinative of a final risk score.
Another commenter suggested that EDA set a threshold or boundary on the floating Allowable Cash Percentage. EDA responds by noting that it expressly created the Allowable Cash Percentage to avoid rigid thresholds and the inflexibility that existed with the Capital Utilization standard. Instead, with the Allowable Cash Percentage, EDA establishes a floating rate based on year-by-year fluctuations in economic conditions across regions in order to introduce flexibility that did not exist before and to address the challenges associated with the Capital Utilization standard and automatic sequestration. Nevertheless, the revised §§ 307.20 and 307.21 establish a threshold by listing as a form of noncompliance the holding of RLF Cash Available for Lending so that it is 50 percent or more of the RLF Capital Base for 24 months without an EDA-approved extension request based on other EDA risk analysis factors or other extenuating circumstances.
One comment expressed concern about the “subjectivity and vagueness of the proposed change with the Allowable
Another comment on this issue suggested that EDA establish exceptions to the Allowable Cash Percentage and allow for situations where cash becomes available for early loan pay-offs or a “Force major event occur[s] in a RLF area.” EDA believes that these types of exceptions can be handled through individual compliance actions and do not necessitate explicit carve-outs. Also, the Allowable Cash Percentage is designed to accommodate fluctuations in economic conditions across regions as well as in cash flows within Recipients.
Other comments addressed the removal of those provisions requiring automatic sequestration as part of the transition from the capital utilization standard to the Allowable Cash Percentage. One commenter generally expressed its support of this change. Another asserted that this change is unnecessary because the language regarding sequestration was permissive rather than mandatory because it provides that if a Recipient failed to satisfy the capital utilization standard for two consecutive Reporting Periods, EDA “may” require the Recipient to deposit excess funds in an interest-bearing account. While this provision used the word “may” rather than “must” or “shall,” in practice and under these circumstances, EDA regularly required Recipients to sequester excess cash. EDA removed this requirement in order to stress that, in accordance with the shift to the use of a Risk Analysis System, sequestration will be considered as one of a range of possible tools for ensuring compliance with the terms of the RLF Grant.
EDA received two different comments regarding the use of “Prudent Lending Practices.” One asked if EDA would define “Prudent Lending Practices.” The other stated that “Prudent Lending Practices” cause Recipients to not make certain loans, may cause a Recipient's Capital Base to occasionally exceed 25 percent, and to be penalized for being prudent.
“Prudent Lending Practices” are currently defined in § 307.8 as generally accepted underwriting and lending practices for public loan programs, based on sound judgment to protect Federal and lender interests. Prudent Lending Practices include loan processing, documentation, loan approval, collections, servicing, administrative procedures, collateral protection and recovery actions. Prudent Lending Practices provide for compliance with local laws and filing requirements to perfect and maintain a security interest in RLF collateral. The NPRM proposed no changes to this definition, and EDA makes none with this final rule.
With regards to the second comment on this issue, EDA does not penalize Recipients for making higher risk loans. As noted in the NPRM and in this final rule, EDA established the RLF program expressly to assist borrowers who are considered higher risk and cannot obtain credit from traditional financial institutions. Nevertheless, in order to ensure effective oversight and compliance with the fiduciary obligations of a Recipient that lends out Federal Grant funds, EDA felt it necessary to continue to apply a prudent lending standard. EDA also points out that EDA has removed the capital utilization standard, which required Recipients to ensure that at least 75 percent of their RLF Capital was loaned or committed at all times. This should resolve this commenter's concerns about its Capital Base exceeding the 25 percent threshold imposed by the old standard.
EDA received 15 comments regarding reporting requirements. At least one commenter expressed support for the change to a reporting cycle based on the Recipient's fiscal year cycle.
One commenter asked whether Recipients could continue to report semi-annually if they want to do so. If a Recipient qualifies for annual reporting based on their assessment through the Risk Analysis System, EDA would direct the Recipient to not submit semi-annual reports. While EDA has introduced this new, longer reporting cycle for Recipients who score as the highest performers according the Risk Analysis System, in part, to ease the reporting burden on those Recipients, EDA was also motivated to make this change in an effort to ease the administrative burden on EDA's Regional staff, given the large number of RLFs which they must monitor. As a result, EDA would not accept semi-annual reports from Recipients that are placed on an annual reporting cycle.
EDA received 31 comments regarding the proposed revision to the requirement for legal certification of loan documents. In the NPRM, EDA proposed moving the requirement for legal counsel review of standard RLF loan documents from § 307.15 to § 307.11(a) and, in the process, revised it to require the certification that standard loan documents are adequate and comply with the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant, RLF Plan, and applicable State and local law come directly from the RLF Recipient's legal counsel rather than have the Recipient certify as to counsel review. Commenters complained that this revision could be costly and require additional time for Recipients to comply. A number of the commenters also appeared to believe this to be an on-going requirement through the life of the RLF.
EDA notes that this requirement is for the
Six comments asked whether EDA would supply or possibly mandate template loan documents for use by all Recipients with their borrowers. EDA does not plan on providing or mandating templates for this purpose because each Recipient must comply with its own local and State lending laws, which can vary from Recipient to Recipient.
Six commenters asked for examples of other evidence that could be provided as an alternative to a bank turn-down letter, as required by § 307.11(a)(1)(ii)(H). In the NPRM, EDA proposed replacing the requirement that RLF Recipients obtain and borrowers provide a signed bank turn-down letter to demonstrate that credit was not otherwise available with a more general requirement for evidence demonstrating that credit is not otherwise available on terms and conditions permitting the completion or successful operation of the activity to be financed. EDA broadened this requirement to help those borrowers who were unable to obtain a turn-down letter. EDA feels that providing specific examples of alternative documentation would undermine this goal. However, Recipients will outline in their RLF Plans what types of documentation would be approved for this purpose and can work with their Regional RLF Administrator to incorporate into the specific RLF's Plan further examples of what documentation may be sufficient for that particular RLF.
EDA received one comment regarding the requirement for Recipients to maintain fidelity bond coverage. The comment requested an exemption for public bodies, including State entities, from the mandates on the amount of coverage appropriate for Recipients. EDA does not agree that such an exemption should be established. In the NPRM, EDA proposed a change to this requirement to provide that the minimum amount of coverage must equal the maximum loan amount allowed for in the EDA-approved RLF Plan. Our intent was to make this requirement easier for Recipients to follow. EDA also believed that this amount was reasonable. For these reasons, EDA made no additional changes to this requirement, which applies to all Recipients without exception.
Fifteen comments expressed support for the revisions expanding the requisite period to charge administrative expenses against RLF Income from the same six-month Reporting Period to the same fiscal year. EDA sought this change as one of many designed to ease the burden on its RLF Recipients. This support helps to confirm that this change will meet that goal.
EDA received two comments expressing confusion regarding Voluntarily Contributed Capital. These asserted that when a non-Federal Recipient contributes capital that exceeds the Local Share, this excess capital should not be treated as part of the Capital Base. In the commenters' view, the Recipient should have the opportunity to deposit, maintain, and withdraw these funds at its discretion from a separate bank account that is not governed by EDA guidelines and regulations. EDA respectfully disagrees with this position. As indicated in the newly added definition of “Voluntarily Contributed Capital” in § 307.8 and the language added to § 307.12(d), EDA considers funds that are voluntarily injected into the RLF an irrevocable component of the Capital Base and therefore subject to EDA regulations and policies. EDA added this language in response to past confusion about such infusions of additional funds. The scenario described exemplifies this confusion, as it appears to describe a form of leveraged funds, rather than Voluntarily Contributed Capital. In an additional effort to clarify the handling of Voluntarily Contributed Capital, the NPRM described our proposal to add a requirement that any Recipient wishing to inject additional capital into the RLF Capital Base to augment the amount of resources available to lend must submit a written request that specifies the source of the funds to be added. EDA believes that this added language is sufficient to prevent any further confusion on this matter.
EDA received three comments that asked whether RLFs would continue to be included in the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards (“SEFA”). In the NPRM, EDA proposed clarifying the provision permitting the inclusion of a loan loss reserve in an RLF Recipient's financial statements, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles to show the fair market value of an RLF loan portfolio. This provision had created confusion in the past with some RLF Recipients, who understood it to mean that the inclusion of a loan loss reserve also applied to the SEFA, which is the list of expenditures for each Federal award covered by the Recipient's financial statements and which must be reviewed as part of the audit process. This may result in inaccurate RLF valuations in the SEFA. EDA attempted to resolve this confusion by adding a sentence to § 307.15(a)(2) clearly stating that loan loss reserves were not to be used to reduce the nominal value of the RLF in the SEFA. EDA feels that this language is sufficiently clear to demonstrate the RLFs shall continue to be included in the SEFA.
Seven commenters submitted their views on the loan leveraging requirements laid out in § 307.15(c). This paragraph requires Recipients to ensure funding from additional sources at a ratio of $2 of additional funding to every $1 of RLF loans. The requirement applies to Recipients' entire RLF portfolio, rather than to individual loans, and is effective for the duration of the RLF. Some of the comments on this issue asserted that this requirement is difficult to meet. The NPRM proposed some changes to this paragraph in an effort to clarify and broaden the possible sources of funds used for leveraging the RLF portfolio. With these changes, Recipients may use funds from State and local lending programs, in addition to the non-guaranteed portions and 90 percent of the guaranteed portions of Federal loan programs. Our hope is that these revisions, now finalized, will make it easier for Recipients to achieve the required amount of leveraging.
The remaining comments on this issue expressed confusion over the difference between leverage, Voluntarily Contributed Capital, and Local Share (or Matching Share). Each of these concepts
A non-profit commenter suggested modifications to a sentence in EDA's existing regulations that was unchanged in the NPRM and represents longstanding EDA practice. Specifically, the commenter contended that § 314.10(b) should provide that the Assistant Secretary “shall release the Federal Interest in Project Property if EDA determines that the Recipient has made a good faith effort to fulfill all terms and conditions of the Investment Assistance.” The current language makes this release permissive (“may”) instead of mandatory (“shall”). The commenter believed that the release should be ministerial instead of discretionary. The commenter also desired a defined protocol for obtaining a release and documentation of such protocols in the Award itself so Recipients can monitor their own compliance and avoid delays in obtaining the release at the end of the Project's useful life.
The use of “may” in the current regulation parallels section 601(d)(2) of PWEDA, which provides that EDA “may release” any real property interest in connection with a grant after the expiration of the 20-year useful life. See 42 U.S.C. 3211(d)(2). Further, the discretion provided to EDA to release the interest, or not as the case may be, is important to ensure that the Recipient is in compliance with all terms and conditions of the grant between the award of the Investment Assistance and the expiration of the useful life, as well as to make certain that the covenants that extend beyond EDA's release are properly recorded. See new 13 CFR 314.10(b), (c), (d)(3) and (e)(3). EDA declines to establish particular protocols because it is incumbent on the Recipient to request EDA remove the interest and procedures vary by jurisdiction. EDA does make Recipients aware of these general release requirements in the mortgage documents that are filed to record EDA's interest.
Below EDA describes the regulatory revisions made by the final rule, including those changes discussed above that were in response to public comments and other minor consistency edits that were made throughout.
EDA is making several clarifying revisions to the “Definitions” section of EDA's regulations at § 300.3. These revisions are:
• In the definition of
• EDA revises the definition of
• EDA revises the definition of
• EDA adds a definition of
EDA has added the phrase “at its sole discretion” to the second sentence of § 301.2(b) (
In the second sentence of § 301.5 (
EDA is simplifying § 301.7(a) (
Likewise, EDA is revising § 301.8 (
In § 301.11 (
EDA has revised § 302.5 (
EDA revises § 302.6 (
In § 302.20 (
In § 302.20(d) regarding written assurances of compliance with nondiscrimination requirements, EDA adds a reference to “and Stevenson-Wydler” between “PWEDA” and “all Other Parties”, as well as a reference to “or any other type of assistance under Stevenson-Wydler” between “Trade Act” and the phrase that begins with “must submit to EDA”.
In § 302.20(a)(2), EDA adds a reference to Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. 1681
EDA has made clarifications and modifications to its Planning program:
• Modifies § 303.6(b)(1) to replace “including” with “which may include” to clarify that the CEDS Strategy Committee has the discretion to determine which parties represent the main economic interests of the Region.
• Removes the last sentence of § 303.6(b)(1) as superfluous and revising that section to clarify that Indian Tribes and State officials may be represented on the CEDS Strategy Committee, along with all other groups listed, when representative of the economic interests of the region.
• Adds sentences to § 303.6(b)(3)(ii) to encourage participating counties or other areas within the EDD to remain engaged in the planning process.
• Revises § 303.7(c)(1) by, in the first sentence, replacing the phrase “without fulfilling all the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section” with the phrase “so long as it includes all of the elements listed in paragraph (b) of this section” and adding the new sentence, “In certain circumstances, EDA may accept a non-EDA funded CEDS that does not contain all the elements listed in paragraph (b) of this section” between the existing first and second sentences of this provision. This change is designed to emphasize that a non-EDA funded CEDS should include all elements of an EDA-funded CEDS and, at the same time, to reflect that in particular circumstances, such as a natural disaster or sudden and severe economic dislocation, EDA will accept a non-EDA funded CEDS that does not include the foundational CEDS elements.
In § 304.2(c)(2), EDA is replacing the word “including” with the phrase “which may include” to indicate that the private sector, public officials, community leaders, representatives of workforce development boards, institutions of higher education, minority and labor groups, and private individuals should be included insofar as they represent principal economic interests of the Region and to reinforce the message that each District Organization must continue to demonstrate that its governing body is broadly representative of the principal economic interest of the Region and that it has the capacity to implement the EDA-approved CEDS.
EDA has made two minor changes to part 305 to reflect the promulgation of the Uniform Guidance. Specifically, in paragraph (b) of § 305.6 (
EDA has made no changes to part 306 with this rule.
EDA has made multiple changes to subpart B in its efforts to strengthen and clarify EDA's RLF regulations to improve the agency's ability to monitor RLF performance and provide targeted technical assistance through a risk-based management framework and changes designed to clarify and streamline RLF requirements. These changes are as follows:
• In § 307.6 (
• In § 307.7 (
• In § 307.8 (
In addition, EDA is revising the definitions of the following existing terms:
• EDA is reorganizing the regulations by placing all pre-disbursement and Disbursement Phase requirements into § 307.11. To accomplish this, EDA is revising the title of the section to read “Pre-disbursement requirements and disbursement of funds to Revolving Loan Funds” from “Disbursement of funds to Revolving Loan Funds”. In addition, the timing language in § 307.11(a) that formerly read “Prior to any disbursement of EDA funds, RLF Recipients are required to provide in a form acceptable to EDA” is being revised to read “Within 60 calendar days before the initial disbursement of EDA funds, the RLF Recipient must provide the following in a form acceptable to EDA”, and then EDA is revising the regulations to list the certifications and evidence required before EDA will make an initial disbursement of Grant funds. This change reconciles what were different and sometimes conflicting timing requirements on these certifications.
• In addition, EDA has moved the following two provisions from § 307.15(b), which formerly set out pre-disbursement requirements regarding loan and accounting system documents, to § 307.11(a) titled “Pre-disbursement requirements”: (1) The requirement that a qualified independent accountant certify as to the adequacy of the RLF Recipient's accounting system to identify, safeguard, and account for the entire RLF Capital Base, outstanding RLF loans, and other RLF operations (now § 307.11(a)(1)(i)); and (2) the requirement that the Recipient certify that the standard loan documents are in place and have been reviewed by legal counsel (now § 307.11(a)(1)(ii)).
• With respect to the requirement regarding accountant certification of the RLF Recipient's accounting system, in re-locating this requirement, EDA is also revising it so it no longer requires certification directly from an accountant. This requirement now reads: “Certification from the RLF Recipient that the Recipient's accounting system is adequate to identify, safeguard, and account for the entire RLF Capital Base, outstanding RLF loans, and other RLF operations.” This change serves to increase the awareness of the need to maintain proper accounting systems to account for Federal funds while addressing the concerns raised regarding accountants' ability to meet their mandate under the proposed language. EDA believes that this language, coupled with the increased scrutiny provided through the Risk Analysis System, will serve as an effective tool for ensuring compliance with Federal financial management requirements.
• With respect to the certification regarding legal counsel review of standard RLF loan documents formerly set out at § 307.15(b)(2), in relocating the requirement to § 307.11(a)(1)(ii), EDA also replaces the phrase “the Recipient shall certify that standard RLF loan documents reasonably necessary or advisable for lending are in place and that these documents have been reviewed by legal counsel” with “The RLF Recipient's certification that standard RLF loan documents reasonably necessary or advisable for lending are in place and a certification from the RLF Recipient's legal counsel”. This change not only streamlines this process but also ensures that the Recipient's legal counsel reviewed the standard loan documents and verified that those documents are adequate and in compliance with the applicable requirements.
• In § 307.11(a)(1)(ii)(H), EDA replaced the requirement that RLF Recipients obtain and borrowers provide a signed bank turn-down letter to demonstrate that credit is not otherwise available with the more general requirement for evidence demonstrating that credit is not otherwise available on terms and conditions that permit the completion or successful operation of the activity to be financed. This revision allows EDA to remove as redundant the requirement for RLF Plans that alternative evidence to a signed bank turn-down letter be allowed.
• The provision regarding evidence of fidelity bond coverage remains in place in § 307.11(a), but is redesignated as § 307.11(a)(1)(iii). In addition, EDA is removing the phrases “the greater of” and “, or 25 percent of the RLF Capital base” from redesignated § 307.11(a)(1)(iii), thereby revising the provision to establish the minimum amount of coverage required as the maximum loan amount allowed for the EDA-approved RLF Plan, and removing the alternative approach permitting coverage of at least 25 percent of the RLF Capital Base. This alternative was difficult to meet as it had required Recipients to regularly change the amount of fidelity bond coverage to remain in compliance, while also yielding approximately the same amount of coverage.
• EDA has also added language following § 307.11(a)(1)(iii), in new § 307.11(a)(2), to clarify that the RLF Recipient must maintain the adequacy of the RLF's accounting system and standard RLF loan documents, as well as records and documentation to demonstrate that these requirements are met, throughout the RLF's operation. This maintenance language includes a cross-reference to new § 307.13(b)(3) where EDA underscores that the RLF Recipient must maintain records to document compliance with these requirements. EDA also makes conforming changes to incorporate these requirements into a list format. Because EDA is moving the language regarding the accountant certification from § 307.15 to § 307.11, EDA is removing the language in § 307.11(a)(2) that cited to the certification required under § 307.15.
• In order to simplify the language regarding the amount of Grant fund disbursements in the first sentence of § 307.11(c), EDA is replacing the phrase “not to exceed the difference, if any, between the RLF Capital and the amount of a new RLF loan, less the amount, if any, of the Local Share required to be disbursed concurrent with Grant funds” with the phrase “be the amount required to meet the Federal share requirement of a new RLF loan”.
• EDA is adding new language to § 307.11(c) to clarify that RLF Income earned during the Disbursement Phase must be placed in the RLF Capital Base and may be used to reimburse eligible and reasonable administrative costs and increase the RLF Capital Base. However, RLF Income earned during the Disbursement Phase need not be disbursed to support new RLF loans, unless otherwise specified in the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant. EDA is also adding language clarifying that repaid loan principal, like RLF Income, must be placed in the RLF Capital Base during the Disbursement Phase and can be used to reimburse administrative costs during this Phase. Section 307.11(c) now reads as set out in the regulatory text below.
• EDA is making a non-substantive revision to § 307.11(d) to capitalize the word “Grant”.
• EDA has placed all provisions that set out Local Share requirements in § 307.11(f), which requires re-locating the substance of the provision at § 307.17(d) regarding use of In-Kind Contributions to satisfy Local Share requirements. Accordingly, EDA removed former § 307.17(d) and re-numbered the regulation accordingly. In revised § 307.11(f), EDA adds the phrase “, which must be specifically authorized in the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant and may be used to provide technical assistance to borrowers or for eligible RLF administrative costs,” between the term “In-Kind Contributions” and the phrase “and cash Local Share” in the first sentence of § 307.11(f)(2) to reflect that In-Kind Contributions are rarely necessary or reasonable for accomplishment of the RLF program and that most RLF Local Share is cash.
• In addition, to consolidate all pre-disbursement and disbursement requirements into § 307.11, EDA is relocating the provisions regarding loan closing and disbursement schedules, as well as time schedule extensions, from § 307.16(a) and (b), respectively, to § 307.11 and redesignating them as § 307.11(g) and (h), respectively. EDA also makes non-substantive conforming changes to reflect defined terms and correct cross-references because of this reorganization. Specifically, EDA is replacing the phrase “initial RLF Capital Base” with “RLF Grant” in the final sentence of redesignated § 307.11(g)(1) to clarify the corpus of funds to which the lending schedule applies; replacing the cross-reference to “§ 307.16(b)” in redesignated § 307.11(g)(2)(iii) with a reference to “paragraph (h) of this section” to reflect the reorganization of these provisions; correcting a typo by replacing the plural “requests” with a singular “request” in the last sentence of redesignated § 307.11(h)(1); and dividing redesignated § 307.11(h)(2) into two sentences for clarity and emphasis.
• EDA is renaming the title of § 307.12 to
• EDA is revising § 307.12(a) to clarify that RLF Income earned in one fiscal year of the RLF Recipient must be used to cover administrative costs accrued during the same fiscal year, instead of the same six-month Reporting Period. Accordingly, in § 307.12(a)(1), EDA is replacing the word, “incurred” with “accrued,” and, in § 307.12(a)(1) and (2), EDA replaced the phrase “six-month Reporting Period” with the phrase “fiscal year of the RLF Recipient.” In § 307.12(a)(3), EDA replaces the phrase “Reporting Period” with “fiscal year”. In addition, EDA is making a non-substantive change in § 307.12(a)(1) to add the phrase “is earned” after “Such RLF Income” to clarify that RLF Income is earned by the RLF Recipient as opposed to administrative costs, which are incurred by the RLF Recipient. In addition, in § 307.12(a)(3), EDA replaces the phrase “RLF Capital base” with the proposed defined term “RLF Capital Base”.
• EDA is replacing former § 307.12(a)(4), which required the submission of an RLF Income and Expense Statement (
• In § 307.12(b), which outlines compliance guidance for charging costs against RLF Income, EDA makes revisions to reflect the promulgation of the Uniform Guidance. Specifically, in revised § 307.12(b)(1), EDA specifies that for RLF Grants made or recapitalized on or after December 26, 2014, the RLF Recipient must comply with the administrative and cost principles set out in 2 CFR part 200. Accordingly and in compliance with the Uniform Guidance, in revised § 307.12(b)(2), EDA specifies that for RLF Grants awarded before December 26, 2014, unless otherwise indicated in the terms of the Grant, the RLF Recipient must comply with the cost principles set out in 2 CFR parts 225 (for State, local, and Indian tribal governments); 230 (for non-profit organizations other than institutions of higher education, hospitals, and other organizations); or 220 (for educational institutions), as applicable. EDA is adding a new § 307.12(b)(3) to specify that regardless of when an RLF Grant was awarded or recapitalized, the audit requirements set out as subpart F to 2 CFR part 200 apply to audits of the RLF Recipient for fiscal years beginning on or after December 26, 2014, as does the Compliance Supplement, as appropriate.
• In § 307.12(c), EDA makes minor adjustments to clarify that the prioritization of payments on RLF loans includes payments on both defaulted RLF loans and those that have been written off, adding the phrase “and written off” to the heading of § 307.12(c) and the first sentence of the provision between the word “defaulted” and the phrase “RLF loan”. In addition, EDA is updating the cross reference to “§ 307.21” to reflect the reorganization of the noncompliance provisions.
• EDA is also adding new § 307.12(d) to introduce additional clarifying language regarding the treatment of the new defined term Voluntarily Contributed Capital. In addition to adding a definition to clarify the process for contributing such additional capital to an RLF and to explain how the additional capital is treated once added to the RLF Capital Base, EDA has also added a provision within the section on pre-disbursement and disbursement requirements to specify that when an RLF Recipient wishes to add additional capital to the RLF Capital Base, the Recipient must submit a written request that specifies the source of the funds to be added. Upon approval by EDA, the Voluntarily Contributed Capital becomes an irrevocable part of the RLF
• EDA is revising the RLF reporting requirements to specify that records for administrative expenses must be kept for three years from the submission date of the last report that covers the fiscal year in which the costs were recorded, rather than the last semi-annual report that covers the Reporting Period in which the costs were incurred. Therefore, in § 307.13(b)(2), EDA is deleting the phrase “last semi-annual” between the phrase “date of the” and the word “report” and replaced “Reporting Period” with “fiscal year”. In addition, EDA is revising § 307.13(a)(3) to specify that, consistent with the requirements of § 307.11(a), for the duration of RLF operations, Recipients must retain records to demonstrate the adequacy of the RLF's accounting system, that standard RLF loan documents are in place, and that sufficient fidelity bond coverage is maintained. In addition, the existing requirement to make records available for inspection is redesignated as new § 307.13(b)(2).
• EDA is removing the stipulation that all RLF reports be submitted to EDA on a semi-annual basis, thereby permitting EDA to establish a reporting frequency (annual or semi-annual) based on the objective risk presented by a given RLF, and allowing EDA to more closely monitor RLF program performance and engage with RLF Recipients to identify and address existing and potential challenges. Accordingly, EDA is revising the title of § 307.14 to read
• To improve the accuracy and quality of the information provided during the regular reporting process, EDA now requires that RLF Recipients certify as part of their regular reporting to EDA that the RLF is operating in accordance with their RLF Plan and that the information being provided is complete and accurate. As such, in § 307.14(b), EDA is removing the adjective “semi-annual” and added the phrase “and that the information provided is complete and accurate.”
• EDA is deleting the second sentence of § 307.14(b) to clarify that proposals to modify RLF Plans cannot be made through the reporting process. Such modifications can only be done by separate notification to EDA as described in § 307.9(c).
• As noted previously, because EDA no longer requires the submission of an RLF Income and Expense Statement, EDA is removing § 307.14(c) in its entirety.
• EDA is clarifying the provision permitting the inclusion of a loan loss reserve in an RLF Recipient's financial statements, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) to show the fair market value of an RLF loan portfolio, by adding a sentence to the end of § 307.15(a)(2) that clearly provides that loan loss reserves are non-cash entries only and shall not be used to reduce the nominal value of the RLF in the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards. In addition, in the first sentence of § 307.15(a)(2), EDA replaces the phrase “fair market” with “adjusted current” to allow a loan loss reserve to be recorded as a non-cash entry to show the adjusted current value, which will more accurately reflect how RLF portfolios are valued. In addition, EDA is revising § 307.15(a)(1) to reflect the promulgation of the Uniform Guidance, replacing the reference to “in OMB Circular A-133” with “the audit requirements set out as subpart F to 2 CFR part 200” and, after the reference to the Compliance Supplement, adding the phrase “which is Appendix XI to 2 CFR part 200,” to help the reader locate the Supplement.
• EDA is renaming § 307.15(c), which was re-lettered from § 307.15(d) to reflect the relocation of loan and accounting systems certification requirements to § 307.11(a). This paragraph is now named “RLF leveraging”. In addition, EDA is replacing the phrase “private investment” with “additional investment” in § 307.15(c)(1) and added new § 307.15(c)(1)(iv) to read “Loans from other State and local lending programs.” This addition will broaden RLF leveraging requirements to enable Recipients to use funds from State and local lending programs, in addition to the non-guaranteed portions and 90 percent of the guaranteed portions of Federal loan programs.
• EDA has adopted a Risk Analysis System to evaluate and manage the performance of RLF Recipients to make the RLF program more effective and efficient. Such an approach will provide Recipients with a set of portfolio management and operations standards to evaluate their RLF program and improve performance. It will also provide EDA with an internal tool for assessing the risk of each Recipient's loan operations and identifying RLF Recipients that require additional monitoring, technical assistance, or other action. This approach to risk-based analysis and management is modeled on the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System (the “CAMELS” rating system), used by regulators to assess financial institutions and to identify those in need of extra assistance or attention. The CAMELS system produces a composite rating by examining six components: Capital adequacy, asset quality, management, earnings, liquidity, and sensitivity to market risk. EDA intends to use factors that will likely include capital, assets, management, earnings, liquidity, strategic results, and financial controls, and to use the information and data currently required to be submitted by RLF Recipients in regular reporting to assign risk analysis ratings to each RLF. Scores will be assigned for each factor on a numerical scale of one to three, with three being the highest score. The scores will be totaled to determine each RLF Recipient's classification as A, B, or C, with an A classification reserved for the highest performers, B identifying those who are generally managing their program well but who may need some assistance on one or more areas, and C characterizing those Recipients that face serious challenges with their programs and require significant improvement. Recipients categorized as B or C will generally be given a reasonable amount of time to become compliant with the relevant requirements and improve their score. However, persistent noncompliance may result in EDA undertaking appropriate compliance actions, including requiring a corrective action plan, disallowing Grant funds, or suspending or terminating the RLF Grant. EDA has issued a separate
• To implement this transition, EDA is replacing EDA's current management scheme, which consists primarily of the capital utilization standard (see additional details on changes to this standard below) and monitoring loan default rates, with the Risk Analysis System. Accordingly, EDA is completely revising § 307.16 to name it “Risk Analysis System” and incorporates a description of the Risk Analysis System in paragraph (a) and its compliance framework in paragraph (b). As noted above, the final rule is relocating former paragraphs (a) and (b) of § 307.16, which sets out requirements for loan closing
• EDA is revising the title of § 307.17 to read
• In addition, EDA is inserting the requirements for Allowable Cash Percentage in new § 307.17(b) and is re-lettering former § 307.17(b), which has been revised to lay out restrictions on RLF Cash Available for Lending, as § 307.17(c). Through this change, EDA is adopting the concept of an
• In § 307.17(c), EDA has added language clearly stating that RLF Cash Available for Lending may not be used to: (1) Serve as collateral to obtain credit or any other type of financing without EDA's prior written approval; (2) support operations or administration of the RLF Recipient; or (3) undertake any activity that would violate the requirements found in 13 CFR part 314, including § 314.3 (
• EDA is making minor clarifying changes to the list of transactions for which RLF Cash Available for Lending may not be used. Specifically, in redesignated § 307.17(c)(3), EDA replaces the sentence “Provide for borrowers' required equity contributions under other Federal Agencies' loan programs” with “Provide a loan to a borrower for the purpose of meeting the requirements of equity contributions under another Federal Agency's loan program”. In addition, in the second sentence of redesignated § 307.17(c)(6)(ii), EDA replaces the phrase “RLF Capital” with “RLF funds” and the phrase “reasonable period of time, as determined by EDA” with “reasonable time frame approved by EDA”. As noted above, former § 307.17(d) is now removed so all provisions regarding In-Kind Contributions are located in § 307.11(f).
• EDA has removed former paragraph (e) in § 307.17, which provided for compliance and loan quality reviews by independent third parties. This provision was deemed unnecessary as this type of review could be accomplished through other mechanisms already available.
• EDA is clarifying that it can approve changes to a Lending Area at the request of an RLF Recipient by adding language to specify that an approved Lending Area remains in place until EDA approves a subsequent request for a New Lending Area. In § 307.18(a)(2), EDA added the introductory phrase “Following EDA approval,” and replaced the concluding phrase “shall remain in place indefinitely following EDA approval” with “shall remain in place until EDA approves a subsequent request for a New Lending Area”.
• EDA has also made revisions to distinguish between the addition of lending areas and mergers of RLFs. EDA is removing the word, “merged,” from the discussion of additional lending areas in the second sentence of § 307.18(a)(1) to clarify that merging RLFs and adding lending areas are two different transactions. EDA is also clarifying the terminology in § 307.18(b)(1) used to describe a consolidated RLF by replacing the word “surviving” with the word “combined”. This change is designed to make clearer the distinction between consolidations, which involve a single RLF Recipient, and mergers, which involve multiple RLF Recipients.
• For clarity, EDA has reorganized the compliance regulations by separating them into one section describing what actions are considered noncompliance (new § 307.20 with the title
• EDA also revised the list of problematic practices that could result in disallowances of a portion of an RLF. EDA has removed the following from this list to reflect their incorporation into the Risk Analysis System: (1) Having RLF loans that are more than 120 days delinquent; and (2) having excess cash sequestered for 12 months or longer without an EDA-approved extension request. Despite being removed from the list of practices that could result in a disallowance, EDA will continue to monitor loan delinquency through the Risk Analysis System and by reviewing the procedures for dealing with delinquent loans as set out in each RLF Recipient's RLF Plan. With regards to excess sequestered cash, as discussed above, the automatic sequestration of funds is now being addressed by the Risk Analysis System and the use of an Allowable Cash Percentage. However, EDA does reserve the right to take appropriate compliance action (including requiring sequestration) if an RLF Recipient holds RLF Cash Available for Lending so that it is 50 percent or more of the RLF Capital Base without an EDA-approved extension request.
• EDA has also clarified the provision regarding a Recipient's duty to compensate the Federal Government for
• EDA has also removed the provision that required Recipients, after termination of an RLF Grant, to seek EDA approval to retain and use for other economic development activities the RLF Recipients' share of RLF Income generated by the RLF. By removing this provision, EDA is clarifying that Recipients do not need to seek EDA approval to use their share of funds returned to them following termination of an RLF.
EDA is making no changes to part 308.
EDA has made several revisions to part 309, which sets forth EDA's policies regarding redistributing grant funds in the form of subgrants, loans, or other appropriate assistance. In both §§ 309.1 and 309.2, EDA clarifies EDA's practice of requiring the Eligible Recipient under the original award to comply with special award conditions and any Subrecipient (in accordance with the newly defined term at § 300.3) to provide appropriate certifications of compliance with relevant legal requirements. Accordingly, EDA has added the sentence “EDA may require the Eligible Recipient under the original Investment award to agree to special award conditions and the Subrecipient to provide appropriate certifications to ensure the Subrecipient's compliance with legal requirements” to §§ 309.1(a) and 309.2(b). In addition, EDA has added language to refer to the newly defined term Subrecipient in § 300.3 by adding the phrase “, generally referred to as a Subrecipient,” to the first sentence of § 309.1(a) and § 309.2(a)(1).
EDA is making no changes to part 310.
EDA is making no revisions to part 313.
EDA is making revisions to multiple provisions in part 314 to clarify terminology and its authority to release the Federal Interest 20 years after the date of the award of Investment Assistance. The changes are, as set out in the NPRM, as follows:
• For clarity and to conform to the changes made to the RLF program, EDA is adding a phrase to clarify that
• In addition, for clarity and to avoid repetitive language throughout part 314, EDA has added a definition of
• In addition, EDA has simplified the definition of
• In § 314.2 (
• In § 314.2(b), EDA replaces the phrase “Property acquired or improved, in whole or in part, with Investment Assistance” with the newly defined term Project Property. In addition, to highlight that nondiscrimination requirements continue to apply even if the Federal Government is compensated for the Federal Share, EDA has added the phrase “except as provided in § 314.10(e)(3) regarding nondiscrimination requirements” to the end of § 314.2(b).
• In § 314.3 (
• In both § 314.3(a) and (b), EDA has replaced the phrase “Property acquired or improved, in whole or in part, with Investment Assistance” with the newly defined term “Project Property” and in the first sentence of both § 314.3(d) and (g), EDA added the word “Project” before “Property” to incorporate the newly defined term “Project Property.” Finally, in § 314.3(g), which addresses under what circumstances EDA can approve an incidental use of Project Property, EDA has added the phrase “undermine the economic purpose for which the Investment was made” between “otherwise” and “or adversely” to clarify that in addition to not adversely affecting the economic useful life of the Property, an approved incidental use of Project Property must not undermine the purpose of the Investment.
• In § 314.4 (
• Section 314.5 (
• In § 314.6 (
• EDA is making minor stylistic changes to § 314.6(b)(4)(v)(B) and (b)(5)(v)(B) to add the phrase “A Recipient that is a” to the beginning of the subparagraph to maintain the parallel nature of the list. In addition, in § 314.5(c), EDA has replaced the phrase “Recipient-owned Property” with “Project Property”. As specified in the government-wide grant regulations set out at 2 CFR part 200 and noted in the proposed revisions to § 314.2(a), Project Property generally vests upon acquisition in the Recipient, and so the adjective “Recipient-owned” is unnecessary.
• In § 314.7 (“
• Throughout paragraph (c) of § 314.7, which outlines the exceptions to EDA's title requirement, EDA has replaced the phrase “the Real Property required for a Project” with “Project Real Property”. EDA has added the clause “at the time Investment Assistance is awarded and at all times during the Estimated Useful Life of the Project” to the introductory sentence at § 314.7(c), added “Project” before “Real Property” twice in § 314.7(c)(1), and capitalized “Government” in “Federal Government” in § 314.7(c)(1)(ii). In § 314.7(c)(4), which clarifies the
• In § 314.7(c)(5)(i), which sets out EDA's requirements when the purpose of a Project is to construct facilities to serve Recipient or privately owned Real Property, EDA is making clarifying syntax changes to revise the phrase “Real Property, including industrial or commercial parks, for sale or lease” to read “Project Real Property, including industrial or commercial parks, so that the Recipient or Owner may sell or lease”. In paragraph (c)(5)(i)(A), EDA is replacing the phrase “required for such Project” with the clarifying phrase “intended for sale or lease” and has added a cross-reference to the appropriate title requirements by adding the phrase “in accordance with paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(C) through (E) of this section” to the end of the paragraph. In paragraph (c)(5)(i)(B), EDA has replaced “required for such Project” with “intended for lease”, and in paragraph (c)(5)(iii) EDA has capitalized “Owner”.
• Section 314.8 (“
• In § 314.9 (“
• Section 314.10 (“
• In § 314.10(b), which sets forth EDA's procedures for releasing the Federal Interest after the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life, EDA has revised the paragraph heading to read “
• In § 314.10(c), which outlines EDA's procedures for releasing the Federal Interest before the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life, which release requires compensation of the Federal Interest, EDA has corrected a typo in the paragraph heading by adding the word “the” between “prior to” and “expiration”. In addition, as more fully explained in the description of revisions to paragraph (e) below, EDA has added a clause to clarify that when EDA releases the Federal Interest after receiving compensation for such interest, EDA has no further interest in the property, except for specific nondiscrimination requirements. Accordingly, EDA has added a concluding clause to the final sentence of the paragraph to read “and thereafter will have no further interest in the ownership, use, or Disposition of the Property, except for the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in paragraph (e)(3) of this section.”
• Paragraph (d) of § 314.10 sets out EDA's procedures for releasing the Federal Interest before the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life, but at least 20 years after the award of Investment Assistance, as authorized under section
• Finally, in paragraph (e), EDA is making needed corrections and clarifications to limitations of use and required covenants applicable to a release of the Federal Interest. When EDA releases its interest at the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life under § 314.10(b) or releases its interest before the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life, but after at least 20 years have elapsed since the award of Investment Assistance under § 314.10(d), two use limitations on Project Property survive the release: (1) Such Property may not be used for explicitly religious purposes; and (2) such Property may not be used in violation of the nondiscrimination requirements set out in § 302.20. However, in the above two scenarios, if compensation is made to EDA of the Federal Interest at the time of the release or anytime thereafter, the requirement that Project Property not be used for explicitly religious purposes will be extinguished. Similarly, when EDA releases the Federal Interest before the expiration of the Estimated Useful Life and upon compensation of the Federal Interest, the requirement that Project Property not be used for explicitly religious purposes no longer remains. Note that while § 314.10 currently makes references to “inherently religious purposes,” EDA has changed these references to “explicitly religious purposes” to be consistent with recent rulemakings by nine other Federal agencies implementing Executive Order 13559.
• EDA has made revisions to paragraphs (e)(2) and (3) to make the points above as clear as possible. Specifically, EDA has added a final sentence to paragraph (e)(2) clarifying that when requesting release of the Federal Interest, the Recipient must disclose the future intended use of the Real Property. New paragraph (e)(2)(i) clarifies that a Recipient not intending to use the Real Property or tangible Personal Property for explicitly religious activities will be required to execute and record a covenant prohibiting use of the Real Property for explicitly religious activities. New paragraph (e)(2)(ii) clarifies the requirements for a Recipient that intends or foresees the use of Real Property or tangible Personal Property for explicitly religious activities. In this case, EDA may require the Recipient to compensate the agency for the Federal Interest to obtain a release and resulting waiver of the “explicitly religious activities” prohibition, and recommends that any such Recipient contact EDA well in advance of requesting a release. It is important to recognize that the structure now in place—payment of the Federal Interest excusing the Recipient from having to comply with the religious use prohibition but not excusing continued compliance with the non-discrimination prohibition—was actually in place before EDA's January 2015 Final Rule became effective on January 20, 2015. As became clear in the past year when the agency was confronted with several situations involving the religious use prohibition, the January 2015 Final Rule appears to have inadvertently amended certain language in § 314.10 that created ambiguity and unintended consequences that necessitates these changes. Paragraph (e)(3) is being revised so that it specifies the requirement that Real Property or tangible Personal Property not be used in violation of the nondiscrimination requirements of § 302.20. Therefore, EDA has added the clause “, including a release upon a Recipient's compensation for the Federal Share” between “under this section” and “a Recipient must” in the first sentence of paragraph (e)(3). In addition, where paragraph (e)(3) specifies the requirements for avoiding any discriminatory use of Project Property, EDA has removed two instances of the phrase “for inherently religious activities prohibited by applicable Federal law and” from the first and second sentences. EDA emphasizes that the differing treatments of the religious use covenant and non-discrimination covenant, which has been part of EDA's regulatory framework for a number of years, is in our view justified by the fact that different legal authorities control the agency's obligations in each situation.
EDA has made no revisions to part 315.
Prior notice and opportunity for public comment are not required for rules concerning public property, loans, grants, benefits, and contracts (5 U.S.C. 553(a)(2)). Because prior notice and an opportunity for public comment are not required pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553, or any other law, the analytical requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
This final rule was drafted in accordance with Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 13771. It was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (“OMB”), which found the final rule to be “significant” as defined by Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. Accordingly, the final rule has undergone interagency review.
This final rule lessens the costs to RLF Recipients to comply with EDA RLF regulations, as discussed further below. It is therefore a “deregulatory action” pursuant to the April 5, 2017, OMB guidance memorandum implementing Executive Order 13771.
Further, as EDA has determined that this final rule will result in reduced costs, it may be used to offset other regulations consistent with the provisions of Executive Order 13771, which requires that incremental costs associated with a new regulation be
This final rule is not major under the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Executive Order 13132 requires agencies to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.” “Policies that have federalism implications” is defined in Executive Order 13132 to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” It has been determined that this final rule does not contain policies that have federalism implications.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The following table provides a complete list of the collections of information (and corresponding OMB Control Numbers) set forth in this rule. These collections of information are necessary for the proper performance and functions of EDA. The final rule does not include a new information collection requirement and will, thus, use the previously approved ED-209 form to collect information relevant to the grant performance. Nevertheless, EDA is proceeding simultaneously to seek public comments to and OMB approval of updates to the ED-209 to reflect the changes made in this final rule.
Distressed region, Financial assistance, Headquarters, Regional offices.
Applicant and application requirements, Economic distress levels, Eligibility requirements, Grant administration, Grant programs, Investment rates.
Civil rights, Conflicts-of-interest, Environmental review, Federal policy and procedures, Fees, Intergovernmental review, Post-approval requirements, Pre-approval requirements, Project administration, Reporting and audit requirements.
Award and application requirements, Comprehensive economic development strategy, Planning, Short-term planning investments, State plans.
District modification and termination, Economic development district, Organizational requirements, Performance evaluations.
Award and application requirements, Economic development, Public works, Requirements for approved projects.
Award and application requirements, Economic adjustment assistance, Income, Liquidation, Merger, Revolving loan fund, Pre-loan requirements, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sales and securitizations, Termination.
Redistributions of investment assistance, Subgrants, Subrecipients.
Authorized use, Federal interest, Federal share, Property, Property interest, Release, Title.
For the reasons discussed above, EDA amends 13 CFR chapter III as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3121; 42 U.S.C. 3122; 42 U.S.C. 3211; 15 U.S.C. 3701; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
42 U.S.C. 3121; 42 U.S.C. 3141-3147; 42 U.S.C. 3149; 42 U.S.C. 3161; 42 U.S.C. 3175; 42 U.S.C. 3192; 42 U.S.C. 3194; 42 U.S.C. 3211; 42 U.S.C. 3233; Department of Commerce Delegation Order 10-4.
(b) An Eligible Applicant that is a non-profit organization must include in its application for Investment Assistance a resolution passed by (or a letter signed by) an authorized representative of a general purpose political subdivision of a State, acknowledging that it is acting in cooperation with officials of such political subdivision. EDA, at its sole discretion, may waive this cooperation requirement for certain Projects of a significant Regional or national scope under part 306 or 307 of this chapter.
The required Matching Share of a Project's eligible costs may consist of cash or In-Kind Contributions. In addition, the Eligible Applicant must provide documentation to EDA demonstrating that the Matching Share is committed to the Project, will be available as needed and is not or will not be conditioned or encumbered in any way that would preclude its use consistent with the requirements of the Investment Assistance. EDA shall determine at its sole discretion whether the Matching Share documentation adequately addresses the requirements of this section.
(a) For all EDA Investment Assistance programs, including the Public Works, Economic Adjustment Assistance, Planning, Local Technical Assistance, Research and National Technical Assistance, and University Center programs, EDA will publish an FFO that specifies application submission requirements and evaluation procedures and criteria. Each FFO will be published on the EDA Web site and at
EDA will screen all applications for the feasibility of the budget presented and conformance with EDA's statutory and regulatory requirements. EDA will assess the economic development needs of the affected Region in which the proposed Project will be located (or will service), as well as the capability of the Eligible Applicant to implement the proposed Project. EDA will also review applications for conformance with program-specific evaluation criteria set out in the applicable FFO.
(a) EDA will fund both construction and non-construction infrastructure necessary to meet a Region's strategic economic development goals and needs, which in turn results in job creation. This includes infrastructure used to develop basic economic development assets as described in §§ 305.1 and 305.2 of this chapter (
19 U.S.C. 2341
Recipients of EDA Investment Assistance or any other types of assistance under PWEDA, the Trade Act, and Stevenson-Wydler (States and political subdivisions of States and non-profit organizations, as applicable) are subject to the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, as amended (Pub. L. 91-646; 42 U.S.C. 4601
Recipients are subject to all Federal laws and to Federal, Department, and EDA policies, regulations, and procedures applicable to Federal financial assistance awards, including 2 CFR part 200, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards.
(a) Discrimination is prohibited by a Recipient or Other Party (as defined in paragraph (b) of this section) with respect to a Project receiving Investment Assistance under PWEDA or Stevenson-Wydler or by an entity receiving Adjustment Assistance (as defined in § 315.2 of this chapter) under the Trade Act or any other type of assistance under Stevenson-Wydler, in accordance with the following authorities:
(2) 42 U.S.C. 3123 (proscribing discrimination on the basis of sex in Investment Assistance provided under PWEDA), 42 U.S.C. 6709 (proscribing discrimination on the basis of sex under the Local Public Works Program), Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. 1681
(d) All Recipients of Investment Assistance under PWEDA and Stevenson-Wydler, all Other Parties, and all entities receiving Adjustment Assistance under the Trade Act or any other type of assistance under Stevenson-Wydler must submit to EDA written assurances that they will comply with applicable laws, EDA regulations, Department regulations, and such other requirements as may be applicable, prohibiting discrimination.
42 U.S.C. 3143; 42 U.S.C. 3162; 42 U.S.C. 3174; 42 U.S.C. 3211; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
(b) * * *
(1)
(3) * * *
(ii) The Planning Organization must submit a new or revised CEDS to EDA at least every five years, unless EDA or the Planning Organization determines that a new or revised CEDS is required earlier due to changed circumstances. In connection with the submission of a new or revised CEDS, the Planning Organization shall use its best efforts to obtain renewed commitments from participating counties or other areas within the District to support the economic development activities of the District. Provided the Planning Organization can document a good faith effort to obtain renewed commitments, the inability to secure renewed commitments shall not disqualify a CEDS update.
(c) * * *
(1) In determining the acceptability of a CEDS prepared independently of EDA Investment Assistance or oversight for Projects under parts 305 and 307 of this chapter, EDA may in its discretion determine that the CEDS is acceptable so long as it includes all of the elements listed in paragraph (b) of this section. In certain circumstances, EDA may accept a non-EDA funded CEDS that does not contain all the elements listed in paragraph (b) of this section. In doing so, EDA shall consider the circumstances surrounding the application for Investment Assistance, including emergencies or natural disasters and the fulfillment of the requirements of section 302 of PWEDA.
42 U.S.C. 3122; 42 U.S.C. 3171; 42 U.S.C. 3172; 42 U.S.C. 3196; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
(c) * * *
(2) The District Organization must demonstrate that its governing body is broadly representative of the principal economic interests of the Region, which may include the private sector, public officials, community leaders, representatives of workforce development boards, institutions of higher education, minority and labor groups, and private individuals. In addition, the governing body must demonstrate the capacity to implement the EDA‐approved CEDS.
42 U.S.C. 3211; 42 U.S.C. 3141; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
(b) For all procurement methods, the Recipient must comply with the procedures and standards set forth in 2 CFR part 200.
(c) Acquisition of Recipient‐furnished equipment or materials under this section also is subject to the requirements of 2 CFR part 200.
42 U.S.C. 3211; 42 U.S.C. 3149; 42 U.S.C. 3161; 42 U.S.C. 3162; 42 U.S.C. 3233; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
Economic Adjustment Assistance Grants to capitalize or recapitalize RLFs most commonly fund business lending,
(b) RLF Grants shall comply with the requirements set forth in this part, as well as relevant provisions of parts 300 through 303, 305, and 314 of this chapter and in the following publications:
(2) The Compliance Supplement, which is appendix XI to 2 CFR part 200 and is available on the OMB Web site at
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a)
(i) Certification from the RLF Recipient that the Recipient's accounting system is adequate to identify, safeguard, and account for the entire RLF Capital Base, outstanding RLF loans, and other RLF operations.
(ii) The RLF Recipient's certification that standard RLF loan documents reasonably necessary or advisable for lending are in place and a certification from the RLF Recipient's legal counsel that the loan documents are adequate and comply with the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant, RLF Plan, and applicable State and local law. The standard loan documents must include, at a minimum, the following:
(A) Loan application;
(B) Loan agreement;
(C) Board of directors' meeting minutes approving the RLF loan;
(D) Promissory note;
(E) Security agreement(s);
(F) Deed of trust or mortgage (as applicable);
(G) Agreement of prior lien holder (as applicable); and
(H) Evidence demonstrating that credit is not otherwise available on terms and conditions that permit the completion or successful operation of the activity to be financed.
(iii) Evidence of fidelity bond coverage for persons authorized to handle funds under the RLF Grant award in an amount sufficient to protect the interests of EDA and the RLF. At a minimum, the amount of coverage shall be the maximum loan amount allowed for in the EDA-approved RLF Plan.
(2) The RLF Recipient is required to maintain the adequacy of the RLF's accounting system and maintain and update standard RLF loan documents at all times during the duration of the RLF's operation. In addition, the RLF recipient must maintain sufficient fidelity bond coverage as described in this subsection for the duration of the RLF's operation. The RLF Recipient shall maintain records and documentation to demonstrate the requirements set out in this paragraph (a) are maintained for the duration of
(c)
(d)
(f) * * *
(2) When an RLF has a combination of In-Kind Contributions, which must be specifically authorized in the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant and may be used to provide technical assistance to borrowers or for eligible RLF administrative costs, and cash Local Share, the cash Local Share and the Grant funds will be disbursed proportionately as needed for lending activities, provided that the last 20 percent of the Grant funds may not be disbursed until all cash Local Share has been expended. The full amount of the cash Local Share shall remain for use in the RLF.
(g)
(2) If an RLF Recipient fails to meet the prescribed lending schedule, EDA may de-obligate the non-disbursed balance of the RLF Grant. EDA may allow exceptions where:
(i) Closed Loans approved prior to the schedule deadline will commence and complete disbursements within 45 days of the deadline;
(ii) Closed Loans have commenced (but not completed) disbursement obligations prior to the deadline; or
(iii) EDA has approved a time schedule extension pursuant to paragraph (h) of this section.
(h)
(i) The delay was unforeseen or beyond the control of the RLF Recipient;
(ii) The financial need for the RLF still exists;
(iii) The current and planned use and the anticipated benefits of the RLF will remain consistent with the current CEDS and the RLF Plan; and
(iv) The proposal of a revised time schedule is reasonable. An extension request must also provide an explanation as to why no further delays are anticipated.
(2) EDA is under no obligation to grant a time extension. In the event an extension is denied, EDA may de-obligate all or part of the unused Grant funds and terminate the Grant.
(a)
(1) Such RLF Income is earned and the administrative costs are accrued in the same fiscal year of the RLF Recipient;
(2) RLF Income earned, but not used for administrative costs during the same fiscal year of the RLF Recipient is made available for lending activities;
(3) RLF Income shall not be withdrawn from the RLF Capital Base in a subsequent fiscal year for any purpose other than lending without the prior written consent of EDA; and
(4) An RLF Recipient shall not use funds in excess of RLF Income for administrative costs unless directed otherwise in writing by EDA. In accordance with EDA's RLF Risk Analysis System, RLF Recipients are expected to keep administrative costs to a minimum in order to maintain the RLF Capital Base. The percentage of RLF Income used for administrative expenses will be one of the measures used in EDA's RLF Risk Analysis System to evaluate RLF Recipients.
(b)
(1)
(2)
(i) 2 CFR part 225 (OMB Circular A-87 for State, local, and Indian tribal governments),
(ii) 2 CFR part 230 (OMB Circular A-122 for non-profit organizations other than institutions of higher education, hospitals or organizations named in OMB Circular A-122 as not subject to such Circular), and
(iii) 2 CFR part 220 (OMB Circular A-21 for educational institutions).
(3)
(c)
(d)
The revision and addition read as follows:
(b) * * *
(2) Retain records of administrative expenses incurred for activities and equipment relating to the operation of the RLF for three years from the actual submission date of the report that covers the fiscal year in which such costs were claimed.
(3) Consistent with § 307.11(a), for the duration of RLF operations, maintain records to demonstrate:
(i) The adequacy of the RLF's accounting system to identify, safeguard, and account for the entire RLF Capital Base, outstanding RLF loans, and other RLF operations;
(ii) That standard RLF loan documents reasonably necessary or advisable for lending are in place; and
(iii) Evidence of fidelity bond coverage for persons authorized to handle funds under the Grant award in an amount sufficient to protect the interests of EDA and the RLF.
(a)
(b)
The revisions read as follows:
(a)
(2) In accordance with GAAP, a loan loss reserve may be recorded in the RLF Recipient's financial statements to show the adjusted current value of an RLF's loan portfolio, provided this loan loss reserve is non-funded and is represented by a non-cash entry. However, loan loss reserves shall not be used to reduce the value of the RLF in the Schedule of Expenditures of Federal Awards (“SEFA”) required as part of the RLF Recipient's audit requirements under 2 CFR part 200.
(c)
(i) Capital invested by the borrower or others;
(ii) Financing from private entities;
(iii) The non-guaranteed portions and 90 percent of the guaranteed portions of any Federal loan; or
(iv) Loans from other State and local lending programs.
(a) EDA shall evaluate and manage RLF recipients using a Risk Analysis System that will focus on such risk factors as: capital, assets, management, earnings, liquidity, strategic results, and financial controls. Risk analysis ratings of each RLF Recipient's RLF program shall be conducted at least annually and will be based on the most recently submitted Form ED-209 RLF report.
(b) An RLF Recipient generally will be allowed a reasonable period of time to achieve compliance with risk factors as defined by EDA. However, persistent noncompliance with these factors and their limits as identified through EDA's Risk Analysis System over multiple Reporting Periods may result in EDA taking appropriate remedies for noncompliance as detailed in § 307.21.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(1) Acquire an equity position in a private business;
(2) Subsidize interest payments on an existing RLF loan;
(3) Provide a loan to a borrower for the purpose of meeting the requirements of equity contributions under another Federal Agency's loan programs;
(4) Enable borrowers to acquire an interest in a business either through the purchase of stock or through the acquisition of assets, unless sufficient justification is provided in the loan documentation. Sufficient justification may include acquiring a business to save it from imminent closure or to acquire a business to facilitate a significant expansion or increase in investment with a significant increase in jobs. The potential economic benefits must be clearly consistent with the strategic objectives of the RLF;
(5) Provide RLF loans to a borrower for the purpose of investing in interest-bearing accounts, certificates of deposit, or any investment unrelated to the RLF; or
(6) Refinance existing debt, unless:
(i) The RLF Recipient sufficiently demonstrates in the loan documentation a “sound economic justification” for the refinancing (
(ii) RLF Cash Available for Lending will finance the purchase of the rights of a prior lien holder during a foreclosure action which is necessary to preclude a significant loss on an RLF loan. RLF funds may be used for this purpose only if there is a high probability of receiving compensation from the sale of assets sufficient to cover an RLF's costs plus a reasonable portion of the outstanding RLF loan within a reasonable time frame approved by EDA following the date of refinancing.
(7) Serve as collateral to obtain credit or any other type of financing without EDA's prior written approval;
(8) Support operations or administration of the RLF Recipient; or
(9) Undertake any activity that would violate the requirements found in part 314 of this chapter, including § 314.3 (“Authorized Use of Property”) and § 314.4 (“Unauthorized Use of Property”).
(a)(1) An RLF Recipient shall make loans only within its EDA-approved lending area, as set forth and defined in the RLF Grant and the RLF Plan. An RLF Recipient may add a lending area (an “
(2) Following EDA approval, the New Lending Area designation shall remain in place until EDA approves a subsequent request for a New Lending Area.
(b) * * *
(1)
(i) It is up-to-date with all reports in accordance with § 307.14;
(2) * * *
(i) The replacement RLF Recipient is up-to-date with all reports in accordance with § 307.14;
EDA will take appropriate compliance actions as detailed in § 307.21 for the RLF Recipient's failure to operate the RLF in accordance with the RLF Plan, the terms and conditions of the RLF Grant, or this subpart, including but not limited to:
(a) Failing to obtain prior EDA approval for material changes to the RLF Plan, including provisions for administering the RLF;
(b) Failing to submit an updated RLF Plan to EDA in accordance with § 307.9(c);
(c) Failing to submit timely progress, financial, and audit reports in the format required by the RLF Grant and § 307.14, including the Form ED-209 RLF report;
(d) Failing to manage the RLF Grant in accordance with Prudent Lending Practices, as defined in § 307.8;
(e) Holding RLF Cash Available for Lending so that it is 50 percent or more of the RLF Capital Base for 24 months without an EDA-approved extension request based on other EDA risk analysis factors or other extenuating circumstances;
(f) Making an ineligible loan;
(g) Failing to disburse the EDA funds in accordance with the time schedule prescribed in the RLF Grant;
(h) Failing to sequester funds or remit the interest on EDA's portion of the sequestered funds to the U.S. Treasury, as directed by EDA;
(i) Failing to comply with the audit requirements set forth in subpart F to 2 CFR part 200 and the related Compliance Supplement, including reference to the correctly valued EDA RLF Federal expenditures in the SEFA, timely submission of audit reports to the Federal Audit Clearinghouse, and the inclusion of the RLF program as an appropriately audited program;
(j) Failing to implement timely resolutions to audit findings or questioned costs contained in the annual audit, as applicable;
(k) Failing to comply with an EDA-approved corrective action plan to remedy persistent noncompliance with RLF-related findings;
(l) Failing to comply with the conflicts of interest provisions set forth in § 302.17; and
(m) Making unauthorized use of RLF Cash Available for Lending in violation of § 307.18(c).
(a)
(1) Increased reporting requirements;
(2) Implementation of a corrective action plan;
(3) A special audit;
(4) Sequestration of RLF funds;
(5) Repayment of ineligible loans or other costs to the RLF;
(6) Transfer or merger of the RLF in accordance with § 307.18;
(7) Suspension of the RLF Grant; or
(8) Termination of the RLF Grant, in whole or in part.
(b)
(1) Holding RLF Cash Available for Lending so that it is 50 percent or more of the RLF Capital Base for 24 months without an EDA-approved extension request;
(2) Failing to disburse the EDA funds in accordance with the time schedule prescribed in the RLF Grant; or
(3) Determining that it does not wish to further invest in the RLF or cannot maintain operations at the degree originally contemplated upon receipt of the RLF Grant and requests that a portion of the RLF Grant be disallowed, and EDA agrees to the disallowance.
(c)
(d)
(1) EDA shall have sole discretion in choosing the RLF Third Party;
(2) The RLF Third Party may be an Eligible Applicant or a for-profit organization not otherwise eligible for Investment Assistance;
(3) EDA may enter into an agreement with the RLF Third Party to liquidate the assets of one or more RLFs or RLF Recipients;
(4) EDA may allow the RLF Third Party to retain a portion of the RLF assets, consistent with the agreement referenced in paragraph (d)(3) of this section, as reasonable compensation for services rendered in the liquidation; and
(5) EDA may require additional reasonable terms and conditions.
(e)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(f)
(g)
42 U.S.C. 3154c; 42 U.S.C. 3211; Department of Commerce Delegation Order 10-4.
(a)
(a) * * *
(1) A subgrant to another Eligible Recipient, generally referred to a Subrecipient, that qualifies for Investment Assistance under part 307 of this chapter; or
(b) All redistributions of Investment Assistance made pursuant to this section shall be subject to the same terms and conditions applicable to the Recipient under the original Investment Assistance award and must satisfy the requirements of PWEDA and of this chapter. EDA may require the Eligible Recipient under the original Investment Award to agree to special award conditions and the Subrecipient to provide appropriate certifications to ensure the Subrecipient's compliance with legal requirements.
42 U.S.C. 3211; Department of Commerce Organization Order 10-4.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(a) Subject to the obligations and conditions set forth in this part and in relevant provisions of 2 CFR part 200, Project Property vests upon acquisition in the Recipient (or, if approved by EDA, in a Co-recipient or Subrecipient). Project Property shall be held in trust by the Recipient for the benefit of the Project for the Estimated Useful Life of the Project, during which period EDA retains an undivided equitable reversionary interest in the Property (the “Federal Interest”). The Federal Interest ensures compliance with EDA Project requirements, including those related to the purpose, scope, and use of a Project. The Recipient typically must secure the Federal Interest through a recorded lien, statement, or other recordable instrument setting forth EDA's Property interest in a Project (
(b) When the Federal Government is fully compensated for the Federal Share of Project Property, the Federal Interest is extinguished and the Federal Government has no further interest in the Property, except as provided in § 314.10(e)(3) regarding nondiscrimination requirements.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(a) For purposes of this part, “Federal Share” means that portion of the current fair market value of any Project Property attributable to EDA's participation in the Project. EDA may rely on a current certified appraisal of the Project Property prepared by an appraiser licensed in the State where the Project Property is located to determine the fair market value. In extraordinary circumstances and at EDA's sole discretion, where EDA is unable to determine the current fair market value, EDA may use other methods of determining the value of Project Property, including the amount of the award of Investment Assistance or the amount paid by a transferee. The Federal Share shall be the current fair market value or other valuation as determined by EDA of the Property after deducting:
(a)
(b) * * *
(3)
(i) The requirements of § 314.7(b) are met;
(ii) Consistent with paragraphs (b)(4)(iv) and (b)(5)(iv) of this section, the terms and conditions of the encumbrance are satisfactory; and
(iii) Consistent with paragraphs (b)(4)(v) and (b)(5)(v) of this section, there is a reasonable expectation that the Recipient will not default on its obligations.
(4) * * *
(v) * * *
(B) A Recipient that is a non-profit organization is financially strong and is an established organization with
(5) * * *
(v) * * *
(B) A Recipient that is a non-profit organization is financially strong and is an established organization with sufficient organizational life to demonstrate stability over time;
(c)
(a)
(c)
(1)
(ii) EDA, in its sole discretion, determines that the terms and conditions of the purchase agreement adequately safeguard the Federal Government's interest in the Project Real Property.
(2)
(4)
(ii) * * *
(B) If at any time during the Estimated Useful Life of the Project any or all of the improvements in the Project within the State or local government owned roadway or highway are relocated for any reason pursuant to requirements of the owner of the public roadway or highway, the Recipient shall be responsible for accomplishing such relocation, including expending the Recipient's own funds as necessary, so that the Project continues as authorized by the Investment Assistance; and
(iii) The Recipient obtains all written authorizations (
(5) * * *
(i)
(A) In cases where an authorized purpose of the Project is to sell Project Real Property, the Recipient or Owner, as applicable, provides evidence sufficient to EDA that it holds title to the Project Real Property intended for sale or lease prior to the disbursement of any portion of the Investment Assistance and will retain title until the sale of the Property in accordance with paragraphs (c)(5)(i)(C) through (E) of this section;
(B) In cases where an authorized purpose of the Project is to lease Project Real Property, the Recipient or Owner, as applicable, provides evidence sufficient to EDA that it holds title to the Project Real Property intended for lease prior to the disbursement of any portion of the Investment Assistance and will retain title for the entire Estimated Useful Life of the Project;
(C) The Recipient provides adequate assurances that the Project and the development of land and improvements on the Recipient or privately owned Project Real Property to be served by or that provides the economic justification for the Project will be completed according to the terms of the Investment Assistance;
(D) The sale or lease of any portion of the Project or of Project Real Property served by the Project or that provides the economic justification for the Project during the Project's Estimated Useful Life must be for Adequate Consideration and the terms and conditions of the Investment Assistance and the purpose(s) of the Project must continue to be fulfilled after such sale or lease; and
(iii)
(a) For all Projects involving the acquisition, construction, or improvement of a building, as determined by EDA, the Recipient shall execute a lien, covenant, or other statement of the Federal Interest in such Project Real Property. The statement shall specify the Estimated Useful Life
(b) The statement of the Federal Interest must be perfected and placed of record in the Real Property records of the jurisdiction in which the Project Real Property is located, all in accordance with applicable law.
(d) In extraordinary circumstances and at EDA's sole discretion, EDA may choose to accept another instrument to protect the Federal Interest in Project Real Property, such as an escrow agreement or letter of credit, provided that EDA determines such instrument is adequate and a recorded statement in accord with paragraph (a) of this section is not reasonably available. The terms and provisions of the relevant instrument shall be satisfactory to EDA in EDA's sole judgment. The costs and fees for escrow services and letters of credit shall be paid by the Recipient.
For all Projects which EDA determines involve the acquisition or improvement of significant items of Personal Property, including ships, machinery, equipment, removable fixtures, or structural components of buildings, the Recipient shall provide notice of the Federal Interest in all Project Personal Property by executing a Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement (Form UCC‐1, as provided by State law) or other statement of the Federal Interest in the Project Personal Property, acceptable in form and substance to EDA, which statement must be perfected and placed of record in accordance with applicable law, with continuances re‐filed as appropriate. Whether or not a statement is required by EDA to be recorded, the Recipient must hold title to all Project Personal Property, except as otherwise provided in this part.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(1) The Recipient has made a good faith effort to fulfill all terms and conditions of the award of Investment Assistance; and
(2) The economic development benefits as set out in the award of Investment Assistance have been achieved.
(3) See paragraph (e) of this section for limitations and covenants of use that are applicable to any release of the Federal Interest.
(e) * * *
(2) In determining whether to release the Federal Interest, EDA will review EDA's legal authority to release its interest, including the Recipient's performance under and conformance with the terms and conditions of the Investment Assistance; any use of Project Property in violation of § 314.3 or § 314.4; and other such factors as EDA deems appropriate. When requesting a release of the Federal Interest pursuant to this section, the Recipient will be required to disclose to EDA the intended future use of the Real Property or the tangible Personal Property for which the release is requested.
(i) A Recipient not intending to use the Real Property or tangible Personal Property for explicitly religious activities following EDA's release will be required to execute a covenant of use. A covenant of use with respect to Real Property shall be recorded in the jurisdiction where the Real Property is located in accordance with § 314.8. A covenant of use with respect to items of tangible Personal Property shall be perfected and recorded in accordance with applicable law, with continuances re-filed as appropriate.
(ii) EDA may require a Recipient (or its successors in interest) that intends or foresees the use of Real Property or tangible Personal Property for explicitly religious activities following the release of the Federal Interest to compensate EDA for the Federal Share of such Property. If such compensation is made, no covenant with respect to explicitly religious activities will be required as a condition of the release. EDA recommends that any Recipient who intends or foresees the use of Real Property or tangible Personal Property (including by successors of the Recipient) for explicitly religious activities to contact EDA well in
(3) Notwithstanding any release of the Federal Interest under this section, including a release upon a Recipient's compensation for the Federal Share, a Recipient must ensure that Project Property is not used in violation of nondiscrimination requirements set forth in § 302.20 of this chapter. Accordingly, upon the release of the Federal Interest, the Recipient must execute a covenant of use that prohibits use of Real Property or tangible Personal Property for any purpose that would violate the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in § 302.20 of this chapter.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Final rule; interim final rule with comment period.
This final rule cancels the Episode Payment Models (EPMs) and Cardiac Rehabilitation (CR) Incentive Payment Model and rescinds the regulations governing these models. It also implements certain revisions to the Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement (CJR) model, including: Giving certain hospitals selected for participation in the CJR model a one-time option to choose whether to continue their participation in the model; technical refinements and clarifications for certain payment, reconciliation and quality provisions; and a change to increase the pool of eligible clinicians that qualify as affiliated practitioners under the Advanced Alternative Payment Model (Advanced APM) track. An interim final rule with comment period is being issued in conjunction with this final rule in order to address the need for a policy to provide some flexibility in the determination of episode costs for providers located in areas impacted by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances.
Nora Fleming, (410) 786-6908.
For questions related to the CJR model:
For questions related to the EPMs:
The purpose of this final rule is to finalize our proposal to cancel the Episode Payment Models (EPMs) and the Cardiac Rehabilitation (CR) Incentive Payment Model, established by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (Innovation Center) under the authority of section 1115A of the Social Security Act (the Act) and to rescind the regulations at 42 CFR part 512. Additionally, this final rule finalizes our proposal to make participation voluntary for all hospitals in approximately half of the geographic areas selected for participation in the Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement (CJR) model (33 of 67 Metropolitan Statistical Areas [MSAs] selected; see 80 FR 73299 Table 4) and for low-volume and rural hospitals in all of the geographic areas selected for participation in the CJR model, beginning in performance year 3. It also implements several technical refinements and clarifications for certain CJR model payment, reconciliation, and quality provisions, and finalizes our proposed change to the criteria for the Affiliated Practitioner List to broaden the CJR Advanced Alternative Payment Model (Advanced APM) track.
As stated in the proposed rule, we note that reevaluation of policies and programs, as well as revised rulemaking, are within an agency's discretion, especially after a change in Administration. The EPMs and the CR Incentive Payment Model were designed and implemented as mandatory payment models via notice-and-comment rulemaking to test the effects of bundling cardiac and orthopedic care. The CJR model was also established as a mandatory payment model via notice-and-comment rulemaking to test the effects of bundling orthopedic episodes involving lower extremity joint replacements. The CJR model began on April 1, 2016 and is currently in its second performance year.
While we continue to believe that cardiac and orthopedic episode models offer opportunities to redesign care processes and improve quality and care coordination while lowering spending, we determined after careful review that it was necessary to propose to rescind the regulations at 42 CFR part 512, which relate to the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model, and reduce the scope of the CJR model for the following reasons. As stated in the proposed rule, we believe that requiring hospitals to participate in additional episode payment models at this time is not in the best interest of the Agency or the affected providers. Many providers are currently engaged in voluntary CMS initiatives, and we expect to continue offering initiatives, including episode-based payment models. Similarly, we also believe that reducing the number of providers required to participate in the CJR model will allow us to continue to evaluate its effects while limiting the geographic reach of our current mandatory models. As we mentioned in the proposed rule, we considered altering the design of the EPMs and the CR Incentive Payment Model to allow for voluntary participation and to take into account other feedback on the models. However, we noted that this would potentially involve restructuring the model design, payment methodologies, financial arrangement provisions, and/or quality measures, and we did not believe that such alterations would offer providers enough time to prepare, given the planned January 1, 2018 start date. In addition, if at a later date we test these or similar models, we would not expect to implement them through rulemaking if made voluntary but would employ the methods used to implement other voluntary models.
Finally, as stated in the proposed rule, we believe that cancelling the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model, as well as altering the scope of the CJR model, offers CMS flexibility to design and test other episode-based payment models while evaluating the ongoing CJR model. The CJR model has been operational for over a year and a half, and we have begun to provide participant hospitals initial financial and quality results from the first performance year. In many cases, CJR participant hospitals have invested in care redesign, and we want to recognize such commitments to improvement while reducing the number of hospitals that are required to participate.
We sought public comment on the proposals contained in the August 17, 2017 proposed rule (82 FR 39310 through 39333), and also on any alternatives considered.
In the proposed rule, we stated that we did not anticipate that the cancellation of the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model prior to the start of those models would have any
We are issuing this interim final rule with comment period in conjunction with this final rule in order to address the need for a policy to provide some flexibility in the determination of episode costs for CJR hospitals located in areas impacted by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances. Specifically, this policy would apply to CJR hospitals located in a county, parish, U.S. territory, or tribal government designated in a major disaster declaration under the Stafford Act, if as a result of the same major disaster the Secretary of Health and Human Services (the Secretary) authorized waivers under section 1135 of the Act.
Under the authority of section 1115A of the Act, through notice-and-comment rulemaking, CMS' Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation (Innovation Center) established the CJR model in a final rule titled “Medicare Program; Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement Payment Model for Acute Care Hospitals Furnishing Lower Extremity Joint Replacement Services” published in the November 24, 2015
The effective date for most of the provisions of the EPM final rule was February 18, 2017, and in the EPM final rule we specified an effective date of July 1, 2017 for certain CJR model regulatory changes intended to align with a July 1, 2017 applicability, or start, date for the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model. On January 20, 2017, the Assistant to the President and Chief of Staff issued a memorandum titled “Regulatory Freeze Pending Review” that instructed Federal agencies to temporarily postpone the effective date for 60 days from the date of the memorandum for regulations that had been published in the
As we stated in the May 19, 2017 final delay rule (82 FR 22897), we received a number of comments on the models that did not relate to the start date change. These additional comments suggested that we reconsider or revise various model aspects, policies and design components; in particular, many of these comments suggested that we should make participation in the models voluntary instead of mandatory. We did not respond to these comments in the May 19, 2017 final delay rule, as the comments were out of scope of that rulemaking, but we stated that we might
In the August 17, 2017
We received approximately 85 timely pieces of correspondence containing multiple comments in response to the August 17, 2017 proposed rule. In the following sections of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we discuss our specific proposals, public comment, and our responses to those comments.
In the January 3, 2017 EPM final rule, we established three bundled payment models for acute myocardial infarction (AMI), coronary artery bypass graft (CABG), and surgical hip/femur fracture treatment (SHFFT) episodes, and a Cardiac Rehabilitation (CR) Incentive Payment Model. These models were similar to other Innovation Center models and focused on complex cases where we believe improvements in care coordination and other care redesign efforts offer the potential for improved patient outcomes and more efficient resource use. Many stakeholders, including commenters responding to the March 21, 2017 IFC, expressed concerns about provider burden and challenges these new models would present. We noted in the May 19, 2017 final delay rule (82 FR 22896), which finalized a January 1, 2018 start date for the EPMs and the CR Incentive Payment Model, that we would engage in notice-and-comment rulemaking on these models if warranted. We also noted that we received 47 submissions in response to the March 21, 2017 IFC. These responses contained a mix of in- and out-of-scope comments (82 FR 22899). In the May 19, 2017 final delay rule (82 FR 22897), we noted that in addition to commenting on the change to the effective date for the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model and certain provisions of the CJR model, commenters highlighted concerns with the models' design, including but not limited to: Participation requirements, data, pricing, quality measures, episode length, CR and skilled nursing facility (SNF) waivers, beneficiary exclusions and notification requirements, repayment, coding, and model overlap issues. Specifically, many commenters were opposed to the mandatory participation requirements, arguing that these models would force many providers who lack familiarity, experience, or proper infrastructure to quickly support care redesign efforts for a new bundled payment system. Many commenters were concerned that these mandatory models might harm patients and providers before CMS knows how these models might affect access to care, quality, or outcomes. Additionally, commenters were concerned that unrelated services would be incorporated into episode prices under the finalized price-setting methodology, in which we base prices on MS-DRGs and use clinical review to identify excluded, unrelated services rather than identifying included, related services. Commenters also expressed concern that this pricing approach would result in diagnosis codes classifying certain services as included, when in fact these services have no clinical relevance to the episode(s). Commenters were further concerned with the fact that CMS would progressively incorporate regional data into EPM target prices, where 100 percent of the EPM target price would be based on regional data by performance year 4. Commenters also took issue with the quality measures established for the SHFFT model, stating that these measures are not clinically related to the target population and are inappropriate for use in assessing the care provided to beneficiaries in the SHFFT model. In addition, commenters requested revisions to the CABG EPM to allow participants the option to use a CABG composite score developed by the Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS) rather than the all-cause mortality measure.
Commenters also expressed concerns about the design of the CR Incentive Payment Model waivers. Commenters stated that current direct supervision requirements would continue to contribute to a lack of access to cardiac rehabilitation services and would inhibit providers' ability to redesign care for the CR Incentive Payment Model. Commenters suggested broadening the CR physician supervision waiver because the current waivers would not cover non-model beneficiaries who might be obtaining services concurrently with model participants and are therefore not sufficient. Other commenters were concerned with the precedence rules for model overlap with Models 2, 3 and 4 of the Innovation Center's Bundled Payments for Care Improvement (BPCI) initiative.
In the May 19, 2017 final delay rule (82 FR 22895), we stated that we might consider these public comments in future rulemaking. Based on our additional review and consideration of this stakeholder feedback, we concluded that certain aspects of the design of the EPMs and the CR Incentive Payment Model should be improved and more fully developed prior to the start of the models, and that moving forward with the implementation of the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model as put forth in the January 3, 2017 EPM final rule would not be in the best interest of beneficiaries or providers at this time. Based on our acknowledgment of the many concerns about the design of these models articulated by stakeholders, we proposed to cancel the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model before they began. Accordingly, we proposed to rescind 42 CFR part 512 in its entirety. We sought public comment on our proposal to cancel the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model.
We noted that, if the proposal to cancel the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model was finalized, providers interested in participating in bundled payment models would still have an opportunity to do so during calendar year (CY) 2018 via new bundled payment models. The Innovation Center expects to develop new bundled payment model(s) during CY 2018 that would be designed to meet the criteria to be an Advanced APM. We also noted the strong evidence base and other positive stakeholder feedback that we have received regarding the CR Incentive Payment Model. As we further develop the Innovation Center's portfolio of models, we may revisit this model and if we do, we will consider stakeholder feedback.
Several commenters supporting the cancellation of the EPMs stated that mandatory models fail to solicit and incorporate stakeholder feedback, and that CMS moved too quickly in finalizing the EPMs. Commenters stated that the models should be improved and more fully developed prior to the start of the models. Commenters highlighted concerns with many aspects of the models' design, including: Participation requirements; episode selection; data; pricing, especially the movement to regional pricing under the models; quality measures used in the models, especially for the CABG and SHFFT models; episode length; clinical homogeneity (or lack thereof) of the included patient population; episode inclusions and exclusions; CR and skilled nursing facility (SNF) waivers; beneficiary exclusions and notification requirements; reconciliation and repayment policies; and model overlap issues that impact providers already participating in APMs or other programs. Commenters also stated that there is insufficient evidence and evaluation of the efficacy of mandatory bundled payment models. They stated that the EPMs were not built upon the success of existing cardiac models, and that CMS should use this opportunity to gather broad stakeholder feedback.
However, we take seriously the commenters' concerns about the urgency of continuing our movement toward value-based care in order to accommodate an aging population with increasing levels of chronic conditions, while also acting as responsible stewards of the Medicare Trust Funds. We continue to believe that value-based payment methodologies will play an essential role in lowering costs and improving quality of care, which will be necessary in order to maintain Medicare's fiscal solvency. At this time, we believe that focusing on the development of different bundled payment models and engaging more providers in these models is the best way to drive health system change while minimizing provider burden and maintaining patient access to care.
The CJR model began on April 1, 2016. The model is currently nearing completion of the second performance year, which includes episodes ending on or after January 1, 2017 and on or before December 31, 2017. The third performance year, which includes all CJR episodes ending on or after January 1, 2018 and on or before December 31, 2018, would necessarily incorporate episodes beginning before January 2018. The fifth performance year will end on December 31, 2020. Currently, with limited exceptions, hospitals located in the 67 geographic areas selected for participation in the CJR model must participate in the model through December 31, 2020; that is, their participation in the CJR model is mandatory unless the hospital is an episode initiator for a lower-extremity joint replacement (LEJR) episode in the risk-bearing period of Models 2 or 4 of the BPCI initiative. Hospitals with a CCN primary address in one of the 67 selected geographic areas selected for CJR that participated in Model 1 of the BPCI initiative, which ended on December 31, 2016, began participating in the CJR model when their participation in the BPCI initiative ended.
Based on smaller, voluntary tests of episode-based payment models and demonstrations, such as the Acute Care Episode (ACE) demonstration and the BPCI initiative, that have indicated a potential to improve beneficiaries' care while reducing costs (see ACE evaluation at:
After further consideration of stakeholder feedback, including responses we received on the March 21, 2017 IFC, we proposed certain revisions to the mandatory participation requirements for the CJR model to allow us to continue to evaluate the effects of the model while limiting the geographic reach of our current mandatory models. Specifically, we proposed that the CJR model would continue on a mandatory basis in approximately half of the selected geographic areas (that is, 34 of the 67 selected geographic areas), with an exception for low-volume and rural hospitals, and continue on a voluntary basis in the other areas (that is, 33 of the 67 selected geographic areas).
The geographic areas for the CJR model are certain Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) that were selected following the requirements in § 510.105 as discussed in the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73297 through 73299). In § 510.2, an MSA is defined as a core-based statistical area associated with at least one urbanized area that has a population of at least 50,000. In selecting the 67 MSAs for inclusion in the CJR model, the 196 eligible MSAs were stratified into 8 groups based on MSA average wage adjusted historic LEJR episode payments and MSA population size (80 FR 41207). Specifically, we classified MSAs according to their average LEJR episode payment into four categories based on the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles of the distribution of the 196 potentially selectable MSAs as determined in the exclusion rules as applied in the CJR model proposed rule (80 FR 41198). This approach ranked the MSAs relative to one another and created four equally sized groups of 49. The population distribution was divided at the median point for the MSAs eligible for potential selection, creating 8 groups. Of the 196 eligible MSAs, we chose 67 MSAs via a stratified random selection process as
In reviewing our discussion of the MSA selection and the MSA volume needed to provide adequate statistical power to evaluate the impact of the model in the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73297), we determined that reducing the mandatory MSA volume in half by selecting the 34 MSAs with the highest average wage-adjusted historic LEJR episode payments for continued mandatory participation could allow us to evaluate the effects of the CJR model across a wide range of providers, including some that might not otherwise participate in the model. Higher payment areas are most likely to have significant room for improvement in creating efficiencies and greater variations in practice patterns. Thus, the selection of more expensive MSAs was the most appropriate approach to fulfilling the overall priorities of the CJR model to increase efficiencies and savings for LEJR episodes while maintaining or improving the overall quality of care.
The original determination of the sample size need in the CJR model final rule was constructed to be able to observe a 2-percent reduction in wage-adjusted episode spending after 1 year. This amount was chosen based on the anticipated amount of the discount applied in the target price. In considering the degree of certainty that would be needed to generate reliable statistical estimates, we assumed a 20-percent chance of false positive and a 30-percent chance of a false negative. Using these parameters, we determined that the number of MSAs needed ranged from 50 to 150. In order to allow for some degree of flexibility, we selected 75 MSAs, which were narrowed to 67 due to final exclusion criteria.
As we reviewed the CJR model for the August 17, 2017 proposed rule, we noted that, excluding quarterly reconciliation amounts, evaluation results from BPCI Model 2 indicated possible reductions in fee-for-service spending of approximately 3 percent on orthopedic surgery episodes for hospitals participating in the LEJR episode bundle (
To select the 34 MSAs that would continue to have mandatory participation (except for low-volume and rural hospitals), we took the distribution of average wage-adjusted historic LEJR episode payments for the 67 MSAs using the definition described in the CJR model final rule, ordered them sequentially by average wage-adjusted historic LEJR episode payments, and then selected the 34 MSAs with the highest average payments. We noted that under the proposal to reduce the number of MSAs with mandatory participation, the remaining 33 MSAs would no longer be subject to the CJR model's mandatory participation requirements; that is, hospital participation would be voluntary in these 33 MSAs.
After dividing the 67 MSAs into 34 mandatory and 33 voluntary MSAs as described previously, we examined selected MSA characteristics. In order to determine whether a good balance was maintained across MSA population size, we examined the number of MSAs below and above the median population point of the 196 MSAs eligible for potential selection. We observed that a good balance of MSA population size was maintained (17 out of 34 mandatory and 17 out of 33 voluntary MSAs had a population above the median population). While the 34 MSAs that would continue to have mandatory participation have higher spending on average, these MSAs all include providers with average cost episodes in addition to providers with high cost episodes. In general, we noted that hospitals located in higher cost areas have a greater potential to demonstrate significant decreases in episode spending. However, within the higher cost MSAs, there was still significant variation in characteristics and experiences of the included hospitals. We anticipated that the evaluation would be able to assess the generalizability of the findings of the CJR model by examining variations of performance within the participating hospitals that represent a wide range of hospital and market characteristics. Therefore, we proposed that the CJR model would have 34 mandatory participation MSAs (identified in Table 1) and 33 voluntary participation MSAs (identified in Table 2) for performance years 3, 4, and 5.
Specifically, we proposed that, unless an exclusion in § 510.100(b) applies (that is, for certain hospitals that participate in the BPCI initiative), participant hospitals in the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs that are not low-volume or rural (as defined in § 510.2 and discussed in the following paragraphs) would continue to be required to participate in the CJR model. We also proposed that hospitals in the proposed 33 voluntary participation MSAs and hospitals that are low-volume or rural (as defined in § 510.2 and discussed in the following paragraphs) would have a one-time opportunity to notify CMS, in the form and manner specified by CMS, of their election to continue their participation in the CJR model on a voluntary basis (opt-in) for performance years 3, 4, and 5. We noted that hospitals that choose to participate in the CJR model and make a participation election that complies with proposed § 510.115 would be subject to all model requirements. Hospitals in the proposed 33 voluntary participation MSAs and low-volume and rural hospitals (as defined in § 510.2 and discussed in the following paragraphs) that do not make a participation election would be withdrawn from the CJR model as described later in this section of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period.
We proposed to exclude and automatically withdraw low-volume hospitals in the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs, as identified by CMS (see Table 3), from participation in the CJR model effective February 1, 2018. Since some low-volume hospitals may want to continue their participation in the CJR model, we proposed to allow low-volume hospitals to make a one-time, voluntary participation election that complies with the proposed § 510.115 in order for the low-volume hospital to continue its participation in the CJR model. We proposed to define a low-volume hospital in § 510.2 as a hospital identified by CMS as having fewer than 20 LEJR episodes in total across the 3 historical years of data used to calculate the performance year 1 CJR episode target prices. Note that under this definition, all hospitals listed in Table 3 would meet the definition of a low-volume hospital, but this list would not be inclusive of all hospitals that could be identified by CMS as a low-volume hospital. For example, a new hospital (with a new CCN) that opens in a mandatory MSA during the remaining years of the CJR model would not have
We also proposed to exclude and automatically withdraw rural hospitals from participation in the CJR model effective February 1, 2018. Since some rural hospitals may want to continue their participation in the CJR model, we proposed to allow rural hospitals to make a one-time, voluntary participation election that complies with the proposed § 510.115 in order for the rural hospital to continue its participation in the CJR model. Specifically, we proposed that rural hospitals (as defined in § 510.2) with a CCN primary address in the 34 mandatory participation MSAs would have a one-time opportunity to opt-in to continue participation in the CJR model during the proposed voluntary participation election period. We proposed that a hospital's change in rural status after the end of the voluntary participation election period would not change the hospital's CJR model participation requirements. Specifically, we proposed that hospitals in the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs that are neither low-volume or rural hospitals during the proposed voluntary participation election period would be required to participate in the CJR model for performance years 3, 4, and 5, and that these hospitals would continue to be required to participate in the CJR model even if they subsequently become a rural hospital. Similarly, we proposed that a rural hospital that makes a voluntary participation election during the one-time opportunity would be required to continue participating in the CJR model if that hospital no longer meets the definition of rural hospital in § 510.2. We proposed this approach so that CMS could identify the hospitals, by CCN, that would participate in the model for the remainder of performance year 3 and performance years 4 and 5 at the conclusion of the proposed voluntary participation election period and so that there would be less confusion about which hospitals are CJR model participants.
We also stated that we believe that our proposed approach to make the CJR model primarily concentrated in the higher cost MSAs where the opportunity for further efficiencies and care redesign may be more likely and to allow voluntary participation in the lower cost MSAs and for low-volume and rural hospitals allows the Innovation Center to focus on areas where the opportunity for further efficiencies and care redesign may be more likely, while still allowing hospitals in the voluntary MSAs the opportunity to participate in the model. In developing the proposed rule, we considered that hospitals in the CJR model had been participating for over a year and a half as of the timing of the proposed rule, and noted that we had begun to give hospitals in the model initial financial and quality results from the first performance year. In many cases, participant hospitals had made investments in care redesign, and we wanted to recognize such investments and commitments to improvement while reducing the overall number of hospitals that are required to participate. We also considered stakeholder feedback that suggested we make participation in the CJR model voluntary, and the model size necessary to detect at least a 3-percent reduction in LEJR episode spending. Taking these considerations into account, we considered whether revising the model to allow for voluntary participation in all, some, or none of the 67 selected MSAs would be feasible.
As discussed in section V. of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period (see 82 FR 39327 through 39331 for proposed rule impact estimates), the estimated impact of the changes to the CJR model we are finalizing in this final rule and interim final rule with comment period are estimated to reduce the overall estimated savings for performance years 3, 4, and 5 by $106 million. An additional estimated $2 million in reduced savings is estimated for the performance year 2 reconciliation that will occur in March of 2018 and will incorporate the extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy we are putting into place in with the interim final rule with comment in this rule for a total reduction in the originally projected CJR model savings of $108 million. If voluntary participation was allowed in all of the 67 selected MSAs, the overall estimated model impact would no longer show savings, and would likely result in additional costs to the Medicare program. If participation was limited to the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs and voluntary participation was not allowed in any MSA, the impact to the overall estimated model savings over the last 3 years of the model (excluding the impact of the extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy in the interim final rule with comment period portion of this rule) would be closer to a reduction of $45 million than the reduction of $106 million estimate presented in section V. of this final rule, because our modeling, which does not include assumptions about behavioral changes that might lower fee-for-service spending, estimates that 60 to 80 hospitals will choose voluntary participation. Since we estimated that these potential voluntary participants would be expected to earn only positive reconciliation payments under the model, these positive reconciliation payments would offset some of the savings garnered from mandatory participants. However, as many current hospital participants in all of the 67 MSAs are actively invested in the CJR model, we proposed to allow voluntary participation in the 33 MSAs that were not selected for mandatory participation and for low-volume and rural hospitals.
We sought comment on this proposal.
Other commenters requested that CMS make the model voluntary in all MSAs across the country, not just those 67 currently participating in CJR, in order to increase participation opportunities in Advanced APMs and to treat hospitals in all 67 current CJR MSAs fairly by not mandating participation in some areas and not others. Several commenters noted support for our proposal to make CJR voluntary in certain areas, but requested that CMS clarify that our priorities still include delivery system reform given that our proposal would limit the reach of an existing model.
We continue to believe that offering voluntary participation in 33 MSAs while maintaining mandatory participation in the remaining 34 MSAs is the correct path forward at this time. As discussed previously, we will continue to require hospitals in the 34 highest-cost MSAs to participate in CJR because we believe that those geographic areas have significant opportunity for reducing episode spending while improving quality of care under the model. Similarly, we believe that at this point in the CJR model (the end of the second performance year), it is most prudent for us to continue the model in the geographic areas where providers have already implemented infrastructure changes as well as received initial financial and quality results for the first performance year. In addition, as discussed previously, participation will remain mandatory in the 34 higher-cost MSAs where we believe there exists significant opportunity to reduce episode spending. In lieu of increasing the number of MSAs participating in CJR at this time, we are focusing our efforts on development of other new models that will further address our goals of improving quality of care and reducing spending.
We are finalizing our proposal to define low volume hospitals as those with fewer than 20 episodes in the historical baseline period for the following reasons. First, we note that a number of low volume hospitals earned initial reconciliation payments for performance year 1, indicating that having a low volume of episodes among Medicare FFS beneficiaries does not preclude a hospital from achieving care redesign and financial success under the model. Second, we are attempting to balance competing considerations, including not wanting to overburden smaller providers, while still learning how these types of providers perform in an episode model like CJR. We will continue to operate CJR as a mandatory model in 34 MSAs so that we may better understand how providers who typically do not participate in voluntary models respond to an episode payment structure. In addition, small hospitals are currently underrepresented in voluntary Innovation Center models. Thus, we are particularly interested in learning about their experiences as participants so that, when we examine whether the statutory requirements for expansion are met for CJR, we can consider these experiences rather than assuming that the experience of larger hospitals can be simply applied to them. We believe that the current manner of defining low volume hospitals as those having fewer than 20 episodes strikes an appropriate balance between wanting to understand the experience of hospitals with different care patterns and populations while limiting unnecessary burden.
As stated previously in this section, we proposed a one-time participation election period for all hospitals with a CCN primary address located in the voluntary participation MSAs listed in Table 2, low-volume hospitals specified in Table 3, and rural hospitals. Based on the anticipated timing for when this final rule implementing this proposal would be published, we proposed that the voluntary participation election period would begin January 1, 2018, and would end January 31, 2018. We noted that we must receive the participation election letter no later than January 31, 2018. We proposed that the hospital's participation election letter would serve as the model participant agreement. Voluntary participation would begin February 1, 2018, and continue through the end of the CJR model, unless sooner terminated. Thus, participant hospitals located in the voluntary participation MSAs listed in Table 2, the low-volume hospitals specified in Table 3, and the rural hospitals that elect voluntary participation would continue in the CJR model without any disruption to episodes attributed to performance year 3, which begins January 1, 2018. Participant hospitals located in the voluntary participation MSAs listed in Table 2, the low-volume hospitals specified in Table 3, and the rural hospitals that do not elect voluntary participation would be withdrawn from the model effective February 1, 2018, and all of their performance year 3 episodes up to and including that date would be canceled, so that these hospitals would not be subject to a reconciliation payment or repayment amount for performance year 3. We proposed to implement our proposed opt-in approach in this manner as a way to balance several goals, including establishing a uniform time period for hospitals to make a voluntary participation election, avoiding disruption of episodes for hospitals that elect to continue their participation in the CJR model, and preventing confusion about whether a hospital is participating in performance year 3 of the model. Specifically, we considered whether adopting a voluntary election period that ended prior to the start of performance year 3 would be less confusing and less administratively burdensome in terms of whether a hospital is participating in performance year 3. To implement this approach, the voluntary participation election period would have to close by December 31, 2017, such that each hospital would have made its determination regarding participation in performance year 3 before the start of performance year 3 (note that episodes attributed to performance year 3 would still be canceled under this alternative approach for eligible hospitals that do not make a participation election). We noted that because the voluntary election period under this approach would conclude in advance of the relevant CJR model performance year, this approach could simplify our administration of performance year 3 by establishing in advance of performance year 3 whether a hospital would be a participant hospital for the totality of performance year 3. However, given the timing of the proposed rulemaking, we were not confident that hospitals would have sufficient time to make a voluntary participation election by December 31, 2017. Thus, we proposed that the voluntary participation election period would occur during the first month of performance year 3 (that is, throughout January 2018) and would apply prospectively beginning on February 1, 2018. We believed this approach would best ensure adequate time for hospitals to make a participation election while minimizing the time period during which participation in performance year 3 remains mandatory for all eligible hospitals in the 67 selected MSAs. We noted that based on timing considerations, including potential changes to the anticipated date of publication of the final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we may modify the dates of the voluntary participation election period and make conforming changes to the dates for voluntary participation in performance year 3. We sought comment on the proposed voluntary participation election period, including whether we should instead require the participation election to be made by December 31, 2017 (that is, prior to the start of performance year 3) or if a different or later voluntary election period may be preferable.
To specify their participation election, we proposed that hospitals would submit a written participation election letter to CMS in a form and manner specified by CMS. We noted that we intend to provide templates that can easily be completed and submitted in order to limit the burden on hospitals seeking to opt-in. If a hospital with a CCN primary address located in the voluntary participation MSAs or a low-volume or rural hospital in the mandatory participation MSAs does not submit a written participation election letter by January 31, 2018, the hospital's participation in performance year 3 would end, all of its performance year 3 episodes would be canceled, and it would not be included in the CJR model for performance years 4 and 5.
We proposed a number of requirements for the participation election letter and that the hospital's participation election letter would serve as the model participant agreement. First, we proposed that the participation election letter must include all of the following:
• Hospital Name.
• Hospital Address.
• Hospital CCN.
• Hospital contact name, telephone number, and email address.
• If selecting the Advanced APM track, attestation of CEHRT use as defined in § 414.1305.
Second, we proposed that the participation election letter must include a certification in a form and manner specific by CMS that—
• The hospital will comply with all requirements of the CJR model (that is, 42 CFR part 510) and all other laws and regulations that are applicable to its participation in the CJR model; and
• Any data or information submitted to CMS will be accurate, complete and truthful, including, but not limited to, the participation election letter and any quality data or other information that CMS uses in reconciliation processes or payment calculations or both.
We solicited feedback on this proposed certification requirement, including whether the certification should include different or additional attestations.
Finally, we proposed that the participation election letter be signed by the hospital administrator, chief financial officer (CFO) or chief executive officer (CEO).
We proposed that, if the hospital's participation election letter meets these criteria, we would accept the hospital's participation election. Once a participation election for the CJR model is made and is effective, the participant hospital would be required to participate in all activities related to the CJR model for the remainder of the CJR model unless the hospital's participation is terminated sooner.
We noted that episodes end 90 days after discharge for the CJR model and episodes that do not start and end in the same calendar year will be attributed to the following performance year. For example, episodes that start in October 2017 and do not end on or before December 31, 2017 are attributed to performance year 3. Our methodology for attributing these episodes to the subsequent performance year would be problematic in cases where a hospital with a CCN primary address located in a voluntary participation MSA or a rural hospital or a low-volume hospital, as specified by CMS, has not elected to voluntarily continue participating in the model. Therefore, for a hospital with a CCN primary address located in a voluntary participation MSA, or a rural hospital or a low-volume hospital, as specified by CMS, that does not elect voluntary participation during the one-time voluntary participation election period, we proposed that all episodes attributed to performance year 3 for that hospital would be canceled and would not be included in payment reconciliation. Such hospitals would have their participation in the CJR model withdrawn effective February 1, 2018. We noted that this proposal is consistent with our policy for treatment of episodes that have not ended by or on the last day of performance year 5 and cannot be included in performance year 5 reconciliation due to the end of the model (see Table 8 of the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73326)).
We stated that we believe our proposed opt-in approach to allow for voluntary participation in the CJR model by certain hospitals would be less burdensome on such hospitals than a potential alternative approach of requiring hospitals to opt-out of the model. In developing the proposal to allow eligible hospitals located in the proposed 33 voluntary participation MSAs and low-volume and rural hospitals located in the 34 mandatory participation MSAs to elect voluntary participation, we considered whether to propose that hospitals would have to make an affirmative voluntary participation election (that is, an opt-in approach) or to propose that these hospitals would continue to be required to participate in the CJR model unless written notification was given to CMS to withdraw the hospital from the CJR model (that is, an opt-out approach). We stated that we believe an opt-in approach would be less burdensome on hospitals, because it would not require participation in the CJR model for hospitals located in the proposed 33 voluntary participation MSAs and for low-volume and rural hospitals located in the 34 mandatory participation MSAs unless the hospital affirmatively chose it. Further, we stated that we believe requiring an affirmative opt-in election would result in less ambiguity about a hospital's participation intentions as compared to an opt-out approach. Specifically, with an opt-in approach, a hospital's participation election would document each hospital's choice, whereas under an opt-out approach there could be instances where hospitals fail to timely notify CMS of their desire to withdraw from participation and are thus included in the model and subject to potential repayment amounts. For these reasons, we proposed an opt-in approach. We sought comment on this proposal and the alternative considered.
A summary of the finalized changes to the CJR model participation requirements is shown in Table 4.
These policies are codified at §§ 510.2, 510.105, and 510.115.
We note that for the CJR model evaluation, the data collection methods and key evaluation research questions under the proposed reformulated approach (that is, the proposal for voluntary opt-in elections discussed in section III.B.1. of the proposed rule (82 FR 39313)) would remain similar to the approach presented in the CJR model final rule. The evaluation methodology for the CJR model would be consistent with the standard Innovation Center approaches we have taken in other voluntary models such as the Pioneer Accountable Care Organization (ACO) Model. Cooperation and participation in model-related activities by all hospitals that participate in the CJR model would continue to be extremely important to the evaluation. Therefore, with respect to model-related evaluation activities, we proposed to add provisions in § 510.410(b)(1)(i)(G) to specify that CMS may take remedial action if a participant hospital, or one of its collaborators, collaboration agents, or downstream collaboration agents fails to participate in model-related evaluation activities conducted by CMS and/or its contractors for any performance year in which the hospital participates. We noted that we believe the addition of this provision would make participation and collaboration requirements for the CJR model evaluation clear to all participant hospitals and in particular to hospitals that are eligible to elect voluntary participation. We sought comment on our proposed regulatory change.
In the August 17, 2017 proposed rule (82 FR 39310 through 39333), we proposed to make participation in the CJR model voluntary in 33 MSAs and for low-volume and rural hospitals in the remaining 34 MSAs via the proposed opt-in election policy discussed in section III.B.1 of the proposed rule (82 FR 39313). In order to keep hospitals in all MSAs selected for participation in the CJR model actively participating in the model, we solicited comment on ways to further incentivize eligible hospitals to elect to continue participating in the CJR model for the remaining years of the model and to further incentivize all participant hospitals to advance care improvements, innovation, and quality for beneficiaries throughout LEJR episodes.
Additionally, we noted in the August 17, 2017 proposed rule that, under the CJR refinements established in the January 3, 2017 EPM final rule, the total amount of gainsharing payments for a performance year paid to physicians, non-physician practitioners, physician group practices (PGPs), and non-physician practitioner group practices (NPPGPs) must not exceed 50 percent of the total Medicare approved amounts under the Physician Fee Schedule for items and services that are furnished to beneficiaries during episodes that occurred during the same performance year for which the CJR participant hospital accrued the internal cost savings or earned the reconciliation payment that comprises the gainsharing payment being made (§ 510.500(c)(4)). Distribution payments to these individuals and entities are similarly limited as specified in § 510.505(b)(8), and downstream distribution payments are similarly limited as specified in § 510.506(b)(8). These program integrity safeguards, which are consistent with the gainsharing caps in other Innovation Center models, were included to avoid setting an inappropriate financial incentive that may result in stinting, steering or denial of medically necessary care (80 FR 73415 and 73416). While we did not propose in the August 17, 2017 proposed rule any changes to the gainsharing caps for these models, we noted that we had heard various opinions from stakeholders, including the Medicare Payment Advisory Commission (MedPAC), on the relative benefit of such limitations on gainsharing and in the proposed rule we solicited comment on this requirement and any alternative gainsharing caps that may be appropriate to apply to physicians, non-physician practitioners, PGPs, and NPPGPs.
Comments on the waivers of fraud and abuse laws for the CJR model are beyond the scope of this rulemaking. Fraud and abuse waivers issued in connection with the CJR model are available at
In the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73474), we discussed how specific International Classification of Diseases (ICD)—Clinical Modifications (CM) procedure codes define group of procedures included in the Hospital-level risk-standardized complication rate (RSCR) following elective primary total hip arthroplasty (THA) and/or total knee arthroplasty (TKA) (NQF #1550) (Hip/Knee Complications) measure. In discussing quality measures in general, the ICD-CM codes relative to defining a measure cohort are updated annually and are subject to change. For example, in the EPM final rule (82 FR 389), we itemized specific ICD-9-CM and ICD-10-CM codes for Hip/Knee Complications measure. As quality measures are refined and maintained, the ICD-CM code values used to identify the relevant diagnosis and/or procedures included in quality measures can be updated. For example, CMS' Center for Clinical Standards and Quality (CCSQ) has recently updated the list of ICD-10 codes used to identify procedures included in the Hip/Knee Complications measure. We did not intend for our preamble discussions of certain ICD-CM codes used, for example, to identify procedures included in the Hip/Knee Complications measures, and therefore the PRO cohorts for the CJR model, to set a policy that would define the relevant cohorts for the entirety of the CJR model. We should have also directed readers to look for the most current codes on the CMS quality Web site at
CMS relies on the National Quality Forum (NQF) measure maintenance update and review processes to update substantive aspects of measures every 3 years. Through NQF's measure maintenance process, NQF endorsed measures are sometimes updated to incorporate changes that we believe do not substantially change the nature of the measures. Examples of such changes include updated diagnosis or procedures codes, changes to patient population, definitions, or extension of the measure endorsement to apply to other settings. We believe these types of maintenance changes are distinct from more substantive changes and do not require the use of the agency's regulatory process used to update more detailed aspects of quality measures.
In the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73348) rule, we discussed our method of setting target prices using all historical episodes that would represent our best estimate of historical volume and payments for participant hospitals when an acquisition, merger, divestiture, or other reorganization results in a hospital with a new CCN. When a reorganization event occurs during a performance year, CMS updates the quality-adjusted episode target prices for the new or surviving participant hospital (§ 510.300(b)(4)). Following the end of a performance year, CMS performs annual reconciliation calculations in accordance with the provisions established in § 510.305. The annual reconciliation calculations are specific
In the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73450), we established 9 HCPCS G-codes to report home telehealth evaluation and management (E/M) visits furnished under the CJR telehealth waiver as displayed in Table 5. These codes have been payable for CJR model beneficiaries since the CJR model began on April 1, 2016. Pricing for these 9 codes is updated each calendar year to reflect the work and malpractice (MP) relative value units (RVUs) for the comparable office and other outpatient E/M visit codes on the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule (MPFS). As we stated in the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73450), in finalizing this pricing method for these codes, we did not include the practice expense (PE) RVUs of the comparable office and other outpatient E/M visit codes in the payment rate for these unique CJR model services, based on the belief that practice expenses incurred to furnish these services are marginal or are paid for through other MPFS services. However, since the publication of the CJR model final rule, stakeholders have expressed concern that the zero value assigned to the PE RVUs for these codes results in inaccurate pricing. Stakeholders assert that there are additional costs related to the delivery of telehealth services under the CJR model such as maintaining the telecommunications equipment, software and security and that, while these practice expense costs are not equivalent to in-person service delivery costs, they are greater than zero. In considering the pricing concerns voiced by stakeholders, we recognized that there are resource costs in practice expense for telehealth services furnished remotely. However, we did not believe the current PE methodology and data accurately accounted for these costs relative to the PE resource costs for other services. This belief previously led us to assign zero PE RVUs in valuing these services, but because we recognized that there are some costs that were not being accounted for by the current pricing for these CJR model codes, we believed an alternative to assigning zero PE RVUs would be to use the facility PE RVUs for the analogous in-person services. While we acknowledged that assigning the facility PE RVUs would not provide a perfect reflection of practice resource costs for remote telehealth services under the CJR model, in the absence of more specific information, we believed it was likely a better proxy for such PE costs than zero. Therefore, we proposed to use the facility PE RVUs for the analogous services in pricing the 9 CJR HCPCS G codes shown in Table 5. Additionally, we proposed to revise § 510.605(c)(2) to reflect the addition of the RVUs for comparable codes for the facility PE to the work and MP RVUs we are currently using for the basis for payment of the CJR telehealth waiver G codes.
This policy is codified in the regulations at § 510.605 (which we inadvertently referred to as § 510.65 in the proposed rule).
Under the Quality Payment Program, the Advanced APM track of the CJR model does not include eligible clinicians on a Participation List; rather the CJR Advanced APM track currently includes eligible clinicians on an Affiliated Practitioner List as defined under § 414.1305 and described under § 414.1425(a)(2) of the agency's Quality Payment Program regulations. As such, the Affiliated Practitioner List for the CJR model is the “CMS-maintained list” of eligible clinicians that have “a contractual relationship with the Advanced APM Entity [for CJR, the participant hospital] for the purposes of supporting the Advanced APM Entity's quality or cost goals under the Advanced APM.” As specified in our regulations at § 414.1425(a)(2), CMS will use this list to identify the eligible clinicians who will be assessed as Qualifying APM Participants (QPs) for the year. CMS will make QP determinations individually for these eligible clinicians as specified in §§ 414.1425(b)(2), (c)(4), and 414.1435.
In the EPM final rule, we stated that a list of physicians, nonphysician practitioners, or therapists in a sharing arrangement, distribution arrangement, or downstream distribution
To increase opportunities for eligible clinicians supporting CJR model participant hospitals by performing CJR model activities and who are affiliated with participant hospitals to be considered QPs, we proposed that each physician, nonphysician practitioner, or therapist who is not a CJR collaborator during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS, but who does have a contractual relationship with the participant hospital based at least in part on supporting the participant hospital's quality or cost goals under the CJR model during the period of the performance year specified by CMS, would be added to a clinician engagement list.
In addition to the clinician financial arrangement list that is considered an Affiliated Practitioner List for purposes of the Quality Payment Program, we proposed the clinician engagement list would also be considered an Affiliated Practitioner List. The clinician engagement list and the clinician financial arrangement list would be considered together an Affiliated Practitioner List and would be used by CMS to identify eligible clinicians for whom we would make a QP determination based on services furnished through the Advanced APM track of the CJR model. As specified in § 414.1425, as of our regulations, adopted in the Calendar Year (CY) 2017 Quality Payment Program final rule (81 FR 77551), those physicians, nonphysician practitioners, or therapists who are included on the CJR model Affiliated Practitioner List as of March 31, June 30, or August 31 of a QP performance period would be assessed to determine their QP status for the year. As discussed in the 2017 Quality Payment Program final rule (81 FR 77439 and 77440), for clinicians on an Affiliated Practitioner List, we determined whether clinicians meet the payment amount or patient count thresholds to be considered QPs (or Partial QPs) for a year by evaluating whether individual clinicians on an Affiliated Practitioner List have sufficient payments or patients flowing through the Advanced APM; we do not make any determination at the APM Entity level for Advanced APMs in which eligible clinicians are not identified on a Participation List, but are identified on an Affiliated Practitioner List. CMS makes the QP determination based on Part B claims data, so clinicians need not track or report payment amount or patient count information to CMS.
We noted that the proposal to establish a clinician engagement list would broaden the scope of eligible clinicians that are considered Affiliated Practitioners under the CJR model to include those without a financial arrangement under the CJR model but who are either directly employed by or contractually engaged with a participant hospital to perform clinical work for the participant hospital when that clinical work, at least in part, supports the cost and quality goals of the CJR model. We proposed that the cost and quality goals of the additional affiliated practitioners who are identified on a clinician engagement list because they are contracted with a participant hospital must include activities related to CJR model activities. CJR model activities are activities related to promoting accountability for the quality, cost, and overall care for beneficiaries during LEJR episodes included in the CJR model, including managing and coordinating care; encouraging investment in infrastructure, enabling technologies, and redesigned care processes for high quality and efficient service delivery; the provision of items and services during a CJR episode in a manner that reduces costs and improves quality; or carrying out any other obligation or duty under the CJR model.
Like the requirements of the clinician financial arrangement lists specified at § 510.120(b), for CMS to make QP determinations for eligible clinicians based on services furnished through the CJR Advanced APM track, we would require that accurate information about each physician, non-physician practitioner, or therapist who is not a CJR collaborator during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS, but who is included on a clinician engagement list, be provided to CMS in a form and manner specified by CMS on a no more than quarterly basis. Thus, we proposed that each participant hospital in the Advanced APM track of the CJR model submit to CMS a clinician engagement list in a form and manner specified by CMS on a no more than quarterly basis. We proposed this list must include the following information on eligible clinicians for the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS:
• For each physician, non-physician practitioner, or therapist who is not a CJR collaborator during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS but who does have a contractual relationship with a participant hospital based at least in part on supporting the participant hospital's quality or cost goals under the CJR model during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS:
++ The name, TIN, and NPI of the individual.
++ The start date and, if applicable, the end date for the contractual relationship between the individual and participant hospital.
Further, we proposed that if there are no individuals that meet the requirements to be reported, as specified in any of § 510.120 (b)(1) through (3) of the EPM final rule or § 510.120(c) of the August 17, 2017 proposed rule (82 FR 39310 through 39333), the participant hospital must attest in a form and manner required by CMS that there are no individuals to report.
Given that the proposal would require submission of a clinician engagement list, or an attestation that there are no eligible clinicians to be included on such a list, to reduce burden on participant hospitals, we would collect information for the clinician engagement list and clinician financial arrangement list at the same time.
We sought comments on the proposal for submission of this information. We noted that we were especially interested in comments about approaches to information submission, including the periodicity and method of submission to CMS that would minimize the reporting burden on participant hospitals while providing CMS with sufficient information about eligible clinicians to facilitate QP determinations.
For each participant hospital in the CJR Advanced APM track, we proposed that the participant hospital must maintain copies of its clinician engagement lists and supporting documentation (that is, copies of employment letters or contracts) of its clinical engagement lists submitted to CMS. Because we would use these lists to develop Affiliated Practitioner Lists used for purposes of making QP
CMS will monitor compliance with the requirement that clinicians be engaged to support cost and quality goals via a range of methods, including but not limited to document reviews and site visits.
CMS is not establishing a specific threshold a clinician must met to be considered engaged in supporting the cost and quality goals of the CJR model.
We conducted the initial reconciliation for performance year 1 of the CJR model in early 2017 and made reconciliation payments to CJR participant hospitals in fall 2017 to accommodate the performance year 1 appeals process timelines. We will conduct the subsequent reconciliation calculation for performance year 1 of the CJR model beginning in the first quarter of 2018, which may result in additional amounts to be paid to participant hospitals or a reduction to the amount that was paid for performance year 1. However, the results of the performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation calculations will be combined with the performance year 2 initial reconciliation results before reconciliation payment or repayment amounts are processed for payment or collection. Changes to the CJR model established in the EPM final rule impact this process.
The improvements to the CJR model quality measures and composite quality score methodology, which were finalized in the EPM final rule (82 FR 524 through 526), were intended to be effective before the CJR model's performance year 1 initial reconciliation. However, as noted in section II. of the proposed rule (82 FR 39311), the effective date for certain EPM final rule provisions, including those amending §§ 510.305 and 510.315 to improve the quality measures and composite quality score methodology, were delayed until May 20, 2017.
As a result, the CJR reconciliation reports issued in April 2017 were created in accordance with the provisions of §§ 510.305 and 510.315 in effect as of April 2017; that is, the
Specifically, the methodology used to determine the quality-adjusted target price for the performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation calculation would differ from the methodology used to determine the quality-adjusted target price for the performance year 1 initial reconciliation calculation as follows: The quality-adjusted target price would be recalculated to apply the amended reductions to the effective discount factors (§ 510.315(f)), which would be determined after recalculating the composite quality scores, including applying more generous criteria for earning quality improvement points (that is, a 2 decile improvement rather than 3 decile improvement as specified in amended § 510.315(d)). Using the recalculated quality-adjusted target price, the net payment reconciliation amount (NPRA) would be recalculated and include application of post-episode spending reductions (§ 510.305(j)), as necessary, after determining the limitations on loss or gain. Thus, calculating performance year 1 reconciliation payments using these two different provisions may result in a range of upward or downward adjustments to participant hospitals' performance year 1 payment amounts. We note that a downward adjustment to the performance year 1 payment amounts would require payment recoupment, if offset against a performance year 2 initial reconciliation payment amount is not feasible, which may be burdensome for participant hospitals.
In developing the August 17, 2017 proposed rule (82 FR 39310 through 39333), we also considered whether there might be benefit in further delaying the amendments to §§ 510.305 and 510.315 such that the same calculations would be used for both the performance year 1 initial reconciliation and the subsequent performance year 1 reconciliation, and the use of the amended calculations would begin with the performance year 2 initial reconciliation. We noted that we believe such an approach would impact future CJR model implementation and evaluation activities. Because determining the performance year 2 composite quality score considers the hospital's quality score improvement from its performance year 1 score, using different methodologies across performance years would require a mechanism to account for differences in the quality score methodology, for example we would have to develop a reliable crosswalk approach. If we were to develop and use a crosswalk approach, participants and other stakeholders would need to be informed about the crosswalk methodology in order to validate data analyses across performance years and that usage of the crosswalk would be ongoing throughout the model's duration for consistency across performance years. This methodology could add substantial complexity to this time-limited model. We also considered that the composite quality score for some participant hospitals may be higher under the revised scoring methodology. Delaying use of the revised scoring methodology may disadvantage participants if their composite quality score would be higher and result in a more favorable discount percentage or allow the hospital to qualify for a reconciliation payment. Therefore, we believed the best approach was to apply the quality specifications as established in the EPM final rule (that is, the amendments to §§ 510.305 and 510.315 that became effective May 20, 2017) to performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation calculations to ensure that reconciliation calculations for subsequent performance years will be calculated using the same methodology and to improve consistency across performance years for quality improvement measurement. Thus, for the reasons noted previously, we did not propose to change the amendments to §§ 510.305 and 510.315 that became effective May 20, 2017. We sought comment on whether using an alternative approach, such as the composite quality score methodology from the CJR model final rule for the performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation, would ensure better consistency for analyses across CJR performance years.
For these reasons, we sought comment on whether using an alternative approach, such as applying the quality composite score methodology from the CJR model final rule to the performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation, would ensure better consistency for analyses across performance years. Commenters generally supported our proposal to apply the quality specifications as established in the EPM final rule. Furthermore, we believe that the benefits to hospitals of applying the quality specifications finalized in the EPM final rule to performance year 1 subsequent reconciliation justify finalizing our proposal. This approach ensures that reconciliation calculations for subsequent performance years will be calculated using the same methodology, eliminating the need for a the development of a crosswalk approach for reconciling differences in composite quality scores across performance years and reducing the impact on future model evaluation efforts.
Based on questions we received from participant hospitals during the performance year 1 reconciliation process, we proposed to make two technical changes to the CJR model regulations to clarify the use of the CMS Price (Payment) Standardization Detailed Methodology, posted on the QualityNet Web site at
In the CY 2017 Outpatient Prospective Payment System (OPPS) Proposed Rule
In late August and September 2017 several hurricanes created significant damage to multiple states and in late September 2017, severe wildfires wreaked havoc on many counties in California.
This interim final rule with comment period is being issued in conjunction with this final rule to address the need for a policy that would apply for performance year 2 (and, when finalized, that would also apply for the future performance years 3 through 5 of the CJR model) providing some flexibility in determining episode spending for CJR participant hospitals located in areas impacted by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances. This interim final rule with comment period most notably addresses Hurricane Harvey, Hurricane Irma, Hurricane Nate, and the California wildfires of August, September, and October 2017 but could also include other similar events that occur within a given performance year, including performance year 2, if those events meet the requirements we are setting forth in this policy in this interim final rule with comment. While Hurricane Maria, which also occurred in the same time frame, had and, as of the writing of this rule, continues to have a significant and crippling effect on Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, Hurricane Maria is not part of this particular interim final rule with comment as the CJR model is not in operation in the areas impacted by Hurricane Maria, and, therefore there are no CJR participant hospitals that have been impacted by Hurricane Maria. Hurricane Harvey, Hurricane Irma, Hurricane Nate, and the California wildfires affected large regions of the United States where the CJR model operates, leading to widespread destruction of infrastructure that impacted residents' ability to continue normal functions afterwards.
At least 101 CJR participant hospitals are located in the areas affected by Hurricane Irma and Hurricane Harvey, at least 22 CJR participant hospitals are located in areas impacted by the California wildfires and approximately 12 are in the areas affected by Hurricane Nate. Based on a review of news articles focusing on the hurricanes, at least 35 hospitals evacuated for Hurricane Irma
Under § 510.305(e), as of performance year 2, CJR participant hospitals who have episode costs as calculated under § 510.305(e)(1)(iii) (for example, episode costs that exceed the target price for the performance year) will owe CMS 5 percent of the loss. While the intent of this policy is to incentivize providers to control costs while managing and improving the quality of CJR patient care, we note that in extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, prudent patient care management may involve potentially expensive air ambulance transport or prolonged inpatient stays when other alternatives are not practical due, for example, to state and local mandatory evacuation orders or compromised infrastructure. In addition to the news reports of disaster conditions that impacted several CJR participant hospitals, a number of research studies on natural disasters and rushed evacuations for hospitals support our assumption that costs can rise during disaster situations.
Currently, CJR regulations at § 510.210 do not allow cancellation of episodes for extreme and uncontrollable circumstances. The CJR regulations at § 510.305 also do not permit an adjustment to account for episode spending that may have escalated significantly due to events driven by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances.
For purposes of developing a policy to identify hospitals affected by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, we consulted section 1135 of the Social Security Act, where the Secretary may temporarily waive or modify certain Medicare requirements to ensure that sufficient health care items and services are available to meet the needs of individuals enrolled in Social Security Act programs in the emergency area and time periods and that providers who provide such services in good faith can be reimbursed and exempted from sanctions (absent any determination of fraud or abuse). The Secretary has invoked this authority in response to significant natural disasters such as Hurricane Katrina in 2005 and Superstorm Sandy in 2012. Though the 1135 waiver authority enables us to take actions that give healthcare providers and suppliers greater flexibility, it does not allow for payment adjustment for participant hospitals in the CJR model. However, the extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy should only apply when a disaster is widespread and extreme. A section 1135 waiver identifies the “emergency area” and “emergency period,” as defined in section 1135(g) of the Social Security Act, for which waivers are available. We believe it is appropriate to establish an extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy that applies only when and where the magnitude of the event calls for the use of special waiver authority to help providers respond to the emergency and continue providing care.
The extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy also should be tailored to the specific areas experiencing the extreme and uncontrollable circumstance. Section 1135 waivers typically are authorized for a geographic area that may encompass a greater region than is directly and immediately affected by the relevant emergency. For purposes of this policy, a narrower geographic scope than the full emergency area (as that term is defined in section 1135(g) of the Act)
To narrow the scope of this policy to ensure it is applied to those providers most likely to have experienced the greatest adverse effects, we would therefore also require that the area be declared as a major disaster area under the Stafford Act, which serves as a condition precedent for the Secretary's exercise of the 1135 waiver authority. Once an area is declared as a major disaster area under the Stafford Act, the specific counties, municipalities, parishes, territories, and tribunals that are part of the major disaster area are identified and can be located on Federal Emergency Management Agency
In establishing a policy to define extreme and uncontrollable circumstances for the CJR model, we identify an area as having experienced `extreme and uncontrollable circumstances,' if it is within an “emergency area” and “emergency period” as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act, and also is within a county, parish, U.S. territory or tribal government designated in a major disaster declaration under the Stafford Act that served as a condition precedent for the Secretary's exercise of the 1135 waiver authority.
We believe Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, and Nate and the recent California wildfires trigger the automatic extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy we are adopting in this interim final rule with comment period. For the performance year 2 reconciliation that will be conducted beginning in March of 2018, this extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy will apply to those CJR participant hospitals whose CCN has a primary address located in a state, U.S. territory, or tribal government that is within an “emergency area” and “emergency period,” as those terms are defined in section 1135(g) of the Act, for which the Secretary has issued a waiver under section 1135 of the Act and that is designated in a major disaster declaration under the Stafford Act that served as a condition precedent for the Secretary's exercise of the 1135 waiver authority. The states and territories for which section 1135 waivers were issued in response to Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, Nate and the California wildfires are Alabama, California, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Texas, Louisiana, Mississippi. Section 1135 waivers also were issued for Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands as a result of Hurricane Maria, but there are no CJR participant hospitals with CCNs with a primary address in either of these areas. To view the 1135 waiver documents and for additional information on section 1135 waivers see:
The counties, parishes, and tribal governments that have met the criteria for the CJR policy on extreme and uncontrollable events in performance year 2 are:
• The following counties in Alabama: Autauga, Baldwin, Choctaw, Clarke, Dallas, Macon, Mobile, and Washington.
The following counties in California: Butte; Lake; Mendocino; Napa; Nevada Orange; Sonoma; and Yuba.
• All 67 counties
• All 159 counties in Georgia.
• All 46 counties, and the Catawba Indian Reservation in South Carolina.
• The following counties in Texas: Aransas; Austin; Bastrop; Bee; Bexar; Brazoria; Calhoun; Chambers; Colorado; Dallas; Dewitt; Fayette; Fort Bend; Galveston; Goliad; Gonzales; Hardin; Harris; Jackson; Jasper; Jefferson; Karnes; Kleberg; Lavaca; Lee; Liberty; Matagorda; Montgomery; Newton; Nueces; Orange; Polk; Refugio; Sabine; San Jacinto; San Patricio; Tarrant; Travis; Tyler; Victoria; Walker; Waller; and Wharton.
• The following parishes in Louisiana: Acadia; Allen; Assumption; Beauregard; Calcasieu; Cameron; De Soto; Iberia; Jefferson Davis; Lafayette; Lafourche; Natchitoches; Plaquemines; Rapides; Red River; Sabine; St. Charles; St. Mary; Vermilion; and Vernon.
Using these criteria, CMS was able to identify at least 101 CJR participant hospitals located in the areas affected by Hurricanes Harvey and Hurricane Irma, approximately 12 CJR participant hospitals in the areas affected by Hurricane Nate, and at least 22 CJR participant hospitals in areas impacted by the California wildfires. As there are no CJR model areas in Puerto Rico or the U.S. Virgin Islands, we note that no CJR participant hospitals were impacted by Hurricane Maria. CMS will notify providers for whom this extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy will apply for performance year 2 (and subsequent performance years if and when the policy is invoked) via the initial reconciliation reports CMS delivers to providers upon completion of the reconciliation calculations, which under § 510.305(d) are initiated beginning 2 months after the close of the performance year.
Though the Hurricanes and California wildfires were the driving force for developing the extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy, this policy is being implemented for the duration of the CJR model, and we are amending the CJR regulations accordingly, as further outlined later.
Without a policy to provide CJR participant hospitals some flexibility in extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, we might inadvertently create an incentive to place cost considerations above patient safety, especially in the later years of the CJR model when the downside risk percentage increases. In considering policy alternatives to help ensure beneficiary protections by mitigating
Furthermore, we would not want CJR participant hospitals to limit case management services for beneficiaries in CJR episodes during extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, when prudent care management could potentially involve using significantly more expensive transport or care settings. Therefore, we determined that capping the actual episode spending at the target amounts for those episodes would be the best way to protect beneficiaries from potential care stinting and hospitals from escalating costs. This will also ensure that those hospitals are still able to earn reconciliation payments on those eligible episodes where the disaster did not have a noticeable impact on cost.
In determining the start date of episodes to which this extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy would apply, we determined that a window of 30 days prior to and including the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g)) begins should reasonably capture those beneficiaries whose high CJR episode costs could be attributed to extreme and uncontrollable circumstances. We believe this 30-day window is particularly appropriate due to the 90-day CJR model episode length. Including all episodes that begin within 30 days before the date the emergency period begins should enable us to include the majority of beneficiaries still in institutional settings and who are still within the first third of their episodes when the extreme and uncontrollable circumstance arises. We note that the average length of stay for DRG 469 is between 5 and 6 days and the average length of stay for DRG 470 is between 2 and 3 days (see
Under § 510.300(a)(1), we differentiated fracture and non-fracture CJR episodes and pricing, noting that lower extremity joint replacement procedures performed as a result of a hip fracture are typically emergent procedures. Fracture episodes typically occur for beneficiaries with more complex health issues and can involve higher episode spending. We do not expect a high volume of CJR non-fracture episodes to be initiated once extreme and uncontrollable circumstances arise, given that it is not prudent to conduct non-fracture major joint replacement surgeries, which generally are elective and non-emergent, until conditions stabilize and infrastructure is reasonably restored. Therefore, for non-fracture episodes, this extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy will apply only to dates of admission to anchor hospitalization that occur between 30 days before and up to the date on which the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g)) begins. We believe this policy empowers hospitals to decide whether they can safely and appropriately perform non-fracture THA and TKA procedures after the commencement of the emergency period and whether or not performing these procedures will subject their organization to undue financial risk resulting from increased costs that are beyond the organization's control.
However, for CJR fracture episodes, the extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy will apply to dates of admission to the anchor hospitalization that occur within 30 days before, on, or up to 30 days after the date the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g)) begins. We recognize that fracture cases in CJR are often emergent and unplanned, and it may not be prudent to postpone major joint surgical procedures in many of those CJR fracture cases. Therefore, fracture episodes with a date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before or after the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act) begins are subject to this extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy. We believe that this 60-day window should ensure that hospitals caring for CJR fracture patients during extreme and uncontrollable circumstances are adequately protected from episode costs beyond their control.
For performance years 2 through 5, for participant hospitals that are located in an emergency area during an emergency period, as those terms are defined in section 1135(g) of the Act, for which the Secretary has issued a waiver under section 1135, and in a county, parish, U.S. territory or tribal government designated in a major disaster declaration under the Stafford Act, the following conditions apply. For a non-fracture episode with a date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g)) begins, actual episode payments are capped at the target price determined for that episode under § 510.300. For a fracture episode with a date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before or after the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g)) begins, actual episode payments are capped at the target price determined for that episode under § 510.300.
We are codifying this new extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy at § 510.305(k). We seek comment on potential modifications refinements we might make to this policy for future performance year reconciliations after performance year 2.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), the agency is required to publish a notice of the proposed rule in the
We find that there is good cause to waive the notice-and-comment requirements under sections 553(b)(B) of the APA and section 1871(b)(2)(C) due to the impact of Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, and Nate and the California wildfires as described in section A. of this interim final rule with comment period. Based on the size and scale of the destruction and displacement caused by these natural disasters in the regions identified, and the news reports regarding specific impacts to hospitals that are participating in the CJR model discussed in section A of this interim final rule with comment, we believe it is likely that some CJR episodes at participant hospitals have been significantly and adversely affected by these events. As discussed in detail in section A of this interim final rule with comment, due to extreme flooding or infrastructure destruction where many major and minor roads became impassable and homes and/or institutions were flooded and rendered
Furthermore, we received several requests for CMS to provide concessions for the unique challenges faced by CJR hospitals during the recent natural disasters. Commenters on the proposed rule noted that beneficiaries in disaster areas may have required unplanned or extensive healthcare services as a result of evacuation or other emergency situations and stated that CJR participant hospitals should not be held financially accountable for such spending that is beyond their control. They suggested that CMS offer a waiver of the participation requirement or another mechanism to ensure that hospitals are not held accountable for circumstances beyond their control due to natural disasters.
Because the recent disasters impacted CJR participant hospitals during performance year 2 and will therefore flow into the payment reconciliation calculations in March 2018, potentially having a negative impact on providers unless an extreme and uncontrollable events policy is established immediately, we believe it is in the public interest to adopt these final policies. These policies will provide relief to impacted CJR participant hospitals and ensure they do not incur financial liability for costs outside their control. Without the immediate establishment of a policy providing additional flexibilities to CJR participant hospitals in extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, we could inadvertently incentivize patient care stinting as CJR participant hospitals contend with evacuation costs or potential longer inpatient stays during disasters. In particular, CJR hospitals may experience unintentional negative incentives as compared to other, non-CJR hospitals because their actual spending is compared to target prices, and they have downside risk responsibility for excess spending beyond their target prices. Without flexibilities provided, CJR hospitals in disaster areas may experience financial strain which could incentivize behaviors that could compromise the quality of care provided. Providing CJR participant hospitals with additional concessions in extreme and uncontrollable circumstances will strengthen beneficiary protections, which are integral to the model's goal of improving care quality.
For the reasons discussed previously, we believe that it would be contrary to the public interest to undergo notice-and-comment procedures before finalizing the policies described for CJR participant hospitals that have been affected by extreme and uncontrollable events during performance year 2 of the model. Performance year 2 began on January 1, 2017 and concludes on December 31, 2017. With this interim final rule with comment period, it is our intention to reduce burden on and protect CJR participant hospitals and beneficiaries impacted by extreme and uncontrollable events. This extreme and uncontrollable circumstances policy will take effective with the publication of this final rule and interim final rule with comment and will be used during the reconciliation process for performance year 2 episodes that will occur beginning in March of 2018. We believe that an interim final rule with comment period minimizes hospitals' financial burden and avoids patient harm due to extenuating circumstances, efforts which would otherwise be protracted and become effective after the conclusion of performance year 2 if done through the notice-and-comment rulemaking process. Therefore, we find good cause to waive the notice of proposed rulemaking as provided under section 1871(b)(2)(C) of the Act and section 553(b)(B) of the APA and to issue this interim final rule with an opportunity for public comment. We are providing a 60-day public comment period as specified in the
As stated in section 1115A(d)(3) of the Act, Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, shall not apply to the testing and evaluation of models under section 1115A of the Act. As a result, the information collection requirements contained in this final rule and interim final rule with comment period need not be reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. However, we have summarized the anticipated cost burden associated with the information collection requirements in the Regulatory Impact Analysis section of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period.
In order to estimate the impacts resulting from this interim final rule with comment period, we utilized 2016 CJR episode level data to approximate the impact to projected CJR model savings resulting from the extreme and uncontrollable circumstance policy we are implementing in this interim final rule with comment period. Specifically, we first identified the CJR participant hospitals located in Alabama, California, Florida, Georgia, South Carolina, Mississippi, Texas and Louisiana (those states for which 1135 waivers were issued) that were also located in the counties listed in section III.A. of this interim final rule with comment period and listed on
For non-fracture episodes, we capped the actual episode payment at the target price determined for that episode if the date of admission to the anchor hospitalization is on or within 30 days before the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act) begins. For fracture episodes, we capped the actual episode payment at the target price determined for that episode if the date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before or after the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act) begins. Our analyses indicate that the impact of capping the actual episode payments at the episode target prices based on the 2017 extreme and uncontrollable events policy could result in a decrease to the CJR model estimated savings ranging between $1.5 to $5.0 million for performance year 2. We note that the projected impact was mitigated by the 5 percent stop-loss/stop-gain levels applicable to performance year 2 and add that if these disasters had occurred in a future performance year with higher stop-loss/stop-gain levels then we would expect the projected impact to increase. These savings estimates do not assume any change in spending or volume due to these extreme and uncontrollable circumstances, neither before nor after the date of the disaster as listed on the FEMA Web site.
We utilized 2016 CJR model episode data assuming that it presented the best available proxy for estimating impacts to projected CJR model savings resulting from 2017 disasters. We modeled impact to savings projections using 2016 data during the same months in which
Our estimates resulted from modeling which utilized all CJR model episode data for impacted hospitals in Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Louisiana, and California for the month of October, 2016 and CJR model fracture episodes only for impacted hospitals in Alabama, Georgia, South Carolina, Louisiana, and California for the month of November, 2016. We also utilized all CJR episode data for impacted hospitals in Texas and Florida during the month of September, 2016 and CJR model fracture episodes only for impacted hospitals in Texas and Florida for the month of October 2016. To model estimated impacts to savings projections resulting from this interim final rule with comment period, we recalculated NPRA based on the aforementioned policies.
While we acknowledge that our estimates related to impacts resulting from this interim final rule with comment period may under- or over-estimate actual impacts resulting from the policies, we believe our assumptions are well-aligned with our other impact projections in this final rule and appropriately reflect our estimates of the impacts resulting from these policies.
As stated in section 1115A(d)(3) of the Act, Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code, shall not apply to the testing and evaluation of models under section 1115A of the Act. As a result, the information collection requirements contained in this final rule and interim final rule with comment period need not be reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. However, we have summarized the anticipated cost burden associated with the information collection requirements in the Regulatory Impact Analysis section of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period.
We have examined the impacts of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period as required by Executive Order 12866 on Regulatory Planning and Review (September 30, 1993), Executive Order 13563 on Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review (January 18, 2011), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (September 19, 1980, Pub. L. 96-354), section 1102(b) of the Social Security Act, section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (March 22, 1995; Pub. L. 104-4), Executive Order 13132 on Federalism (August 4, 1999) and the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 804(2)), and Executive Order 13771 on Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs (January 30, 2017).
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). A regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules with economically significant effects ($100 million or more in any 1 year). This final rule cancels the EPMs and the CR Incentive Payment Model in advance of their start date and revises the design of the CJR model; these provisions impact a subset of hospitals under the IPPS. Therefore, it would have a relatively small economic impact; as a result, this final rule does not reach the $100 million threshold and thus is neither an “economically significant” rule under E.O. 12866, nor a “major rule” under the Congressional Review Act.
As discussed previously, review and reevaluation of policies and programs, as well as revised rulemaking, are within an agency's discretion, especially after a change in administration occurs. After review and reevaluation of the CJR model final rule, the EPM final rule and the public comments we received in response to the March 21, 2017 IFC, in addition to other considerations, we have determined that it is necessary to rescind the regulations at 42 CFR part 512 and to reduce the scope of the CJR model for the following reasons. We believe that reducing the number of hospitals required to participate in the CJR model will allow us to continue to evaluate the effects of such a model while limiting the geographic reach of our current mandatory models. Additionally, we believe that canceling the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model, as well as altering the scope of the CJR model, offers CMS maximum flexibility to design alternative episode-based models and make potential improvements to these models as suggested by stakeholders, while still allowing us to test and evaluate the impact of the CJR model on the quality of care and expenditures.
This final rule and interim final rule with comment period is also necessary to improve the CJR model for performance years 3, 4, and 5. We are implementing a few technical refinements and clarifications for certain payment, reconciliation and quality provisions, and changing the criteria for the Affiliated Practitioner List to broaden the CJR Advanced APM track to additional eligible clinicians. We believe these refinements will address operational issues identified since the start of the CJR model.
In section III. of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we discuss the policies we are finalizing to amend the regulations governing the CJR model. We present the following estimated overall impact of the proposed changes to the CJR model. Table 6 summarizes the estimated impact for the CJR model for the last 3 years of the model. The modeling methodology for provider performance and participation is consistent with the methodology used in modeling the CJR impacts in the EPM final rule (82 FR 596). However, we updated our analysis to include an opt-in option for hospitals in 33 of the 67 MSAs selected for participation in the CJR model (all but 4 of these MSAs are from the lower cost groups), while maintaining mandatory participation for the remaining 34 MSAs (all of which are from the higher cost groups), and allowing for the exclusion of low-volume and rural hospitals in these 34 MSAs from mandatory participation and allowing them to choose voluntary participation (opt-in).
We note that we updated the list of excluded rural hospitals between the proposed and final rules as we did not have a complete set of rural hospitals; this final rule now includes in the analysis approximately 23 additional rural hospitals that we anticipate will not opt-in to the CJR model in this final rule. We expect the number of mandatory participating hospitals from year 3 forward to decrease from approximately 700, which is approximately the number of current CJR participant hospitals, to approximately 370. We assumed that if a hospital would exceed its target pricing such that it would incur an obligation of repayment to CMS of 3 percent or more in a given year, that hospital would not elect voluntary participation in the model for the final 3 performance years.
We assumed no low-volume hospitals would participate, noting that including
Due to a lack of available data, we did not account for participant investment in the impact analysis model we used for the proposed rule. However, we noted that we would expect that those who choose to voluntarily participate would have made investments in the CJR model that enable them to perform well and that they would anticipate earning positive reconciliation payments. For those hospitals choosing not to voluntarily participate, we would expect that the cost of any investments they may have made based on their participation in performance years 1 and 2 of the CJR model would be outweighed by the reconciliation payment obligations they would expect to incur if they continued to participate.
The 60 to 80 participants we expect to continue participating in the model through the voluntary election process are not included in our previous estimate of 370 CJR participants in the mandatory MSAs. Thus, in total we expected approximately 430 to 450 participants in the CJR model for the final 3 performance years. The participation parameters were chosen to reflect both the anticipated risk aversion of hospitals, and an expectation that many participants do not remain in an optional model or demonstration when there is an expectation that the hospital would incur an obligation of repayment to CMS. These assumptions reflected the experience with other models and demonstrations. The value of 3 percent may be somewhat larger than the level of repayment at which hospitals would opt-in, but the value was chosen to allow for the uncertainty of expected claims. We noted that the possibility of shifting episodes from CJR model participant hospitals to low-volume or other non-participating hospitals exists and that we did not include any assumptions of this potential behavior in our financial impact modeling. We sought comment on our model assumptions that shifting of episodes will not occur.
The calculations estimated that the CJR model would result in a net Medicare program savings of approximately $189 million over the 3 remaining performance years (2018 through 2020). This represents a reduction in savings of approximately $106 million from the estimated net financial impacts of the CJR model in the EPM final rule (82 FR 603).
Our previous analyses of the CJR model did not explicitly model for utilization changes, such as improvements in the efficiency of service during episodes. However, these behavioral changes would have minimal effect on the Medicare financial impacts. If the actual costs for an episode are below the discounted bundled payment amount, then CMS distributes the difference between these two amounts to the participant hospital, up to a capped amount. Similarly, if actual costs for an episode are above the discounted bundled payment amount, then the participant hospital pays CMS the difference between these amounts, up to a capped amount. Due to the uncertainty of estimating the impacts of this model, actual results could be higher or lower than this estimate.
The revised impact of EPM and the CR Incentive Payment as a result of “Advancing Care Coordination Through Episode Payment Models (EPMs); Cardiac Rehabilitation Incentive Payment Model; and Changes to the Comprehensive Care for Joint Replacement Model” published in the January 3, 2017
Our analysis presented the cost and transfer payment effects of the proposed rule to the best of our ability.
We believe that the cancellation of the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model will not affect beneficiaries' freedom of choice to obtain healthcare services from any individual or organization qualified to participate in the Medicare program, including hospitals that are making care improvements within their communities. Although these models seek to incentivize care redesign and collaboration throughout the inpatient and post-acute care spectrum, the models have not yet begun. As the current baseline assumes these models will become effective on January 1, 2018, and that these models will incentivize care improvements that will likely result in an increase in quality of care for beneficiaries, we note that it is possible that the cancellation of these models may cause hospitals that potentially made improvements in care in anticipation of the start of these models to delay or cease these investments, which may result in a reversal of any recent quality improvements. However, we believe the concerns raised by stakeholders and the lack of time to consider design improvements for these models prior to the January 1, 2018 start date outweigh potential reversal of any recent improvements in care potentially made by some hospitals and warrant cancellation of these models at this time while we engage with stakeholders to identify future tests for bundled payments and incentivizing high value care.
We believe that the changes to the CJR model discussed in this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, specifically focusing the model on higher cost MSAs in which participation will continue to be mandatory and allowing low-volume and rural hospitals and all participant hospitals in lower cost MSAs to choose voluntary participation, will maintain the potential benefits of the CJR model for beneficiaries in many areas while providing a substantial number of hospitals with increased flexibility to better focus on priority needs of the beneficiaries they serve. Specifically, low-volume and rural hospitals as well as other hospitals in the 33 voluntary participation MSAs (which are relatively more efficient areas) may elect to participate in the CJR model if they believe that doing so best meets their organization's strategic priorities for serving the beneficiaries in their community. Alternatively, if these hospitals do not believe continued participation in the CJR model will benefit their organizational goals and local patient care priorities, they may elect not to opt-in for the remainder of the model. We believe that beneficiaries in the service areas of the hospitals that will be allowed to choose to participate in the CJR model may have an ongoing benefit from the care redesign investments these hospitals have already made during the first 2 years of the CJR model. Overall, we believe the refinements to the CJR model implemented by this final rule and interim final rule with comment period do not materially alter the potential effects of the model on beneficiaries. However, we acknowledge the possibility that the improved quality of care that was likely to have occurred during performance years 1 and 2 of the CJR model may be curtailed for beneficiaries that receive care at
The changes to the CJR model implemented by this final rule and interim final rule with comment period do not substantially alter our previous impacts of the impact on small, geographically rural hospitals specified in either the EPM final rule (82 FR 606) or the CJR model final rule (80 FR 73538) because we continue to believe that few geographically rural hospitals will be included in the CJR model. In addition, allowing all rural hospitals (as defined in § 510.2) that are not otherwise excluded the opportunity to elect to opt-in to the CJR model instead of having a mandatory participation requirement may further reduce the likelihood that rural hospitals will be included in the model. We solicited public comment on our estimates and analysis of the impact of our proposals on small rural hospitals.
The RFA requires agencies to analyze options for regulatory relief of small entities, if a rule has a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. For purposes of the RFA, small entities include small businesses, nonprofit organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. We estimated that most hospitals and most other providers and suppliers are small entities, either by virtue of their nonprofit status or by qualifying as small businesses under the Small Business Administration's size standards (revenues of less than $7.5 to $38.5 million in any 1 year; NAIC Sector-62 series). States and individuals are not included in the definition of a small entity. For details, see the Small Business Administration's Web site at
For purposes of the RFA, we generally consider all hospitals and other providers and suppliers to be small entities. We believe that the provisions of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period relating to acute care hospitals will have some effects on a substantial number of other providers involved in these episodes of care including surgeons and other physicians, skilled nursing facilities, physical therapists, and other providers. Although we acknowledge that many of the affected entities are small entities, and the analysis discussed throughout this final rule and interim final rule with comment period discusses aspects of episode payment models that may or would affect them, we have no reason to assume that these effects would reach the threshold level of 3 percent of revenues used by HHS to identify what are likely to be “significant” impacts. We assume that all or almost all of these entities will continue to serve these patients, and to receive payments commensurate with their cost of care. Hospitals currently experience frequent changes to payment (for example, as both hospital affiliations and preferred provider networks change) that may impact revenue, and we have no reason to assume that this will change significantly under the changes implemented by this final rule and interim final rule with comment period.
Accordingly, we have determined that this final rule and interim final rule with comment period will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. We solicited public comments on our estimates and analysis of the impact of the proposed rule on those small entities.
The changes implemented by this final rule and interim final rule with comment period will have a minimal additional burden of information collection for CJR model participant hospitals. The two areas which this final rule and interim final rule with comment period may increase participant burden include providing clinician engagement lists and submitting opt-in documentation (for eligible hospitals who choose to opt-in to the CJR model).
Clinician engagement list submission for the CJR model will require that participants submit on a no more than quarterly basis a list of physicians, non-physician practitioners, or therapists who are not a CJR model collaborator during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS but who do have a contractual relationship with a CJR model participant hospital based at least in part on supporting the participant hospital's quality or cost goals under the CJR model during the period of the performance year specified by CMS.
For hospitals eligible to opt-in to the CJR model that elect to participate in the model, CMS intends to provide a template that can be completed and submitted prior to the January 31, 2018 submission deadline. As stated previously, we estimate that the number of hospitals that will elect voluntary participation in CJR is 60 to 80. As stated previously, this template would be designed to minimize burden on participants, and the template will capture the information required to effectively opt-in to the model. Using wage information from the Bureau of Labor Statistics for medical and health service managers (Code 11-9111), we assumed a rate of $105.16 per hour, including overhead and fringe benefits (
We sought comment on our assumptions and information on any costs associated with this work.
If regulations impose administrative costs on private entities, such as the time needed to read and interpret this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we should estimate the cost associated with regulatory review. Due to the uncertainty involved with accurately quantifying the number of entities that will review the final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we assume that the total number of unique commenters on the July 25, 2016 proposed rule that proposed the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model will be the number of reviewers of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period. We received 85 unique comment submissions for this final rule but maintain that the 175 comments received for the July 25, 2016 EPM and CR Incentive Payment Model proposed rule reflects a more conservative estimate of the number of organizations which invested resources in review of this final rule, regardless of whether or not the organization elected to formally submit comments. We acknowledge that this assumption may understate or overstate the costs of reviewing this final rule and interim final rule with comment period. It is possible that not all commenters reviewed the precedent rule in detail, and it is also possible that some reviewers chose not to comment on the proposed rule. For these reasons we believe that the number of past commenters on the EPM proposed rule would be a fair estimate of the number of reviewers of this rule.
We also recognize that different types of entities are in many cases affected by mutually exclusive sections of the proposed rule. However, for the purposes of our estimate we assume that each reviewer reads approximately 100 percent of the rule.
Using the wage information from the BLS for medical and health service managers (Code 11-9111), we estimate that the cost of reviewing this rule is $105.16 per hour, including overhead and fringe benefits
Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA) also requires that agencies assess anticipated costs and benefits before issuing any rule whose mandates require spending in any 1 year of $100 million in 1995 dollars, updated annually for inflation. In 2017, that is approximately $148 million. This final rule and interim final rule with comment period does not include any mandate that would result in spending by state, U.S. territories, local or tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector in the amount of $148 million in any 1 year.
We do not believe that there is anything in this final rule and interim final rule with comment period that either explicitly or implicitly preempts any state law, and furthermore we do not believe that this final rule and interim final rule with comment period will have a substantial direct effect on state or local governments, preempt state law, or otherwise have a federalism implication.
Executive Order 13771, titled Reducing Regulation and Controlling Regulatory Costs (82 FR 9339), was issued on January 30, 2017. This final rule and interim final rule with comment period is not expected to be subject to the requirements of E.O. 13771 because it is estimated to result in no more than
Throughout this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we have identified our policies and alternatives that we have considered, and provided information as to the effects of these alternatives and the rationale for each of the policies. We considered but did not propose to allow voluntary participation in all of the 67 selected MSAs in the CJR model because the overall estimated CJR model impact would no longer show savings, and would likely result in costs. An entirely voluntary CJR model would likely result in costs due to the assumption that, in aggregate, hospitals that expect to receive a positive reconciliation payment from Medicare would elect to opt-in to the model while hospitals that expect to owe Medicare a reconciliation amount would not likely elect to participate in the model. We also considered but did not propose limiting participation to the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs and not allowing voluntary participation in any of the 67 selected MSAs. In the August 17, 2017 proposed rule, we noted that if participation was limited to the proposed 34 mandatory participation MSAs and voluntary participation was not allowed in any MSA, the impact to the overall estimated model savings over the last 3 years of the model would be closer to $30 million than the $90 million estimate presented in section V. of the proposed rule (82 FR 39327 through 39331), because our modeling did not include assumptions about behavioral changes that might lower fee-for-service spending. Since our impact model estimated that 60 to 80 hospitals would choose voluntary participation and that these potential voluntary participants would be expected to earn only positive reconciliation payments under the model, these positive payments to the voluntary participants would offset some of the savings garnered from mandatory participants. However, we did propose to allow voluntary participation in the proposed 33 voluntary participation MSAs and for low-volume and rural hospitals to permit hospitals that have made investments in care redesign and commitments to improvement to continue to participate in the model for the remaining 3 years. We stated that we believed our proposal would benefit a greater number of beneficiaries because a greater number of hospitals would be included in the CJR model.
Instead of proposing to cancel the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model, we considered altering the design of these models to allow for voluntary participation but as this would potentially involve restructuring the model design, payment methodologies, financial arrangement provisions and/or quality measures, we did not believe that such alterations would offer providers enough time to prepare for such changes, given the planned
We solicited and welcomed comments on our proposals, on the alternatives we identified, and on other alternatives that we should consider, as well as on the costs, benefits, or other effects of these.
We did not receive any comments regarding this section.
As required by OMB Circular A-4 under Executive Order 12866 (available at
This analysis, together with the remainder of this preamble, provides the Regulatory Impact Analysis of a rule. As a result of this final rule and interim final rule with comment period, we estimate that the financial impact of the changes to the CJR model will result in a reduction to previously estimated savings by $106 million over the 3 remaining performance years (2018 through 2020) and a financial impact of $2 million reduction in savings estimates for the one-time cost resulting from the impacts of disaster declaration in 2017 although we note that the CJR model will still be estimated to save the Medicare program approximately $189 million over the remaining 3 performance years. We note that the projected $170 million savings we had estimated that the EPMs and CR Incentive Payment Model would generate for the Medicare program will not be realized as this final rule and interim final rule with comment is cancelling those models.
In accordance with the provisions of Executive Order 12866, this final rule was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Health professions, Medicare, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Health facilities, Health professions, Medicare, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, under the authority at section 1115A of the Social Security Act, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid
Secs. 1102, 1115A, and 1871 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1302, 1315(a), and 1395hh).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(1) During performance years 1 and 2 of the CJR model and the period from January 1, 2018 to January 31, 2018 of performance year 3, a hospital (other than a hospital excepted under § 510.100(b)) with a CCN primary address located in one of the geographic areas selected for participation in the CJR model in accordance with § 510.105.
(2) Beginning February 1, 2018, a hospital (other than a hospital excepted under § 510.100(b)) that is one of the following:
(i) A hospital with a CCN primary address located in a mandatory MSA as of February 1, 2018 that is not a rural hospital or a low-volume hospital on that date.
(ii) A hospital that is a rural hospital or low-volume hospital with a CCN primary address located in a mandatory MSA that makes an election to participate in the CJR model in accordance with § 510.115.
(iii) A hospital with a CCN primary address located in a voluntary MSA that makes an election to participate in the CJR model in accordance with § 510.115.
(a)
(1) All counties within each of the selected MSAs are selected for inclusion in the CJR model.
(2) Beginning with performance year 3, the selected MSAs are designated as either mandatory participation MSAs or voluntary participation MSAs.
(a)
(1) Hospitals (other than those excluded under § 510.100(b)) with a CCN primary address in a voluntary MSA.
(2) Low-volume hospitals with a CCN primary address in a mandatory MSA.
(3) Rural hospitals with a CCN primary address in a mandatory MSA.
(b)
(c)
(1) Includes the following:
(i) Hospital name.
(ii) Hospital address.
(iii) Hospital CCN.
(iv) Hospital contact name, telephone number, and email address.
(v) Model name (that is, CJR model).
(2) Includes a certification that the hospital will—
(i) Comply with all applicable requirements of this part and all other laws and regulations applicable to its participation in the CJR model; and
(ii) Submit data or information to CMS that is accurate, complete and truthful, including, but not limited to, the participation election letter and any quality data or other information that CMS uses in its reconciliation processes.
(3) Is signed by the hospital administrator, CFO or CEO.
(4) Is submitted in the form and manner specified by CMS.
(c)
(1) For each physician, nonphysician practitioner, or therapist who is not a CJR collaborator during the period of the CJR model performance year specified by CMS but who does have a contractual relationship with the participant hospital based at least in part on supporting the participant hospital's quality or cost goals under the CJR model during the period of the performance year specified by CMS:
(i) The name, TIN, and NPI of the individual.
(ii) The start date and, if applicable, the end date for the contractual relationship between the individual and participant hospital.
(2) [Reserved]
(d)
(e)
(2) The participant hospital must retain and provide access to the required documentation in accordance with § 510.110.
(b)
(1) The beneficiary does any of the following during the episode:
(i) Ceases to meet any criterion listed in § 510.205.
(ii) Is readmitted to any participant hospital for another anchor hospitalization.
(iii) Initiates an LEJR episode under BPCI.
(iv) Dies.
(2) For performance year 3, the participant hospital did not submit a participation election letter that was accepted by CMS to continue participation in the model.
(b) * * *
(6)
(d) * * *
(1) Beginning 2 months after the end of each performance year, CMS does all of the following:
(i) Performs a reconciliation calculation to establish an NPRA for each participant hospital.
(ii) For participant hospitals that experience a reorganization event in which one or more hospitals reorganize under the CCN of a participant hospital performs—
(A) Separate reconciliation calculations (during both initial and subsequent reconciliations for a performance year) for each predecessor participant hospital for episodes where anchor hospitalization admission occurred before the effective date of the reorganization event; and
(B) Reconciliation calculations (during both initial and subsequent reconciliations for a performance year) for each new or surviving participant hospital for episodes where the anchor hospitalization admission occurred on or after the effective date of the reorganization event.
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Determines actual episode payments for each episode included in the performance year (other than episodes that have been canceled in accordance with § 510.210(b)) using claims data that is available 2 months after the end of the performance year. Actual episode payments are capped at the amount determined in accordance with § 510.300(b)(5) for the performance year or the amount determined in paragraph (k) of this section for episodes affected by extreme and uncontrollable circumstances.
(k)
(i) Is located in an emergency area during an emergency period, as those terms are defined in section 1135(g) of the Act, for which the Secretary has issued a waiver under section 1135; and
(ii) Is located in a county, parish, or tribal government designated in a major disaster declaration under the Stafford Act.
(2)(i) For a non-fracture episode with a date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act) begins, actual episode payments are capped at the target price determined for that episode under § 510.300.
(ii) For a fracture episode with a date of admission to the anchor hospitalization that is on or within 30 days before or after the date that the emergency period (as defined in section 1135(g) of the Act) begins, actual episode payments are capped at the target price determined for that episode under § 510.300.
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) * * *
(G) Failing to participate in CJR model-related evaluation activities conducted by CMS or its contractors or both.
(c) * * *
(2) CMS waives the payment requirements under section 1834(m)(2)(B) of the Act to allow the distant site payment for telehealth home visit HCPCS codes unique to this model.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |